Space: 1882 IC

The Mexican Campaign


The Mexican Campaign​


July 1st, 1883, to December 31st, 1883​


Maps

Mexican Rebellion December 31st, 1883


https://i.ibb.co/c2zJ7kF/Mexican-Rebelion-Dec-1883.png

Deployed Forces

United States


Army Corp of the Southwest: "The Jungle Fighters"
  • Infantry Brigades x 5
  • Infantry Headquarter Brigade
  • Artillery Brigades x 3
  • Galvanized Yankee Brigade

Third Fleet
Attached to South West Corp

Wing 3
  • Chipmunk-1(MCX Class)
  • Chipmunk-2(MCX Class)
  • Chipmunk-3(MCX Class)

Dagger-Class Escorts
  • USAS Knife (DCE Class)
  • USAS Hunting (DCE Class)

Independent Fort Class
  • USAS California (IDF Class)

Shark Class
  • USAS Mako (SH Class)

Army Corp of the Southeast: "The Mountain Walkers"
  • Infantry Brigades x 5
  • Infantry Headquarter Brigade
  • Artillery Brigades x 3
  • Galvanized Yankee Brigade

Fourth Fleet
Attached to South East Corp

Wing 4
  • Rat-1(MCX Class)
  • Rat-4(MCX Class)

CCL Escorts
  • USAS Cumulus (CCL Class)
  • USAS Thunder (CCL CLass)

Independent Fort Class
  • USAS Florida (IDF Class)

Shark Class
  • USAS Great White (SH Class)

The Pacific Fleet
  • Corvettes x 60
  • Cruisers x 20
  • Frigates x 15
  • Pre-Dreadnoughts x 2

The Gulf-Fleet
  • Torpedo Boats x 20
  • Corvettes x 10
  • Frigates x 4
  • 2x Ironclads + Marines

Pan-American Coalition Forces (PACF)


Empire of Brazil

Stationed in Campeche:
  • Jungle Brigades x5

Republic of Ecuador

Stationed in Campeche:
  • Marine Brigades x2

Republic of Chile

Stationed in Campeche:
  • Line Brigade x1

United Mexican States


Guardianes de la Soberanía

Notable Members:
  • Mariscal de Campo Rocío González
  • General Manuel González Flores
  • General Emigdia Fallas

Units:
  • Line Brigade x12

Deployment Location:
  • Campeche

Description:
This faction is ambivalent towards the US, prioritizing Mexican sovereignty and independence while carefully balancing national interests with foreign relations.
Los Aliados del Norte

Notable Members:
  • President General Ramón Corral
  • Teniente General Lino Verano

Units:
  • Jungle Brigades x2
  • Line Brigades x16

Deployment Location:
  • Capital & Adjacent Regions

Description:
This US-friendly faction advocates for cooperation and supports the US alliance and Pan-American League, viewing it as key to Mexico's stability and progress.
Defensores de la Tradición

Notable Members:
  • General Fernánda Ortego
  • General del Cuerpo Nacho Viveros

Units:
  • Jungle Brigade x6
  • Line Brigade x4

Deployment Location:
  • Guerrero & Oaxaca

Description:
This faction, hostile to the US, firmly opposes American influence and intervention, emphasizing Mexican traditions and autonomy in their military and political stance.

Mexican Revolutionaries


Indigenous Guerillas

Known Units in Campeche and Yucatan:
  • Campeche Rifle Battalion x4
  • Campeche Bushriders x6
  • Yucatan Lightfoot Battalion x6
  • Yucatan Rifle Battalion x4
  • Yucatan Horsemen Battalion x2

Other Units Believed to Be in Campeche and Yucatan:
  • Campeche Rifle Battalion x4
  • Yucatan Rifle Battalion x8
  • Yucatan Horsemen Battalion x2

Regional Revolutionaries

Known Units in Guerrero and Oaxaca:
  • Jungle Brigades x2
  • Line Brigade x4

Other Units Believed to Be in Guerrero and Oaxaca:
  • Jungle Brigade x4
  • Line Brigade x4

The Campeche-Yucatan Campaign

Overview


The Lapsed Truce

The resumption of hostilities following the brief truce in the Campeche-Yucatan Campaign marked a significant escalation in the conflict within the Unified Mexican States. Despite the ceasefire agreed upon in December 1883, which temporarily halted military actions and opened the door for potential peace negotiations, the underlying tensions and unresolved issues between the Mexican government, the indigenous guerilla forces, and the foreign military entities involved led to an inevitable return to violence.

Hostilities Resume

In the wake of the ceasefire, hopes for a lasting peace were quickly dashed as the Mexican government, under President Ramón Corral, formally rejected the guerillas' demands for autonomy and a more equitable representation within the state's political framework. President Corral's response to international mediation attempts, particularly those by President Chester A. Arthur of the United States, was marked by a firm commitment to the unconditional surrender of the rebel forces and the restoration of governmental control over the southern regions.

The truce, scheduled to lapse on January 14, 1884, saw both sides preparing for the resumption of hostilities, with the Mexican government adamant about continuing its military campaign to dismantle the rebellion. This decision was met with a strategic recalibration by the guerilla forces, led by War Chief Andrés Uc Dzul, who braced for a protracted struggle against the combined might of the Mexican Army and its foreign allies. The period following the brief ceasefire is characterized by its intensity, the rapid advance, and indigenous proclivity towards ambushes.

The resumption of hostilities led to what the troops have taken to calling the Campeche Battles. The Campeche Battles were a series of raids, campaigns, ambushes, minor skirmishes, and several full-scale frontier battles in the Campeche region between the guerillas and American soldiers on the frontier. Most of the events took place in the Campeche region. While the fighting stretched across both regions, there was little direct action in Yucatan. The arrival of the Independence Fort Class airship and their escorts would widely turn the tide of the campaign and lead to a complete reconquest of Campeche.

The Campaign


Opening

On 15 January 1884 General John M. Schofield departed from Calkiní Hill to the Campeche port being used to store supplies. On 23 January, at the Battle of Seybaplaya, Major Herbert Shortle's men broke through a formidable indigenous blocking position and broke the guerilla's line of defense on the coast.

After Major Herbert Shortle's Brigade with food and ammunition, General John M. Schofield defeated a battalion sized element of the guerillas on 25 January and took a sizable portion as prisoners.

By early March, in the wake of the American victories at Seybaplaya and Chalon, the military situation in Campeche had reached a temporary stalemate. American brigades faced a rising number of night raids and ambushes while on the march. Neither force had any realistic prospect of launching a successful offensive for several weeks, so major engagements gave way to small skirmishes.

The guerrilla fighters, adeptly utilizing their intimate familiarity with the land, launched a relentless campaign of hit-and-run tactics against the American, Pan-American League, and Mexican government forces. These brutal skirmishes not only severed crucial supply lines but also isolated vulnerable units, severely undermining the morale of both the United States and Mexican troops. Employing a ruthless blend of stealth, unwavering local support, and the crucial element of surprise, these guerrillas struck with ferocity, predominantly under the veil of night or within the impenetrable embrace of the dense jungles that provided them with natural cover.

In response, American brigades, bolstered by their Mexican counterparts, intensified their dependency on reconnaissance and patrols in a desperate bid to preempt the guerrilla onslaught. These units, often comprising scouts and mounted soldiers escorted by the formidable Mouse-Class Cavalry X-Disks, dared to penetrate enemy territories with a twofold mission: to gather vital intelligence and to confront the enemy directly in an effort to restrict their operational freedom.

One of the bloodiest skirmishes unfolded near the village of Xpujil, where a well-coordinated guerrilla contingent launched a devastating ambush on an unsuspecting American patrol unit. The ambush was meticulously staged at a strategically narrow pass, enabling the guerrilla forces to unleash a lethal barrage of homemade explosives and precision gunfire from riflemen concealed within the surrounding foliage. The Americans, taken by complete surprise, found themselves in disarray, forced to abandon their mission and flee, leaving behind essential supplies and several of their wounded comrades to an uncertain fate.

Another fierce encounter erupted by the banks of the Rio Candelaria, where guerrilla forces executed a daring night raid on a camp jointly occupied by Pan-American and United States forces. Leveraging the river's natural sounds to conceal their approach, the attackers aimed to infiltrate the camp and wreak havoc on the artillery placements. Anticipating such an audacious assault, the defenders had prepared a network of traps and defensive positions encircling the perimeter. What ensued was a violent clash over several hours that resulted in heavy casualties on both sides. Despite the fierce resistance, the guerrilla raid was ultimately repelled, but not without leaving a trail of destruction

On February 22nd, the State Class Independence Fort Airship USAS Florida, as well as its Dagger and Shark Class escorts arrived in Campeche.

The arrival of the State Class airship finally gave the American and Pan-American forces the strength to inflict a decisive defeat on either indigenous guerillas in Campeche. The State Class Airship, using coordinates provided by the Mouse-Class X-Disks on patrol began a prodigious shelling campaign which saw multiple guerilla supply depots and base camps destroyed.

The relentless aerial bombardment from the State Class Independence Fort Airship, coupled with the intelligence gathered by the Mouse-Class Cavalry X-Disks, significantly weakened the guerrilla forces' operational capabilities. The destruction of their supply depots and base camps forced the guerrillas into a defensive posture, limiting their ability to conduct large-scale operations and reducing their effectiveness in guerrilla warfare.

In the following weeks, American and Pan-American ground forces, now with well coordinated aerial reconnaissance and devastating aerial firepower, began to press their advantage. They initiated a series of coordinated ground assaults aimed at clearing remaining guerrilla strongholds and securing key territories. These operations were characterized by a combination of conventional warfare tactics and small unit maneuvers designed to root out the guerrilla fighters from their entrenched positions in the dense jungles and rugged terrain.

The use of airships for surveillance and artillery shelling marked a significant shift in the dynamics of the conflict. The ability to deliver precise and devastating strikes from the air drastically altered the guerrillas' tactics, forcing them to abandon their traditional hit-and-run strategies in favor of more direct engagements, for which they were ill-prepared.

Despite the technological superiority of the American and Pan-American forces, the guerrillas continued to resist, exploiting their knowledge of the local terrain and engaging in smaller, more elusive bands to harass the advancing troops. However, the effectiveness of these tactics dwindled as the airships' presence limited their mobility and the ability to gather in significant numbers without being detected.

By mid-March, the cumulative effect of the airship campaign, ground assaults, and improved reconnaissance efforts began to show. Several guerrilla leaders were either captured or killed in targeted operations, further demoralizing the remaining fighters and disrupting their command structure. Local populations, once sympathetic to the guerrillas, started to shift their allegiance, either out of fear of the overwhelming firepower of the American and Pan-American forces or in response to pacification efforts that promised security and stability.

As the conflict entered its final phase, pockets of resistance still existed, but the guerrillas' capacity to wage an effective campaign had been severely compromised. The introduction of the State Class Airship into the theater of operations had decisively tipped the balance in favor of the American and Pan-American forces, paving the way for the eventual pacification of the region.

The Assault on the Port

The Assault on the Campeche Port in 1884 stands as a pivotal battle in the concerted campaign by the United States and Pan-American League (PAL) forces against the indigenous guerrillas in the Campeche and Yucatan regions. Following months of relentless jungle warfare, characterized by harrowing ambushes, nocturnal raids, and a fierce battle for supremacy over the challenging and dense terrain, the strategic decision to target the Campeche Port was aimed at severing the guerrilla forces' supply chains and capturing a crucial link in their logistical network.

The operation commenced in the early hours before dawn, under the cover of darkness, to maximize the element of surprise against the guerrilla defenders. The State Class Independence Fort Airship, USAS Florida, along with its Dagger and Shark Class escorts, had already established aerial dominance over the region. In the days leading up to the assault, these airships had conducted a series of precise shelling campaigns against guerrilla supply depots and base camps, severely disrupting their operations and forcing many defenders to retreat into the port's presumed safety.

The operation was initiated under the veil of dawn, leveraging the element of surprise to the fullest against the entrenched guerrilla defenders. Prior to the main assault, a clandestine infiltration was executed by shipboard marines who landed up the coastline, under the cover of darkness, a night before the planned siege. These marines, experts in stealth and rapid assault techniques, embarked on a silent march down towards the port, positioned to strike from the rear and disrupt any attempts at reinforcing or escaping the imminent onslaught.

As the first light crept over the horizon, a flotilla of naval vessels, which had deployed their shipboard marines the night before, approached the port.

Simultaneously, a task force deployed from the US Pacific Fleet, including two Pre-Dreadnoughts, took positions off the coast, ready to unleash a naval bombardment that would work in tandem with the aerial bombardment orchestrated by the State Class Independence Fort Airship USAS Florida. This coordinated attack from sea and air was designed to soften the port's defenses and sow chaos among the guerrilla ranks, thereby diminishing their capacity to mount a cohesive defense.

At dawn, the bombardment from the airships began, targeting fortifications and known defensive positions around the port. This aerial onslaught was synchronized with naval artillery, pummeling the shoreline defenses and creating chaos among the guerrilla ranks. The dual barrage served its intended purpose, disorienting the defenders and reducing their ability to mount an effective resistance.

The shelling signaled the commencement of the main thrust, and the land-based assault by the combined US and PAL army forces began to move forward. The preparatory bombardment had achieved its purpose, decimating fortifications and disorienting the defenders, paving the way for the ground troops. The army's advance was relentless, bolstered by the strategic precision of the naval and aerial firepower, which continued to hammer guerrilla positions, effectively cutting off any hope of reinforcement or retreat for the besieged forces.

The marines, having infiltrated from the rear, launched their attack in coordination with the main assault, effectively trapping the guerrillas between hammer and anvil. Their unexpected presence added to the disarray within the guerrilla ranks, facilitating a quicker breakdown of their defensive lines. This rear infiltration played a pivotal role in the swift collapse of guerrilla resistance at key points, allowing the army forces to penetrate deeper into the port's defenses with reduced opposition.

The battle for the port was marked by intense combat, with the guerrillas, despite being caught off guard, fighting desperately to hold their ground. Yet, the combined might of the US and PAL forces, armed with superior technology, intelligence, and coordination, systematically dismantled the guerrilla defenses. The Pre-Dreadnoughts, in particular, put up a stunning display of naval firepower, their shells raining destruction on strategic points, further demoralizing the defenders.

By the afternoon, the port's critical infrastructures, including the docks, warehouses, and command centers, were under the control of the marines and the advancing army units. Guerrilla fighters were either subdued, captured, or forced into hasty retreat, leaving behind a port that was crucial for their logistical operations but now served as a gateway for the US and PAL forces into the heart of Yucatan.

The capture of the Campeche Port represented a decisive blow to the guerrilla resistance, effectively dismantling a key logistical hub and showcasing the lethal efficiency of combined naval, aerial, and ground operations in amphibious warfare. Post-capture, the marines retained control over the port facilities, ensuring a secure logistical base from which the army could launch further operations into Campeche and eventually Yucatan. This operation, characterized by its strategic depth, coordination, and execution, underscored the formidable capabilities of the US and PAL forces, marking a significant turn in the campaign and setting the stage for the eventual pacification of the region.

March to Yucatan

Following the decisive victory at the Campeche Port and the significant degradation of the guerrilla forces' capabilities, the unified American, Pan-American League (PAL), and Mexican government forces focused on consolidating their gains in the Campeche region. The operation to capture the port had dealt a critical blow to the guerrilla resistance, severely disrupting their supply lines and diminishing their operational effectiveness. With the port now serving as a strategic base for logistics and further operations, the allied forces began a systematic campaign to root out the remaining guerrilla elements hidden within the dense jungles and rugged terrain of Campeche.

The ensuing weeks saw a series of coordinated sweeps through the jungle, combining ground patrols with aerial reconnaissance provided by the Cavalry X-Disk airships These airships, which had played a pivotal role in the assault on the port, continued to offer invaluable support by identifying guerrilla hideouts, directing ground forces, and, when necessary, direct precise bombardments to flush out the rebels.

As the allied forces pressed their advantage, the effectiveness of the guerrillas' hit-and-run tactics waned. Unable to gather in significant numbers without risking detection from the air, and with their supply lines cut, the guerrilla fighters found themselves increasingly isolated and vulnerable. The relentless pressure from the allied forces led to a series of engagements that further eroded the guerrillas' strength and morale. Many were captured or killed, while others, recognizing the futility of continued resistance, began to surrender.

By the end of June 1884, the situation in Campeche had dramatically shifted. The guerrilla movement, once a formidable force capable of challenging the Mexican government and its allies, was now reduced to minor bands scattered throughout the jungle. These remnants were no longer in a position to mount any significant resistance or disrupt the restoration of Mexican government control over the region.

The successful pacification of Campeche was marked by a formal ceremony on June 31st, during which control of the region was officially handed back to the Mexican government. The event was symbolic, representing not only the end of a significant chapter in the conflict but also the beginning of a new phase in the campaign to restore order to the Unified Mexican States.

With Campeche secured, the allied forces turned their attention to Yucatan. The lessons learned from the Campeche campaign—particularly the importance of aerial reconnaissance, coordinated assaults, and the strategic use of technological advantages—were to inform their strategy for the advance into Yucatan. The guerrilla forces in Yucatan, aware of the defeat of their counterparts in Campeche, braced for the impending offensive, but the balance of power had shifted decisively in favor of the allied forces.

The Guerrero Campaign

Overview

While United State's support for the Guerrero campaign had been pulled in late 1883, the United States discarded this position in 1884 and the Army Corp of the Southwest, colloquially dubbed "The Jungle Fighters," found themselves being redeployed from their previous station in Colima to the tumultuous region of Guerrero to bolster the efforts of General Fernánda Ortego and General del Cuerpo Nacho Viveros, who were leading the charge against a formidable contingent of Mexican Revolutionaries. The involvement of the US forces was seen as a crucial step to fortify the campaign and facilitate the retaking of this pivotal Mexican province.

Despite the earlier problems, the decision was made to deploy the Jungle Fighters to bolster the campaign's chances of success and assist in the strategic effort to retake the province. However, upon arrival, the Jungle Fighters faced unexpected challenges. Support from General Fernánda Ortego was minimal, and communication difficulties exacerbated the situation.

Furthermore, the unit suffered from a lack of resources, the supply lines prioritizing deliveries to General Fernánda Ortego's men, until Tecpan was taken.

As the campaign unfolded, it became clear that the area assigned to the Jungle Fighters was at the heart of the conflict. This sector would witness some of the most intense and blood-soaked confrontations of the entire campaign. The Jungle Fighters, despite their name and experience in similar terrains, were thrust into a situation far more dire than anticipated, marking this chapter of the campaign as particularly brutal and challenging.

The Campaign


Initial Deployment and Challenges

Upon arrival, the Jungle Fighters were met with a scenario far grimmer than briefed. The region of Guerrero, with its dense jungles, rugged mountains, and deeply entrenched guerrilla forces, presented a formidable challenge. The initial expectation of robust support from General Fernánda Ortego quickly dissipated, as the unit encountered logistical nightmares and communication breakdowns that severely hampered their operational capabilities. The promised supplies and reinforcements were sporadic at best, often diverted to Ortego's forces, leaving the Jungle Fighters to fend for themselves in an increasingly hostile environment.

Engagement with the Revolutionary Forces

The campaign's early stages were defined by a series of swift, violent encounters as the Jungle Fighters sought to establish a foothold in the region. Utilizing their training, they embarked on reconnaissance missions, ambushes, and direct assaults on enemy positions. However, the Mexican Revolutionaries were adept at leveraging their knowledge of the terrain to their advantage, disappearing into the jungle's embrace after striking swiftly and without warning. The initial confrontations were costly, with the Jungle Fighters suffering moderate casualties and struggling to adapt to the revolutionaries mix of hit-and-run tactics and line battles.

The Massacre at Xochipala

The tragedy at Xochipala remains one of the darkest episodes of the Guerrero campaign, a stark testament to the perils of warfare based on inaccurate intelligence and the devastating consequences of military operations within civilian areas.

In the predawn hours, as the mist hung low over the village of Xochipala, the Jungle Fighters, an elite unit of the Army Corp of the Southwest, began their silent advance. Mexican Intelligence reports delivered to the Army Corp of the Southwest had mistakenly identified the village as a key guerrilla base, supposedly teeming with fighters and weaponry. The mission was clear: neutralize the threat with a decisive strike. The operation's planners did not anticipate the grim outcome of their orders.

As the first light of dawn broke, the village stirred to life, its inhabitants oblivious to the danger encircling them. Children played, women prepared the morning meal, and men tended to their chores, a scene of peaceful daily life about to be shattered.

The operation commenced with a sudden artillery barrage. Shortly after the initial bombardment, gunfire erupted, sowing chaos and confusion among the villagers. The initial salvo was meant to incapacitate any guerrilla resistance, but there was none to be found. Instead, bullets found unintended marks, striking down civilians caught in the open.

Realizing the presence of armed men in their midst, the villagers' initial confusion turned to terror. Men took up arms, and women and children scrambled for cover, their cries piercing the morning air as they sought refuge from the onslaught. The soldiers, acting under the belief they were engaging combatants, pressed on, their advance bringing them deeper into the village.

Homes, once sanctuaries of family life, were breached and cleared with ruthless efficiency. In the frenzy, distinctions between combatant and noncombatant blurred, leading to tragic outcomes. Firefights erupted in courtyards and alleyways, where the only resistance came from villagers too frightened to comprehend the situation, their attempts to flee or defend their loved ones met with lethal force.

As the operation unfolded, the grim reality began to dawn on the Jungle Fighters. Captured villagers, through tears and pleas, told of a community with no ties to the guerrillas, a village of simple farmers caught in a war they neither understood nor wished to partake in. The horrifying mistake became apparent, but for many, it was too late.

Orders were given to cease fire and withdraw, but the village lay in ruin. Buildings smoldered, the dead and dying littered the streets, and the air was filled with the mournful wails of the bereaved. The operation, meant to be a swift strike against guerrilla forces, had instead turned into a massacre of innocents.

The days following the massacre saw Xochipala transformed from a vibrant community to a ghost town, its surviving inhabitants either fleeing the horrors or mourning their losses. The incident fueled widespread outrage locally and cast a shadow over the Jungle Fighters and their campaign.

The repercussions were immediate, with the local population, once neutral or even sympathetic to the governmental cause, now viewed the U.S. forces with hostility and suspicion. Many were driven into the arms of the guerrillas, seeking to protect their homes and avenge their fallen. The Massacre at Xochipala became a rallying cry, a symbol of the struggle against an unseen and unpredictable enemy.


The Siege of Tecpan

The siege of Tecpan stands out as one of the most grueling and fiercely contested engagements in the Guerrero campaign.

Tecpan served as a linchpin in the revolutionaries logistical network, acting as a vital supply hub that supported their operations throughout the region. Its capture was deemed essential by the Jungle Fighters' command to disrupt these supply lines and deal a significant blow to the revolutionary forces' capabilities. The town's dense layout, coupled with its fortified positions, made it a formidable challenge, requiring a carefully coordinated siege operation.

The operation commenced with a preliminary bombardment aimed at weakening guerrilla defenses and morale. Artillery shells and mortars rained down on suspected guerrilla positions, causing significant damage to the town's infrastructure but failing to dislodge the defenders effectively. The guerrillas had prepared for such an assault, constructing makeshift barricades and fortifying key buildings to serve as strongpoints.

As the bombardment lifted, the Jungle Fighters moved in, encircling the town to cut off any escape or reinforcement routes for the guerrillas. Teams of soldiers then began the perilous task of entering the town, facing a labyrinth of booby traps and sniper fire. The initial advance was slow and costly, with every street and alley contested fiercely.

The battle descended into brutal house-to-house fighting, with each building becoming a battleground. The revolutionaries, knowing the terrain intimately, utilized hit-and-run tactics, striking at the Jungle Fighters from hidden positions before melting away into the town's warren-like structure. The close quarters of urban combat negated the Jungle Fighters' numerical and technological advantages, leveling the playing field and allowing the guerrillas to inflict significant casualties.

Snipers positioned in upper-story windows and on rooftops were particularly deadly, pinning down advancing troops and creating kill zones in the town's narrow streets. Clearing these positions required a combination of precision artillery strikes and small teams of soldiers maneuvering under cover to assault the buildings directly, a risky endeavor that often resulted in fierce room-to-room fighting.

The turning point came after several days of relentless combat when the Jungle Fighters managed to secure a foothold in the town center. This success was achieved through a combination of heavy artillery support and the deployment of the galvanized yankees, who provided covering fire for the infantry as they advanced. The capture of the town center allowed the Jungle Fighters to split the revolutionary forces, isolating them into smaller, manageable pockets.

Despite this strategic victory, the revolutionaries continued to resist, launching counterattacks and utilizing a network of tunnels and secret passageways to ambush the Jungle Fighters. The battle raged on for days, with the outcome uncertain as both sides suffered heavy losses. The eventual capture of Tecpan by the Jungle Fighters marked a strategic victory in the campaign. However, the cost was steep.

The Ambush at Atoyac

The decision to move a convoy through the Atoyac pass was made out of necessity. The terrain surrounding the pass was rugged and treacherous, making it one of the few viable routes for logistical movements. Despite being aware of its potential as an ambush site, the critical need for supplies and reinforcements at the front lines forced the Jungle Fighters' hand. The convoy was assembled with this risk in mind, packed with ammunition, medical supplies, and fresh troops eager to join their comrades.

The guerrillas, well-informed of the convoy's impending passage and understanding the strategic importance of the Atoyac pass, prepared their ambush with meticulous care. Infantry guns were planted at key points along the pass, not only to initiate the ambush but also to block the route, preventing any escape. Positions were chosen to maximize the revolutionaries advantage, with fighters positioned on the high ground to dominate the entire pass.

As the convoy began its precarious journey through the Atoyac pass, the atmosphere was tense, with each vehicle's occupants keenly aware of the danger. Fire from a revolutionary infantry gun was the signal for chaos to erupt. Almost immediately, guerrilla fighters opened fire from their elevated positions, their gunfire raining down on the disoriented and exposed soldiers below. The element of surprise was absolute, with the convoy's guards scrambling to return fire and seek cover in a situation where there was little to be found.

The American soldiers, caught in the open and under heavy fire, suffered heavy casualties in the initial moments of the ambush. Attempts to organize a defense or counterattack were hampered by the guerrillas' overwhelming firepower and commanding position.

The battle, if it could be called that, was brutally short. The revolutionaries strike had demolished the convoy's capability to fight back. As the firing ceased, the pass was silent except for the crackling of flames and the groans of the wounded.

The convoy, meant to bolster the Jungle Fighters' efforts, lay in ruins. Wagons burned or smoldered, supplies were scattered and ruined, and the ground was littered with the casualties of the ambush. The revolutionaries, having inflicted maximum damage, withdrew before any significant response could be mounted, melting away into the terrain they knew so well.

The Brutal Push to Chilpancingo

The campaign's climax came with the push towards Chilpancingo, the regional capital. This operation saw the Jungle Fighters employing heavy artillery and air support from the State Class Independence Fort Airship to bombard guerrilla positions.

The Battle of Chilpancingo

The operation kicked off with an imposing show of force, with heavy artillery and the State Class Independence Fort Airship taking the lead. The airship, a marvel of military engineering, hovered ominously over Chilpancingo, unleashing devastation upon the revolutionary positions. Its bombardment was precise and relentless, turning age-old buildings into ruins and streets into landscapes of destruction. The airship's shadow over Chilpancingo was both literal and metaphorical, signifying the impending storm of battle.

Far from being cowed, the revolutionaries hunkered down amid the city's ruins, readying themselves for the urban warfare that would soon engulf their streets. They had turned Chilpancingo into a fortress, with defensive positions cleverly integrated into the city's fabric. As the Jungle Fighters advanced, they encountered a labyrinthine war zone, where every corner concealed potential death.

The conflict quickly devolved into savage close-quarters combat. The urban setting neutralized the technological advantages typically leveraged by the Jungle Fighters, compelling both sides into primitive, brutal confrontations. The battlefields were not open fields but narrow alleys, the remnants of homes, and shattered public squares.

The revolutionaries, adept at guerrilla tactics, used their intimate knowledge of the city to launch devastating counterattacks. Homemade explosives and cunning ambushes cut down the advancing Jungle Fighters, inflicting significant casualties. The airship, for all its might, found its effectiveness curtailed in the dense urban environment, where distinguishing friend from foe from the smoke filled sky became a near-impossible task.

The turning point in the battle arrived when the Jungle Fighters, despite staggering losses, secured crucial areas within the city's heart. This strategic victory allowed them to isolate and methodically eliminate the remaining revolutionary strongholds. Faced with the encroaching might of the Jungle Fighters, the revolutionaries fought with desperate bravery but were ultimately overwhelmed.

In the wake of the battle, Chilpancingo lay in devastation. The city's infrastructure was shattered, its population decimated, and its heritage irrevocably damaged. The victory, while tactically significant for the Jungle Fighters, came at a profound cost, leaving a once-vibrant city in ruins and its people in mourning. However, with the fall of Chilpancingo, the province of Guerrero was fully recaptured and the United States and Mexican Army were now free to push into Oaxaca.

Initial Push Into Oaxaca

Despite facing logistical challenges and the rugged terrain of Oaxaca, which provided ample cover and tactical advantages to the revolutionaries, the U.S. and Mexican forces managed to achieve moderate success. They were able to reclaim a portion of the region that had been under revolutionary control and disrupt their operations, albeit with the understanding that the victory was not definitive and that the struggle for control in Oaxaca would require sustained effort and commitment in the coming months.

The Blockade

Overview


Following the comprehensive aerial surveillance reports compiled by Wings 2 and 4 of the United States Department of The Aerial Guard, detailing significant guerilla activity and foreign arms influx in the Campeche, Yucatan, Guerrero, and Oaxaca regions, the US Navy undertook decisive action to curb the escalating conflict. The Pacific Fleet and the Gulf Fleet were deployed to establish a stringent blockade around the aforementioned regions in early 1884. This operation aimed to embargo the rebels, preventing any unauthorized maritime shipments from bolstering the insurgent forces.

The blockade was instituted to enforce a maritime embargo against the rebels, allowing only shipments approved by the Mexican Government to pass. This measure was designed to sever the supply lines of weapons, ammunition, and other resources to the guerilla forces, thereby stifling their operations against the Mexican government.

However, the blockade, while sanctioned by the Mexican government, inadvertently disrupted neutral maritime trade routes off Mexico's coast, particularly affecting the vital passage to British Honduras. This corridor, essential for linking the Atlantic Ocean with the Caribbean Sea through the Yucatán Channel, came under strict blockade measures. Consequently, ships usually traversing this route to access the Caribbean and proceed southward to British Honduras faced unforeseen obstacles.

These neutral vessels were at risk of being mistakenly identified as rebel supporters, despite assertions of conducting legitimate regional trade. The challenge of verifying these claims, along with difficulties in assessing the ships' proximity to the coast, complicated the blockade's enforcement. This situation blurred the lines between illegal arms trafficking and innocent commerce, adversely affecting legitimate trade through these strategic maritime corridors.

With the Yucatán Channel declared closed by the Mexican government, any vessel entering the area was suspected of aiding the rebels. This measure, however, was largely ignored by European nations, adding a layer of diplomatic tension. European merchant ships, disregarding the closure as unenforceable, risked entanglement in the blockade, further complicating an already complex situation.

The Naval Blockade Execution


Campeche and Yucatan Regions:

Initiation:
The Pacific Fleet, under the command of Admiral Charles Henderson, positioned its formidable array of frigates and cruisers around the strategic coastal areas of Campeche and Yucatan in late January 1884. This blockade was specifically designed to disrupt the suspected supply routes delivering Ottoman Ateş Kalkanı weapons to the rebels.

Engagements: Throughout the blockade, several vessels were intercepted. Notably, a British merchant ship, the HMS Valkyrie, was seized after failing to comply with the blockade rules. Investigations revealed a hidden cache of arms potentially intended for the guerillas. Similarly, a French fishing vessel, La Mer Bleue, was detained near the hidden port identified in the aerial reconnaissance reports, carrying medical supplies and non-lethal aid purportedly for the rebel forces.

Guerrero and Oaxaca Regions:

Execution:
Parallel to the operations in the east, the Gulf Fleet, led by Admiral Matthias Brighton, established a blockade around the Guerrero and Oaxaca regions. The fleet, comprising several corvettes and frigates, enforced strict maritime control, vetting all incoming and outgoing ships to ensure compliance with the embargo.

Incidents: A notable seizure was the German cargo vessel, SS Kronprinz, found to be transporting a significant quantity of explosives and small arms. The capture of the SS Kronprinz greatly reduced the arms supply available to the Mexican guerillas.

Unidentified Officers in White Uniforms:

Throughout the blockade, the US Marines, which had been dispatched on several infiltration missions, captured several high-ranking individuals among the guerilla forces, notably those wearing the distinctive white military uniforms previously unidentified in the aerial surveillance reports. Interrogations and intelligence gathered during the blockade operation revealed these individuals to be former military officers from European countries, including France and Belgium, who had been hired as mercenaries to provide military training and strategic planning to the rebel forces. Though all claim to have no knowledge of who exactly hired them.

Aftermath

The blockade significantly hampered the rebels' ability to sustain their operations, cutting off critical supply lines and exposing the complex network of foreign support underpinning their resistance. The seizure of vessels from Britain, France, and Germany sparked diplomatic tensions but also underscored the emerging role of the United States as the dominant force in the Western Hemisphere, willing to intervene directly in the affairs of its neighbors to maintain regional stability and support allied governments.

The blockade greatly aided in the restoration of order within the affected regions, facilitated by the Mexican government's renewed control over its territory through the United States Navy and the dismantling of the guerillas' infrastructure.

Casualties

United States of America


Total Casualties
Killed
Wounded
Captured
9,743​
3,602​
5,682​
459​

Pan-American League


Total Casualties
Killed
Wounded
Captured
3,816​
1,341​
2,098​
377​

United Mexican States


Total Casualties
Killed
Wounded
Captured
49,029​
16,725​
29,417​
2,887​

Mexican Revolutionaries


Indigenous Guerillas


Total Casualties
Killed
Wounded
Captured
14,552​
6,083​
4,977​
3,492​

Regional Revolutionaries

Total Casualties
Killed
Wounded
Captured
27,712​
10,849​
15,241​
1,622​
 
Last edited:
The Ottoman Rebellions

The Ottoman Rebellions​

July 1st, 1883, to December 31st, 1883​


Rumeli Maps

Map of the Ottoman Empire and Rumelia December 31, 1883


Map Link

Map of the Ottoman Empire and Rumelia June 30th, 1884


Map Link

Egypt Maps

Map of the Ottoman Empire and Egypt December 31, 1883


Map Link

Map of the Ottoman Empire and Egypt June 30th, 1884


Map Link

Deployed Forces

Ottoman Empire


Osmanlı 1st Army (Rumelia): 220,000 Men

2x Command Brigade (10,000 Men)
Battalion I: Guard Infantry + Yıldırım Mark I + Engineers + Field Medics + Carbine Cavalry + Military Police Detachments
Battalion II: Regular Infantry + Yıldırım Mark I + Engineers + Field Medics + Signal Corps + Hussars
Battalion III: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Revolver Cavalry + Field Medics + Gatling Gun + Engineers
Battalion IV: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Hot Air Balloon Corps + Field/Foot Artillery + Telegraph Unit + Field Headquarters
Battalion V: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Horse Artillery + Observational Balloon Corps + Ateş Kalkanı + Supply Wagons

20x Egyptian Army Brigade (100,000 Men)
Battalion I: [Desert] Infantry + Yıldırım Mark I + Light Infantry + Field Medics + Lancers + Hussars
Battalion II: Regular Infantry + Yıldırım Mark I + Horse Artillery + Field Medics + Zamburak + Cuirassiers
Battalion III: Regular Infantry + Yıldırım Mark I + Horse Artillery + Field Medics + Zamburak + Cuirassiers
Battalion IV: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Field/Foot Artillery + Engineers + Hot Air Balloon Corps + Military Police Detachment
Battalion V: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Field/Foot Artillery + Engineers + Supply Wagons + Signal Corps

2x Light Brigade (10,000 Men)
Battalion I: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Light Infantry + Signal Corps + Hotchkiss Revolving Cannon + Revolver Cavalry
Battalion II: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Light Infantry + Gardner Gun + Hussars + Carbine Cavalry
Battalion III: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Light Infantry + Dragoons + Lancers + Maxim Machine Gun
Battalion IV: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Engineers + Field Medics + Horse Artillery + Observational Balloon Corps
Battalion V: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Engineers + Swivel Gun + Horse Artillery + Gatling Gun

2x Railroad Brigade (10,000 Men)
Battalion I-II: Guard Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Field Medics + Light Infantry + Gardner Gun + Revolver Cavalry
Battalion III-IV: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Engineers + Armored Train + Field Artillery + Carbine Cavalry
Battalion V: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Railway Corps + Telegraph Unit + Observational Balloon Corps + Ateş Kalkanı

16x General Cav/Line Brigade (80,000 Men)
Battalion I: Guard Infantry + Yıldırım Mark I + Light Infantry + Field Medics + Zamburak + Revolver Cavalry
Battalion II: Regular Infantry + Yıldırım Mark I + Horse Artillery + Field Medics + Zamburak + Carbine Cavalry
Battalion III: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Engineers + Field/Foot Artillery + Nordenfelt Gun + Dragoons
Battalion IV: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Engineers + Field/Foot Artillery + Fortress/Garrison Artillery + Ateş Kalkanı
Battalion V: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Supply Wagons + Ateş Kalkanı + Signal Corps + Hot Air Balloon Corps

2x Armor/Cav Brigade (10,000 Men)
Battalion I: Ottoman Cossack + A&F Model 1883 + Carbine Cavalry + Hussars + Light Infantry + Gardner Gun
Battalion II: Ottoman Cossack+ A&F Model 1883 + Carbine Cavalry + Dragoons + Field Medic + Horse Artillery
Battalion III: Ottoman Cossack + A&F Model 1883 + Carbine Cavalry + Dragoons + Field Medics + Horse Artillery
Battalion IV: Regular Infantry + Yıldırım Mark I + Engineers + A6V "Odin" Steam Walker + Revolver Cavalry + Military Police Detachment
Battalion V: Regular Infantry + Yıldırım Mark I + Engineers + Signal Corps + Supply Wagons + Ateş Kalkanı

Osmanlı 2nd Army (Garrison): 80,000 Men

1x Command Brigade (5,000 Men)
Battalion I: Guard Infantry + Yıldırım Mark I + Engineers + Field Medics + Carbine Cavalry + Military Police Detachments
Battalion II: Regular Infantry + Yıldırım Mark I + Engineers + Field Medics + Signal Corps + Hussars
Battalion III: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Revolver Cavalry + Field Medics + Gatling Gun + Engineers
Battalion IV: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Hot Air Balloon Corps + Field/Foot Artillery + Telegraph Unit + Field Headquarters
Battalion V: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Horse Artillery + Observational Balloon Corps + Ateş Kalkanı + Supply Wagons

2x Egyptian Army Brigade (10,000 Men)
Battalion I: [Desert] Infantry + Yıldırım Mark I + Light Infantry + Field Medics + Lancers + Hussars
Battalion II: Regular Infantry + Yıldırım Mark I + Horse Artillery + Field Medics + Zamburak + Cuirassiers
Battalion III: Regular Infantry + Yıldırım Mark I + Horse Artillery + Field Medics + Zamburak + Cuirassiers
Battalion IV: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Field/Foot Artillery + Engineers + Hot Air Balloon Corps + Military Police Detachment
Battalion V: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Field/Foot Artillery + Engineers + Supply Wagons + Signal Corps

4x Light Brigade (20,000 Men)
Battalion I: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Light Infantry + Signal Corps + Hotchkiss Revolving Cannon + Revolver Cavalry
Battalion II: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Light Infantry + Gardner Gun + Hussars + Carbine Cavalry
Battalion III: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Light Infantry + Dragoons + Lancers + Maxim Machine Gun
Battalion IV: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Engineers + Field Medics + Horse Artillery + Observational Balloon Corps
Battalion V: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Engineers + Swivel Gun + Horse Artillery + Gatling Gun

4x General Cav/Line Brigade (20,000 Men)
Battalion I: Guard Infantry + Yıldırım Mark I + Light Infantry + Field Medics + Zamburak + Revolver Cavalry
Battalion II: Regular Infantry + Yıldırım Mark I + Horse Artillery + Field Medics + Zamburak + Carbine Cavalry
Battalion III: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Engineers + Field/Foot Artillery + Nordenfelt Gun + Dragoons
Battalion IV: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Engineers + Field/Foot Artillery + Fortress/Garrison Artillery + Ateş Kalkanı
Battalion V: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Supply Wagons + Ateş Kalkanı + Signal Corps + Hot Air Balloon Corps

2x Armor/Cav Brigade (10,000 Men)
Battalion I: Ottoman Cossack + A&F Model 1883 + Carbine Cavalry + Hussars + Light Infantry + Gardner Gun
Battalion II: Ottoman Cossack+ A&F Model 1883 + Carbine Cavalry + Dragoons + Field Medic + Horse Artillery
Battalion III: Ottoman Cossack + A&F Model 1883 + Carbine Cavalry + Dragoons + Field Medics + Horse Artillery
Battalion IV: Regular Infantry + Yıldırım Mark I + Engineers + A6V "Odin" Steam Walker + Revolver Cavalry + Military Police Detachment
Battalion V: Regular Infantry + Yıldırım Mark I + Engineers + Signal Corps + Supply Wagons + Ateş Kalkanı

3x Garrison Brigade (15,000 Men)
Battalion I: Ottoman Cossack + Breech Loaders + Engineers + Field Medics + Gatling Gun + Light Infantry
Battalion II: Militia Infantry + Breech Loaders + Engineers + Field Medics + Montigny Mitrailleuse + Dragoons
Battalion III: Militia Infantry + Breech Loaders + Engineers + Field Medics + Revolver Cavalry + Light Infantry
Battalion IV: Militia Infantry + Breech Loaders + Military Police Detachments + Carbine Cavalry + Horse Artillery + Mobile Command Post
Battalion V: Militia Infantry + Breech Loaders + Swivel gun + Observational Balloon Corps + Fortress/Garrison Artillery + Supply Wagons

Osmanlı 3rd Army (Egypt): 230,000 Men

2x Command Brigade (10,000 Men)
Battalion I: Guard Infantry + Yıldırım Mark I + Engineers + Field Medics + Carbine Cavalry + Military Police Detachments
Battalion II: Regular Infantry + Yıldırım Mark I + Engineers + Field Medics + Signal Corps + Hussars
Battalion III: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Revolver Cavalry + Field Medics + Gatling Gun + Engineers
Battalion IV: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Hot Air Balloon Corps + Field/Foot Artillery + Telegraph Unit + Field Headquarters
Battalion V: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Horse Artillery + Observational Balloon Corps + Ateş Kalkanı + Supply Wagons

6x General Cav/Line Brigade (30,000 Men)
Battalion I: Guard Infantry + Yıldırım Mark I + Light Infantry + Field Medics + Zamburak + Revolver Cavalry
Battalion II: Regular Infantry + Yıldırım Mark I + Horse Artillery + Field Medics + Zamburak + Carbine Cavalry
Battalion III: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Engineers + Field/Foot Artillery + Nordenfelt Gun + Dragoons
Battalion IV: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Engineers + Field/Foot Artillery + Fortress/Garrison Artillery + Ateş Kalkanı
Battalion V: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Supply Wagons + Ateş Kalkanı + Signal Corps + Hot Air Balloon Corps

12x Garrison Brigades (60,000 Men)
Battalion I: Ottoman Cossack + Breech Loaders + Engineers + Field Medics + Gatling Gun + Light Infantry
Battalion II: Militia Infantry + Breech Loaders + Engineers + Field Medics + Montigny Mitrailleuse + Dragoons
Battalion III: Militia Infantry + Breech Loaders + Engineers + Field Medics + Revolver Cavalry + Light Infantry
Battalion IV: Militia Infantry + Breech Loaders + Military Police Detachments + Carbine Cavalry + Horse Artillery + Mobile Command Post
Battalion V: Militia Infantry + Breech Loaders + Swivel gun + Observational Balloon Corps + Fortress/Garrison Artillery + Supply Wagons

6x Railroad Brigade (30,000 Men)
Battalion I-II: Guard Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Field Medics + Light Infantry + Gardner Gun + Revolver Cavalry
Battalion III-IV: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Engineers + Armored Train + Field Artillery + Carbine Cavalry
Battalion V: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Railway Corps + Telegraph Unit + Observational Balloon Corps + Ateş Kalkanı

10x Egyptian Army Brigade (50,000 Men)
Battalion I: [Desert] Infantry + Yıldırım Mark I + Light Infantry + Field Medics + Lancers + Hussars
Battalion II: Regular Infantry + Yıldırım Mark I + Horse Artillery + Field Medics + Zamburak + Cuirassiers
Battalion III: Regular Infantry + Yıldırım Mark I + Horse Artillery + Field Medics + Zamburak + Cuirassiers
Battalion IV: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Field/Foot Artillery + Engineers + Hot Air Balloon Corps + Military Police Detachment
Battalion V: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Field/Foot Artillery + Engineers + Supply Wagons + Signal Corps

10x Armor/Cav Brigade (70,000 Men)
Battalion I: Ottoman Cossack + A&F Model 1883 + Carbine Cavalry + Hussars + Light Infantry + Gardner Gun
Battalion II: Ottoman Cossack+ A&F Model 1883 + Carbine Cavalry + Dragoons + Field Medic + Horse Artillery
Battalion III: Ottoman Cossack + A&F Model 1883 + Carbine Cavalry + Dragoons + Field Medics + Horse Artillery
Battalion IV: Regular Infantry + Yıldırım Mark I + Engineers + A6V "Odin" Steam Walker + Revolver Cavalry + Military Police Detachment
Battalion V: Regular Infantry + Yıldırım Mark I + Engineers + Signal Corps + Supply Wagons + Ateş Kalkanı

Osmanlı İmparatorluk Donanması (Black / Mediterranean Sea): 63 Naval Vessels

Devriye Filosu
  • 10x Cruisers + Marines
  • 2x Frigates + Marines
  • 11x Corvettes

Ana Muharebe Filosu
  • 10x Corvettes
  • 10x Frigates + Marines
  • 5x Pre-Dreadnought Battleships + Marines

Muhalefet Filosu
  • 10x Ironclads + Marines
  • 5x Frigates + Marines

Ottoman Air Force (Egypt): 6 Airships

6x Beyaz İmparator Class
Cennet Şahin + Cavorite Plating + 2x Steam Engine + 2x Improved Screw Propeller + 2x Ateş Kalkanı + 2x CN's PATL + 2x Large Rifled Breech-Loading Guns + 2x Searchlight

German Empire


German Volunteers: 10,000 Men

1x Guard Brigade (5,000 Men)
Battalion I: Guard Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Field Medics + Horse Artillery + Hussars + Light Infantry
Battalion II: Guard Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Field Medics + Horse Artillery + Revolver Cavalry + Maxim Machine Gun
Battalion III: Guard Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Field Medics + Nordenfelt Gun + Engineers + Fortress/Garrison Artillery
Battalion IV: Guard Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Field Medics + Maxim Machine Gun + Engineers + Fortress/Garrison Artillery
Battalion V: Guard Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Field Medics + Ateş Kalkanı + Telegraph Unit + Supply Wagons

1x Walker Brigade (5,000 Men)
Battalion I: Sturmtruppen + Yıldırım Mark I + Light Infantry + Field Medics + Hussars + Bicycle Reconnaissance Teams
Battalion II: Guard Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + A6V "Odin" Steam Walker + Engineers + Dragoons + Horse Artillery
Battalion III: Guard Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + A6V "Odin" Steam Walker + Engineers + Zamburak + Horse Artillery
Battalion IV: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + A6V "Odin" Steam Walker + Engineers + Dragoons + Ateş Kalkanı
Battalion V: Regular Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + A6V "Odin" Steam Walker + Engineers + Supply Wagons + Telegraph Unit

Deployment Conditions
The volunteer units are to primarily provide support, avoiding direct confrontation. They should utilize the surprise impact of elite troops and intimidating walkers to break through any significant resistance, backed by substantial artillery support. Ideally, any offensive action should start from a position with strong supply lines.

Empire of Russia


Russian Volunteers: 10,000 Men

8x Grey Wolf Battalions (8,000 Men)
Battalion: Guard Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Maxim Machine Gun + Field Artillery + Field Medics

2x Grey Wolf Battalions (2,000 Men)
Battalion: Guard Infantry + Bolt Action Rifles + Maxim Machine Gun + Naval Artillery + Engineers

Deployment Conditions
The volunteer units are to primarily provide support, avoiding direct confrontation unless necessary. They should primarily guard the mountain paseses to prevent break throughs and provide significant resistance. Offensive Grey Wolf Battalions should only engage the enemy when backed by substantial artillery support. Ideally, all defensive actions should take place at positions with access to the Romanian supply lines.

The Ottoman Reconquest

Overview


The Yamaks

In the early 19th century, the Janissaries, an elite corps within the Ottoman army, staunchly opposed the integration of European military reforms. Their resistance culminated disastrously in June 1826 with the event known as the Auspicious Incident, marking their decline.

Parallel to this, the Yamaks emerged as a noteworthy group, initially serving as auxiliary troops within the Ottoman Empire. Unlike the Janissaries, who were often recruited through the devshirme system from Christian territories, the Yamaks hailed predominantly from the Black Sea Region of Turkey, comprising local Muslim populations. Although not part of the devshirme, the Yamaks aspired to the prestige and status associated with the Janissaries, viewing themselves as an integral component of this esteemed military order.

Originally, the Yamaks were civilians mobilized for various duties during wartime or as volunteers eager to join the ranks of the Janissaries. The Ottoman Empire's strategy of deploying Janissary forces to garrison borderland fortresses facilitated the association of local craftsmen with the Janissaries, leading to the designation of these supporters as Yamaks. Over time, these individuals transitioned into poorly compensated and inadequately trained Muslim garrison guards, notably stationed at strategic locations such as the Bosphorus, the Black Sea, the Danube, and Egypt.

By the late 19th century, the Yamaks emerged as a second focal point of discord and resistance against reforms and the Ottoman Empire's occupation of Egypt. A recurring pattern of unrest emerged across the provincial garrisons, where the increasing involvement of Yamaks in rebellious activities, driven by economic incentives, led to an unsustainable expansion of their numbers. This surplus of personnel often compelled many Yamaks to relocate to rural areas, where they inflicted suffering upon peasants and landlords through acts of terror under the leadership of figures known as dahis. Disregarding the commands of both state officials and the Sultan, these Yamaks significantly contributed to the turmoil in several Egyptian provinces by 1884, exacerbating the Khedive rebellion after the defection of four prominent Yamak commanders to the insurgent forces.

As the rebellion in Egypt escalated, the ranks of the rebel forces swelled, significantly bolstered by the inclusion of disaffected and profit hungry Yamaks. Their dissatisfaction with the Ottoman administration, coupled with the allure of potential gains from the conflict, motivated a significant number of Yamaks to defect to the rebels. This influx of seasoned, albeit poorly trained, fighters not only provided the rebels with valuable military manpower but also with intimate knowledge of the local terrain and Ottoman military tactics, owing to their previous affiliations. This insider information proved crucial in conducting guerrilla warfare and in staging ambushes against Ottoman forces, complicating the empire's efforts to quell the uprising.

Ottoman Troop Surges

By the close of 1883, the Ottoman Empire's Third Army, stationed in Egypt, was a formidable force of roughly 100,000 soldiers, tasked with the mission to confront and defeat the armies supporting a rival claimant to the Khedive's throne, who enjoyed the support of various Egyptian successor states. By the dawn of January 1, 1884, this force had impressively expanded to about 230,000 soldiers. Despite a significant portion of this augmented army comprising recruits with limited to no combat experience, it was anticipated that the seasoned veterans within their ranks would impart their substantial battlefield knowledge and expertise, thereby compensating for the newcomers' shortcomings and strengthening the army's overall effectiveness.

In a parallel development to the impressive expansion of the Ottoman Empire's Third Army stationed in Egypt, the Osmanlı 1st Army, Stationed in Rumelia, also underwent a significant surge in manpower during the same period, albeit on a somewhat smaller scale. Initially, the 1st Army, responsible for operations in the Rumelia region, counted around 150,000 soldiers among its ranks. However, by the onset of 1884, this number had swelled to approximately 220,000 men. This expansion mirrored the broader strategic imperative of the Ottoman Empire to bolster its military capabilities across different fronts, reflecting the Empire's determination to assert its authority and address various internal and external challenges.

Like the Third Army in Egypt, the increase in the 1st Army's size was not without its complications. A considerable portion of the new recruits had limited or no prior combat experience, which raised concerns about the army's operational readiness and its ability to conduct effective military campaigns. The rapid expansion meant that a significant number of soldiers were not seasoned veterans but rather individuals hastily conscripted to meet the Empire's urgent military requirements.

Despite these challenges, the situation within the 1st Army was somewhat less acute than that faced by their counterparts in Egypt. The issues related to integrating and training new recruits were present but to a lesser extent. It was anticipated that, as in Egypt, the seasoned veterans within the 1st Army's ranks would play a critical role in mitigating these difficulties, especially as the cadre as a whole was more proficient than those stationed in Egypt. These experienced soldiers were expected to share their battlefield knowledge and expertise with the newcomers, thereby enhancing the overall combat effectiveness of the force. Through rigorous training and the sharing of hard-earned wisdom, the army aimed to rapidly transform its new recruits into competent soldiers capable of contributing to the Empire's military objectives.

The Egyptian Battles


The Initial Engagements of the Campaign


The Egyptian Campaign burst into a conflagration of violence on the 6th of January, 1884. This marked the beginning of an ambitious offensive by the Ottoman Empire, aiming to decisively suppress the burgeoning ambitions of the Egyptian Khedivate. The Ottomans, leveraging their considerable resources and strategic advantages, initiated a multi-pronged assault across various fronts, setting the stage for a series of intense engagements.

The Introduction of the Odin Steam Walkers

At the forefront of the Ottoman offensive were the German designed Odin Steam Walkers, a testament to the era's zenith of engineering and military innovation. These colossal constructs, standing as towering sentinels of destruction, were armed to the teeth with heavy artillery and shielded by layers of reinforced armor, rendering them seemingly impervious to conventional attacks. Their deployment on the battlefield was a strategy designed to instill terror and chaos among the ranks of the Egyptian defenders.

The Resistance of Kerma and Merowe

Despite the overwhelming force presented by the arrival of the Odin Steam Walkers, the Egyptian forces were neither unprepared nor willing to submit without a formidable challenge. Forewarned of the Ottoman Empire's aggressive maneuvers, the Egyptians had fortified their defenses, positioning artillery units at critical junctures with the explicit intent of countering the mechanical menace. The ensuing confrontations were marked by intense exchanges of firepower, with the Egyptian artillery managing to score direct hits on several Walkers. Even with the loss of several walkers, the Ottoman Army managed to reclaim the towns of Kerma and Merowe before the end of January.

The Siege of Donqolah

Parallel to the engagements at Kerma and Merowe, the city of Donqolah emerged as a critical battlefield. The Ottoman forces, confident in their technological supremacy afforded by the Odin Steam Walkers, anticipated a swift victory. However, they were met with fierce and unwavering resistance from the Egyptian defenders. The battle for Donqolah stretched over several days and saw a staggering toll on both sides. The Egyptians, leveraging their knowledge of the terrain and demonstrating unparalleled valor, inflicted significant casualties on the Ottoman invaders.

Despite their valiant efforts, the technological superiority and numerical advantage of the Ottoman forces gradually tipped the scales. The capture of Donqolah, while a tactical victory for the Ottomans, came at a heavy price. The city's defenders, utilizing targeted artillery fire, succeeded in decimating several battalions of Ottoman infantry and a significant number of the formidable Odin Steam Walkers.

Aerial Dominance

As the Egyptian Campaign unfolded into the chilly weeks of February, the dynamics of the conflict began to undergo a significant transformation. The forces loyal to the Khedive, exploiting their intimate familiarity with the local terrain and resorting to unconventional guerrilla warfare tactics, managed to orchestrate a series of audacious captures, most notably the towns of Sheni and Berber. These victories, emblematic of their resilience and strategic ingenuity, nonetheless, found themselves overshadowed by the daunting challenges that awaited at Atbara and Ed Damer.

In these locations, the Ottoman Empire's defense mechanisms were exceptionally robust. The strategic importance of Atbara and Ed Damer, coupled with the potential threat of encirclement and the vulnerability of supply lines, prompted an urgent response from the Ottoman military command. It was in this precarious juncture that the Ottoman forces unveiled their aerial supremacy, calling upon the formidable Beyaz İmparator Class airships. The deployment of these six majestic vessels into the theatre of war signified a pivotal shift in combat dynamics.

From their vantage points high above the battlefield, these airships rained down destruction upon the Egyptian forces. Their guns, capable of unleashing devastating barrages, effectively halted the Egyptian advance, causing severe casualties and disrupting the previously unhampered momentum. These aerial bombardments instilled a sense of dread and confusion within the Egyptian ranks, compelling a reassessment of their offensive strategies in the face of this new, formidable challenge.

Ottoman Retrenchment

By the advent of March, the campaign had exacted a heavy toll on both combatants. The Ottoman forces, in recognition of the exhaustive demands of prolonged warfare and the strategic imperatives dictated by other theater commitments, especially in the volatile region of Rumelia, opted for a tactical recalibration of their operational focus. This phase of the conflict was characterized by a deliberate Ottoman withdrawal from the pursuit of territorial expansion in Egyptian Sudan, in favor of consolidating their control over the territories recently wrested from Egyptian control.

This period of retrenchment was marked not by a diminution in hostilities but by a strategic reorientation of Ottoman military efforts. The aerial superiority, embodied by the Beyaz İmparator airships, continued to play a critical role in the Ottoman strategy. These airships embarked on a series of precise strikes targeting the logistical lifelines of the Egyptian forces. Their objectives were twofold: to undermine the Egyptian military's operational capacity by severing supply lines and destroying ammunition depots, and to execute these operations with a level of precision that would mitigate the risk of inadvertently expanding the conflict's geographical scope, particularly towards areas adjacent to Italian territorial holdings.

Through a combination of aerial dominance and tactical retrenchment, the Ottoman forces endeavored to maintain their grip on the contested territories, while strategically positioning themselves to encircle the Egyptian army and the capital of Egyptian Sudan in one daring move.

A War of Attrition

As the calendar turned to April, the character of the Egyptian Campaign underwent a marked transformation, evolving into a grueling war of attrition. This phase represented a tactical shift by both belligerents, characterized by a relentless focus on depleting the adversary's resources and will to fight, rather than on achieving rapid territorial advancements.

The Ottoman Empire, leveraging its significant advantages in military technology and resource availability, embarked on a calculated campaign to erode the Egyptian resistance. This strategy was manifest in a sustained campaign of aerial bombardment, utilizing their fleet of Beyaz İmparator airships to deliver relentless assaults on Egyptian positions. These aerial campaigns were complemented by the strategic positioning of ground forces, which were deployed in a manner designed to maximize pressure on Egyptian defensive lines, disrupt supply routes, and isolate key strongholds.

The Encirclement

Confronted with the daunting might of the Ottoman military machine, the Egyptians doubled down on their utilization of guerrilla tactics. This approach involved hit-and-run attacks, sabotage operations, and the strategic use of the environment to stage ambushes and disrupt Ottoman operations. Recognizing the importance of sustaining their defensive posture, the Egyptians also invested considerable effort in the fortification of key positions. These fortifications served as bastions of resistance, enabling the Egyptians to mount a stubborn defense against Ottoman advances.

In a daring display of tactical ingenuity, the Ottoman military command orchestrated a rapid-paced offensive that would leverage one of its most mobile and impactful assets: the Ottoman cavalry. This elite force executed a daring maneuver that sought to exploit the vulnerabilities in the Egyptian army's defensive lines.

The Ottoman cavalry, moving with remarkable speed and coordination, and escorted by Odin Steam Walkers and Ottoman airships, managed to penetrate the seemingly impregnable perimeters established by the Egyptian forces around Omdurman-Khartoum. Utilizing a combination of feints, swift attacks, and deep flanking movements, they breached the Egyptian defenses, creating chaos and disarray among the Egyptian ranks.

The success of this maneuver led to the encircling of the entirety of the Egyptian army around Omdurman-Khartoum. As such, the Ottoman forces achieved a strategic coup, significantly diminishing the operational capabilities of the Egyptian forces and placing them in a precarious position. The encirclement not only isolated the Egyptian army from potential reinforcements and supply lines but also set the stage for a siege that would test the resilience and resourcefulness of the Egyptian defenders to their limits.

The Siege of Omdurman-Khartoum


The Siege of Omdurman-Khartoum represents a pivotal chapter in the broader Egyptian Campaign. This siege, unfolding from the early days of May until the final stand on June 30th, 1884, was not merely a battle but a complex series of engagements that demonstrated both the ingenuity and desperation of the forces involved. The Ottoman Empire, aiming to reclaim the vast expanse of Egyptian Sudan, saw the capture of Omdurman-Khartoum as the linchpin in their strategic objectives. The siege's significance was underscored by the almost complete encirclement of the Khedive's forces within the city, setting the stage for a confrontation that would either consolidate Ottoman control over the region or mark a humiliating retreat.

Initial Encirclement and Strategic Implications

The siege began with the Ottoman Empire deploying an advanced contingent of Odin Steam Walkers. These machines, accompanied by seasoned infantry, focused on isolating Omdurman-Khartoum by fully severing its supply lines and encircling the city. This initial phase was crucial, aiming to demoralize the city's defenders and force a quick capitulation through attrition and isolation.

The Egyptian defenders, fully aware of the siege's implications, had prepared extensively. Their strategy was to utilize the city's natural defenses and fortify them further, creating a formidable network of trenches, barricades, and artillery positions.

Assault on the Northern Defenses

The siege's first major clash came at the northern defenses of Omdurman-Khartoum. The Ottomans, confident in their technological superiority, launched a concerted attack leveraging the Odin Steam Walkers. These machines, armed with heavy artillery and capable of breaching conventional fortifications, represented a significant threat to the Egyptian defenders. The Ottomans believed that a swift breach of the city's northern defenses would demoralize the defenders and lead to a quick victory.

However, the Egyptian defenders showcased remarkable resilience and tactical acumen. Utilizing a network of trenches and fortified artillery positions, they were able to absorb the initial onslaught and mount a fierce counter-assault. The defenders employed a combination of mobility and firepower, targeting the Walkers' vulnerabilities and exploiting the terrain's advantages. Several Odin Steam Walkers were destroyed in the fierce combat. The Egyptians' successful repulsion of the Ottoman assault demonstrated that innovation and courage could challenge the era's technological marvels.

Aerial Bombardment Begins

The Ottoman command escalated their efforts with the deployment of the formidable Beyaz İmparator Class airships, initiating an unrelenting series of aerial bombardments targeting the defensive infrastructure of Omdurman-Khartoum. These strategic aerial assaults were meticulously planned to dismantle the Egyptian defenders' morale and create exploitable breaches for ground troop advancements. Despite the Egyptians' attempts at anti-aircraft defense, their efforts were unable to neutralize a single airship, resulting in considerable damage to their fortifications and a significant weakening of their defensive stance.

Battle for the Eastern Wall

Concurrently, the focus of the conflict shifted towards the strategically critical eastern wall of Omdurman-Khartoum. The Ottoman forces, leveraging a synergized approach that married ground assaults with continued aerial support from their airships, initiated a forceful attack. Despite encountering fierce resistance from the defenders, the Ottomans managed to create a critical breach. However, the Egyptians, demonstrating remarkable resilience and tactical adaptability, swiftly mobilized their reserves to seal the breach. This quick reaction led to a series of intense close-quarters engagements, underscoring the contested nature of every inch of the battlefield.

The Southern Push

Simultaneously, the Ottomans attempted to exploit potential vulnerabilities in the Egyptians' defensive focus by redirecting a contingent of their forces towards the city's less fortified southern perimeter. This strategic maneuver succeeded in achieving a temporary breakthrough, allowing Ottoman forces a foothold into the outskirts of the city. Nevertheless, this advance was promptly met with a robust counter-attack by Egyptian forces, who had anticipated such a move, halting the Ottoman advance and showcasing the depth of the defenders' strategic foresight and preparedness.

Reinforcement and Regrouping

In the aftermath of these mid-May engagements, both belligerents entered a phase of reinforcement and strategic regrouping. The Ottomans, acknowledging the staunch resistance faced, called in additional reinforcements, including fresh infantry units, and temporarily withdrew the Beyaz İmparator airships for resupply. Meanwhile, the Egyptians engaged in a frantic effort to repair and reinforce their compromised fortifications, particularly around the breached eastern and southern sectors, in preparation for the continued siege.

The Siege Tightens

As the Ottoman forces received their reinforcements, they initiated a comprehensive tightening of the siege around Omdurman-Khartoum, effectively closing off any remaining ingress or egress routes. This encirclement was further reinforced through targeted aerial reconnaissance missions, which provided invaluable intelligence for subsequent bombardments aimed at Egyptian supply depots and communication networks, exacerbating the isolation and logistical challenges faced by the city's defenders.

Egyptian Sorties

In a bold series of maneuvers, Egyptian forces launched multiple sorties aimed at disrupting the Ottoman siege logistics, in a desperate bid to alleviate the siege's pressure. These sorties, characterized by their audacity, aimed to inflict logistical and operational setbacks on the Ottoman besiegers. Despite achieving some level of success, these efforts ultimately did not alter the overarching trajectory of the siege.

The Water Crisis

Compounding the dire situation within Omdurman-Khartoum was the escalating water crisis. Ottoman targeting of the city's water infrastructure had precipitated a critical shortage, severely impacting both civilian and military personnel's survivability. This strategic move by the Ottomans underscored the multifaceted nature of siege warfare, where control over basic necessities could become a potent weapon.

The Ottoman Offensive Intensifies

In response to the deteriorating conditions within the city and the successful suppression of Egyptian logistical capabilities, the Ottoman forces launched an intensified offensive aimed at decisively breaching the city's defenses. This renewed push was characterized by heavy artillery and airship attacks, focusing on the already weakened northern and eastern sectors of the city. The bombardment's intensity and precision were designed to shatter the remaining will of the Egyptian defenders and facilitate a ground assault.

Breaching the Defenses

This relentless pressure led to the creation of multiple breaches in Omdurman-Khartoum's fortifications. Ottoman infantry, supported by the remnants of the Odin Steam Walkers, advanced through these breaches, engaging in brutal urban warfare with the city's defenders. The fighting, marked by its intensity and proximity, laid bare the determination of both sides to control the city.

Encirclement of the Citadel

As the Ottoman forces made significant inroads into the city, they eventually encircled the inner citadel, the heart of Egyptian military and administrative leadership, and the symbol of organized resistance within Omdurman-Khartoum. This encirclement marked a critical phase in the siege, as the defenders of the citadel prepared for a final, desperate stand against the advancing Ottoman forces. The battle for the citadel was fierce and costly, embodying the siege's culmination and the defenders' unyielding spirit.

The Siege's Endgame

The final days before the citadel's fall saw some of the most brutal fighting of the siege. Ottoman forces, eager to end the prolonged conflict, launched continuous assaults on the citadel's defenses. The Egyptian defenders, although exhausted and facing dwindling supplies, fought with tenacity, aware that the fate of Omdurman-Khartoum rested in their hands. The relentless Ottoman offensive finally overcame the Egyptian defenses. The inner citadel fell on June 30th, after fierce urban combat that devastated much of the city. The capture of Omdurman-Khartoum marked the end of the siege, the death of the Khedive, and a significant Ottoman victory, albeit at a considerable cost.

Aftermath

The fall of Omdurman-Khartoum had profound implications for the region. While the Ottoman Empire had secured total control over the capital of Egyptian Sudan and destroyed the Khedive's army, it would take an apt hand to successfully incorporate the newly taken territory into the Empire.

The Rumeli Battles


The Battle of Dereleri


The Battle of Dereleri was an engagement between the Kingdom of Romania and the Ottoman Empire in 1884. It took place from January 1st, 1884 to June 30th, 1884, as part of the Ottoman Reconquest.

The battle resulted in a costly Romanian victory. The Romanians employed a strategy which demanded highly mobile troops, capable of arriving at specified objectives at precise times. This approach was based on German tactics employed during thePacific and Russo-German Wars. The Ottoman troops, ill-prepared for the brutality of the opening months of the conflict, suffered major casualties in the Cacuss Mountain ranges. Around 25,000 Ottomans died in the opening month of the battle.

Background

The mountain range served as the only gateway into the western portion of Eastern Rumelia which served as the primary front of the campaign, which enjoyed the major share of Ottoman resources. The Ottomans had taken Janiboli and Ieni in late 1883, but had failed to gain ground at Dereleri and Eskisaghra. After the Kingdom of Romania claimed Eastern Rumelia as a province of the Kingdom, it deployed troops through Caloper bypassing the Ottoman camp of Shipka Pass and to the field headquarters at Philippopolis where the unit were dispatched to shore up the defensive lines at the southern mountain range and deployed on the railroad tracks to the defensive line stretching from Eskisaghra to Paslu. With the Romanians fearing a full Allied intervention in the coming months, the Romanian High Command decided to avoid on the side of caution, and decided to avoid protracting an offensive campaign, instead focusing on holding on to as much territory as possible.

From the point of view of the Ottoman frontline offices, a campaign through the mountains of the Caucasus would have a distracting effect on Ottoman forces. The immediate strategic goal of the reconquest was to retake Philippopolis and the mountain passes, cutting off the Romanian supply routes into Eastern Rumelia, and cementing Ottoman control over Rumelia.

As a longer-term goal, the head of the Ottoman war ministry hoped a successful campaign would facilitate opening the route through Chimin and beyond, which in turn would allow for a full fledged invasion of western half of Rumelia and return another lost possession to the Ottoman Empire.

Prelude

The headquarters of the Osmanlı 1st Army was in Puink, under the command of Field Marshal Hasha Izzet. On 3 January 1884, the 1st Army headquarters was informed by High Command in Constantinople about the Ottoman navy's bombardment of the Rumeli ports of Sizeboli, Bourghaz, Aylaoly, and Msembri in the Black Sea. High Command expected the Romanian Army to cross the Ottoman border at any time in retaliation but the projected Romanian offensive never materialized.

The Romanians reinforced their Caucasus Division - 30,000 soldiers, with the remainder of the Romanian Royal Army of approximately 50,000 professional soldiers and the recently raised 90,000 of raised conscripts. With the Ottoman Offensive incoming, Rumeli informants in Puink managed to send confidential information across the border which let the Romanian army correctly estimate that the Ottoman Army did not get any reinforcement other than a German Guard and Walker brigade from the other Allied powers.

Before devising the Dereleri Offensive, Ottoman High Command estimated the combined forces of the Romanian army to be as large as 180,000 soldiers but passed down a more moderate estimate 0f 84,000 soldiers to the Ottoman commanders in the field. Similar to the Osmanlı 1st Army in which over of its soldiers consisted of well-trained soldiers, the Romanian army had the similar problem where the remainder consisted of poorly trained but moderately well equipped troops. Additionally, both sides had inadequate rear services, as well as poorly set up logistic and sanitary measures.

The war minister devised an operation plan while he was at the Department of War in Constantinople. His strategy was based on German principles copied from the Russo-German and Pacific War.

The war ministers plan involved a dual western front strategy where there would be a concerted effort to breach the south-western mountain range and a second effort to break into the western section of Eastern Rumelia by conducting a single envelopment using three Corps. On the right flank, the 1st Corps would fix the Romanians in place and conduct feint attacks. In the left flank, 40,000 soldiers under Colonel Shafiz Hakkı and 28,000 soldiers under Brigadier Ali Paşa would reach Kuila, 30 kilometers southwest of Dereleri) and 10-15 kilometers northeast of the Field Headquarters of the main Osmanlı 1st Army, and drive the Romanian army to the Aras Valley, where the Romanian forces would be destroyed by all three Corps attacking in concert.

The war zone was nearly 1,250–1,500 kilometers (780–930 miles) wide from the Black Sea to the border of Bulgaria, which made military concentration difficult. The operation was executed at a plateau averaging 1,500–2,000 meters (4,900–6,600 ft) above sea level. The main difficulty with the region was the roads, with the transportation infrastructure on the Ottoman side far from adequate. Romania's main advantage was the Kars Gyumri Akhalkalaki railway line and a terminal at Dereleri. The railway was 24 kilometers (15 mi) from the border. The only way for an army to get through the Caucasian heights was the high mountain passes in which lay the cities Kars and Dereleri. Beyond, the upper valleys of the Aras River and Euphrates extended westward. Everywhere else the roads were mere tracks which were impenetrable to artillery. The forces were concentrated about 80 kilometers (50 mi) on each side of the border at the fortified passes on the Romanian Side and the field Headquarters at Puink on the Ottoman side.

The Osmanlı 1st Army, under the command of Field Marshal Hasha Izzet, was broken out into several army corps to carry out the war minister's plan. Serving alongside the Osmanlı 1st Army, a detachment unit (1 Guard brigade and a special Walker brigade) affectionately known as the "Blok Başlığının Ayrılmasıunder" the command of the German Lieutenant Colonel Stange embarked Dereleri to reinforce the offense and pin down the Romanian. The fighting power of 30,000 troops of the Cacuss Division (the Rumeli Dereleri detachment consisted of 15,000 infantry, 5,000 Cossacks), 50,000 professional Romanian soldiers and 90,000 from the reserves, and personnel from the Shipka and Selimno passes, and further reinforcements by way of Armenian and Georgian volunteers, given the Romanian army a force between 180,000-200,000 men. Ottoman forces, which had a material and quantitative advantage, were inadequately prepared to cross the mountain range.

During the fighting from January to Mid-March, approximately 500 soldiers died in hospitals between both sides every day. The total number of soldiers who died in the hospital was more than 10 thousand, more soldiers died from frostbite and Typhus epidemic outside the field hospitals as well.

Initial Maneuvers

On the extreme western flank of the operational theater, a significant engagement unfolded starting January 22, 1884, when Colonel Shafiz Hakkı, commanding fresh Ottoman forces, initiated a calculated offensive against General Cristian Mondragon's Romanian brigade. The strategic target for this assault was Kaleboğazı, situated to the west of Oltu and İd, a region critical for controlling access to logistical routes and potentially isolating Romanian forces from their supply lines. The Romanian response to this sudden escalation was marked by a controlled withdrawal, employing rearguard skirmishes designed to slow the Ottoman advance without committing to a full engagement. This tactical decision allowed Romanian units to regroup and reassess their positions under less direct pressure from the advancing Ottoman forces.

As the Ottoman offensive pressed forward, the Romanian 31st Brigade found itself retreating towards Narman, some 15 kilometers south of Oltu, where they established a temporary defensive position to consolidate their forces overnight. The following day, January 23, brought a brief but notable victory for the Romanian side as the 31st Brigade successfully engaged a contingent of Ottoman forces, capturing 750 soldiers, Colonel Kutatedza, and securing two pieces of artillery.

The Romanian 31st Brigade launched an assault on Oltu from the south, while the 30th and 32nd Brigades approached from the west, aiming to encircle and neutralize the Ottoman forces stationed there. A critical miscommunication among the Romanian forces led to a friendly fire incident, where the 32nd Brigade, operating under the assumption they were engaging an enemy force, opened fire on the 31st Brigade. This chaotic engagement, lasting approximately two hours, ultimately resulted in General Istomin's decision to order a strategic withdrawal from Oltu, thereby avoiding further unnecessary casualties.

The aftermath of the engagement at Oltu revealed discrepancies in reported casualties on the Ottoman side, with varying accounts suggesting losses ranging significantly, though the highest estimated number of Ottoman casualties reported was around 250.

In the days following these initial engagements, strategic shifts occurred on both sides. Select units of the Osmanlı 1st Army, redirected their focus towards the Dereleri-Kars line, and the Romanian 39th Brigade executed a successful offensive against the Ottoman XI Corps, resulting in the capture of a significant number of prisoners.

Between January 22 and 24, the Romanian IX Corps advanced towards the village of Bardız, a move characterized by minimal direct engagement with enemy forces apart from efforts to disperse Ottoman patrol guards. The capture of Bardız on the night of December 24 provided the Romanian forces with access to valuable supplies that had been left intact, offering a much-needed logistical boon to the defending troops. In response to the lessons learned from the earlier pillaging in Oltu, measures were promptly taken to secure these supplies and prevent looting, ensuring that the resources would be available to support ongoing operations.

A strategic meeting convened on December 24 underscored the complexity of the operational decisions facing Romanian commanders. The discussion centered on the necessity of defending Dereleri against potential Ottoman outflanking maneuvers, with a consensus emerging on the importance of reinforcing positions in critical areas to prevent being encircled. This deliberation resulted in a shift towards a more defensive operational stance, emphasizing the need to secure key logistical routes and positions rather than pursuing aggressive advances.

The harsh winter conditions of December 25-26 posed significant challenges to the Ottoman IX Corps, particularly in their efforts to capture Dereleri. Intelligence gathered from captured soldiers had suggested that Dereleri was only lightly defended, prompting General Mehmet Esat Pasha to prioritize its capture. However, the reality of traversing snow-covered terrain with limited visibility and extreme cold severely hampered the mobility and effectiveness of the Ottoman forces. An attempt by the 29th Brigade to encircle Romanian troops defending Bardız Pass resulted in heavy casualties, primarily due to freezing temperatures and the treacherous landscape.

Concurrently, Colonel Shafiz Hakkı's pursuit of Istomin's brigade into the Allahu Ekber mountains led to a devastating loss of life among the Ottoman forces, with nearly 90% of the 16th and 17th Brigades succumbing to the cold before engaging in significant combat. Despite this tragic outcome, Shafiz Hakkı's was determined to regroup and continue the offensive.

Battle of Dereleri

On the morning of 26 January, the Dereleri detachment's strength surged remarkably from an initial 2,000 soldiers to between 3,500 and 4,000, comprising 1,500 seasoned soldiers, 1,000 railway workers, 1,000 militiamen, and several hundred volunteers from rear service units. Contrary to Muratoff's prediction of a formidable 10,000-strong offensive force on 26 January, complications in reorganizing the Ottoman troops, following a night assault on 25 January, significantly diminished the offensive capability to just 3,000 soldiers. Only the 6th, 7th, and 13th Battalions from the 2nd Corps were in a position to engage in the attack on 26 January.

These battalions launched an aggressive assault that lasted until the evening. However, the Ottoman commanders were compelled to halt the offensive after incurring severe casualties. The attack strategy, summarized bluntly as "advance regardless of losses," led to significant Ottoman losses. Additionally, the assault force was not only outnumbered by the Romanian troops defending Dereleri but also extensively fatigued from consecutive days of marching, further diminishing their effectiveness in the confrontation.

Romanian military analyses speculated that a continued Ottoman offensive might have overwhelmed Dereleri. Contrarily, Ottoman records revealed substantial casualties as a direct result of General Durukan Sancakli's aggressive command directives, which emphasized assault without regard for losses. These directives led to an overextended and exhausted Ottoman force, ill-equipped to sustain the offensive against the Romanian defenders, who were entrenched and better positioned.

During the night of December 26, the Romanian command structure faced critical decisions. General Sergiu Brâncoveanu, overseeing Dereleri's defense, advocated for the destruction of supply depots and withdrawal from Dereleri, citing unsustainable casualties. General Horia Bucsa countered this, emphasizing the strategic necessity of holding Dereleri, particularly due to its vital rail link to Kars, which was crucial for potential retreat and resupply. The looming threat of Ottoman encirclement and the impracticality of alternative retreat paths cemented the decision to defend Dereleri against the Ottoman offensive at all costs. Especially since the Karakurt-Kağızman road was not suitable for the passage of wheeled vehicles, it was not possible to withdraw from this road. That's why General Myshlayevski thought to save the army, or at least a part of the army, by using the Dereleri-Kars railway.

In the aftermath of the unsuccessful offensive on January 26, the Ottoman military forces endeavored to consolidate their ranks amidst the challenges posed by the harsh winter and the toll of prolonged forced marches. By the afternoon of that day, only the 83rd, 84th, 34th, and 28th Battalion had reached their destination due to the substantial attrition of forces caused by the poor weather. The strenuous conditions and previous engagements had whittled down the Ottoman presence in the vicinity to a mere estimate of 5,000 soldiers by January 27. Unfazed by the setbacks encountered the previous day, Mehmet Esat Pasha unwaveringly commanded a renewal of the offensive, reiterating his stark order to "attack without considering casualties." Driven by this mandate, the 4th and 7th Brigades made a bold incursion into Upper Dereleri Village by midday, only to encounter a robust counteroffensive spearheaded by Colonel Bukretov. This clash inflicted heavy losses on the Ottoman ranks and led to a strategic encirclement, placing the Ottoman forces in a precarious position.

Fortuitously for the Ottomans, subsequent assaults orchestrated by Sancakli against the Rumeli brigades yielded some territorial gains and broke the encirclement. However, the attempt by the Ottomans' 24th Cossack Battalion, under the command of Lieutenant Colonel Abdülkerim Bey, to overpower the Rumeli scouting battalions did not achieve its intended success. The skirmishes between the scouting battalions were widely characterized by their brutal nature, with both sides experiencing significant casualties. The Ottoman efforts to regain a foothold and advance their position, despite the formidable opposition and the challenges posed by the environment and their depleted forces, underscored the relentless pursuit of their military objectives. Yet, the inability to achieve a decisive victory in these encounters highlighted the strategic difficulties faced by the Ottoman army throughout the theater.

In the wake of the strategic shifts and adjustments during the conflict, on January 24, five Ottoman Egyptian army brigades, under the command of Lieutenant Colonel Cemil Selçuk launched a daring attack towards Bardız, targeting a Romanian army corps, which was fortifying the Çakırtepe hills. The assault, marked by a decisive bayonet charge, overran the defending army corps. Witnessing the intensity and effectiveness of this advance, the commander of the Egyptian army brigades, Lieutenant Colonel Cemil Selçuk, abandoned his initial plan to proceed towards Dereleri and instead redirected his forces to engage the Romanian battalions occupying the surrounding hills.

As the conflict intensified on the evening of January 26, the defenses at Dereleri were significantly bolstered by the arrival of the 2nd Romanian Army Corps, consisting of several infantry brigades with a thousand soldiers each, and the Zaporoski brigade, comprising 6 Russian led cavalry battalions. This reinforcement swelled the ranks of the forces defending Dereleri and her surroundings to a formidable 40,000 soldiers, albeit supported by relatively modest artillery firepower. However, on the Ottoman side, a deficiency in heavy artillery hindered their ability to capitalize on opportunities, resulting in both sides possessing a comparable number and size of artillery pieces.

The cessation of the offensive on January 26 led to efforts to regroup deserters who had scattered into the forests. By the afternoon of the same day, several brigades of cavalry had arrived, though several were significantly diminished in strength due to the rigors of forced night marches. Although Ottoman records do not specify troop numbers, considering the presence of 30,000 soldiers on January 26, it is estimated that more than 50,000 soldiers were available on January 27. Mehmet Esat Pasha, undeterred, renewed his directive for an unyielding assault to be carried out on December 27.

On January 29th, The Ottoman Division successfully penetrated Upper Dereleri Village, referred to in Ottoman sources as Çerkezköy, by midday. However, they soon once again faced a vigorous counterattack led by Colonel Ionus Cantacuzino, who managed to force the Ottoman soldiers from the village.

In a concurrent operation on January 27, an Ottoman cavalry regiment occupied Selim station and executed a strategic demolition of the Dereleri-Kars railway line from that point, significantly hampering the Romanian ability to conduct offensive maneuvers. Additionally, an infantry brigade along with the German walker brigade, captured Ardahan, defended by three brigades of the Romanian 3rd Army Corps.

Complicating matters further, on January 28, Cenk Gökçen, the chief of staff of the Ottoman 4th Corps, was captured by Rumeli forces. The discovery of an attack order issued by Mehmet Esat Pasha on him provided the Romanian commanders with valuable insight into the Ottoman operational plans targeting Dereleri, implicating the Ottoman brigades involved in the attack. General Dracul Radacanu, realizing the dire situation but unaware of the substantial depletion in Ottoman forces due to forced marches, considered a withdrawal imperative to prevent the annihilation of his forces. The fall of Ardahan and the severance of the Dereleri-Kars railway deeply concerned General Dracul Radacanu, prompting his departure on the morning of January 29 towards Tbilisi, without appointing a successor.

General Dracul Radacanu, who knew that he could not stop the Ottoman 2nd Army Corps with the weakened Russian forces defending Dereleri, was sure that if the Romanian army did not withdraw, it would be destroyed. However, General Dracul Radacanu was unaware that the number of Ottoman troops hastily sent to Dereleri by forced marches had been reduced by 80%. As a result of Milosovici's insistence, he remained as commander of the Caucasian army until 30 January but news of the fall of Ardahan and cutting of the Dereleri-Kars railway shook General Dracul Radacanu deeply, and he thought that he would be captured together with the army.

On the morning of 29 December, he left Mecingirt riding horses and set off first to Kağızman, then from Gyumri to Tbilisi. He did not appoint a commander-in-chief in his place.

Following General Dracul Radacanu's departure on January 29, the situation at Dereleri grew increasingly dire for the Romanian forces. Despite the substantial depletion in Ottoman forces due to forced marches and combat attrition, which had reduced their numbers by 80%, the Romanian high command remained unaware of this advantage. The fall of Ardahan and the disruption of the Dereleri-Kars railway line deeply impacted Romanian strategy, heightening fears of encirclement and annihilation.

In the days following Radacanu's withdrawal, the Romanian forces in Dereleri faced a critical juncture. Without a clear command structure and facing the prospect of being cut off from their main supply routes, the Romanian troops fortified their positions around Dereleri, preparing for a continued Ottoman onslaught. The Romanian army, now under the de facto command of subordinate officers, focused on holding key positions and defending the remaining accessible supply lines.

The Ottomans, seizing the opportunity presented by Radacanu's departure and the confusion within the Romanian ranks, intensified their offensive operations. Mehmet Esat Pasha, determined to capitalize on the momentum, ordered a series of aggressive maneuvers aimed at capturing strategic points around Dereleri. Despite the depleted state of his forces, Mehmet Esat Pasha believed that a decisive victory could still be achieved by concentrating his remaining troops on vulnerable Romanian positions.

From January 30 to February 2, heavy fighting ensued around Dereleri, with both sides incurring significant losses. The Romanian forces, leveraging their knowledge of the terrain and the fortifications they had established, managed to repel several Ottoman attacks. However, the continuous pressure from the Ottoman forces began to take its toll, leading to dwindling supplies and exhaustion among the Romanian troops.

On February 3, an unexpected turn of events occurred when a group of Armenian and Georgian volunteers joined the Romanian defenders, bringing much-needed reinforcements and bolstering the morale of the besieged troops. Their arrival provided a critical boost to the defense of Dereleri, allowing the Romanian forces to launch a counter-offensive against the advancing Ottomans.

The counter-offensive, taking advantage of the Ottomans' extended supply lines and the weariness of their troops, managed to recapture lost ground and inflict considerable casualties on the Ottoman forces. By February 4, the Romanian forces had successfully repelled the Ottoman offensive, securing Dereleri and stabilizing the front line. The battle for Dereleri, although a costly endeavor for both sides, demonstrated the resilience of the Romanian forces and the strategic miscalculations of the Ottoman command.

The initial Romanian victories at Dereleri, albeit at a high cost, prevented a potential breakthrough by Ottoman forces into Romanian territory. For the Ottomans, the failure to capture Dereleri and the heavy casualties suffered marked a significant setback, forcing a reassessment of their strategy in the region.

Continued Campaign

Following the initial engagements of the Battle of Dereleri, the Romanian forces, bolstered by the unexpected arrival of the Armenian and Georgian volunteers, managed to secure their positions and prepare for the remainder of the winter ahead. The Ottoman forces, under the command of Mehmet Esat Pasha, regrouped and reassessed their strategy after the failed offensive. The war, far from over, settled into a series of skirmishes and tactical maneuvers, as both sides vied for strategic advantage through the harsh winter months.

Ottoman Resurgence

Throughout February, the Ottoman forces, utilizing their superior mobility and knowledge of the terrain, launched a series of raids against Romanian supply lines. These attacks, though small in scale, were effective in disrupting Romanian logistics and stretching their defensive lines thin. By early March, the Ottoman forces had secured several minor victories, capturing key mountain passes and inflicting substantial casualties on the Romanian defenders.

In response, the Romanian High Command, recognizing the need to fortify their positions, began the construction of extensive redoubts and fortifications, particularly around vital supply routes and strategic locations. The harsh winter weather proved to be a formidable adversary for both sides, but the Ottoman forces, now accustomed to the climate and terrain, managed to maintain a slight edge in mobility.

The Tide Turns

As the snow began to melt and the spring campaign season commenced, the Ottoman forces, now reinforced with additional troops from the main Ottoman territories, launched a concerted offensive aimed at recapturing lost territory and pushing the Romanian forces back. The battles throughout April were marked by fierce fighting, with both sides employing artillery and cavalry in attempts to outmaneuver each other.

The Ottoman strategy focused on dividing the Romanian forces, isolating key units, and targeting supply depots. By late April, this strategy had yielded significant results, with the Ottomans recapturing several key positions and inflicting heavy casualties on the Romanian forces.

However, the Romanian forces, though under increasing pressure, managed to hold onto critical supply lines and fortifications, preventing a complete Ottoman breakthrough. The arrival of Russian Volunteers, consisting of experienced Grey Wolf Battalions, supplies, and General Eduard Ivanovich Totleben, the former Russian Chief of the Staff of the North-Western Front, in early May brought a much-needed boost to the Romanian forces. Totleben, with his years of experience and expertise against German tactics, quickly reorganized the Romanian defenses, introducing more efficient field tactics and improving logistical support.

Ottoman Setbacks

Despite their initial successes, the Ottoman forces began to face increasing resistance as the Romanian defenses solidified under Totleben's guidance. The improved Romanian tactics, combined with the strategic use of the reinforcements, began to turn the tide of the campaign. The Ottoman forces, though still formidable, found themselves unable to make significant progress against the well-entrenched Romanian positions.

By mid-June, the Ottoman forces, recognizing the changing dynamics on the battlefield, attempted to launch a series of bold offensives aimed at breaking the Romanian lines before the full impact of Totleben's reforms could be realized. However, these offensives met with limited success, as the Romanian forces, now better equipped and organized, repelled the Ottoman attacks with heavy casualties.

The Final Defeat

As the dawn of June 27th broke, the Ottoman forces launched a renewed offensive, aiming to turn the tide in their favor after a series of grueling encounters. Despite their determined efforts and the strategic advantage of surprise, the assault quickly bogged down under the weight of well-entrenched Romanian defenses and the harsh environmental conditions, which took a heavy toll on the advancing troops.

In a desperate bid to salvage the situation, Field Marshal Hasha Izzet rallied his divisions, calling upon the remnants of the once formidable Ottoman 1st Army and the auxiliary forces to mount a concerted attack against the Romanian positions. The hope was to break through the defenses and create a corridor for a strategic retreat or, at the very least, to inflict significant casualties on the enemy forces.

As the day wore on, the Romanian and Ottoman forces found themselves caught in a vice-like grip. On one hand, the relentless Ottoman attacks whittled down the Romanian numbers, but on the other, the dwindling supplies and the biting cold sapped the strength and morale of the Ottoman soldiers. The Ottoman high command's hope of a breakthrough faded as unit cohesion disintegrated, with many soldiers deserted their posts in search of shelter or surrendering to the advancing Romanian units.

By the evening of June 28th, the situation had become untenable. Field Marshal Hasha Izzet, realizing the futility of further resistance and the imminent risk of annihilation, ordered a general retreat. The withdrawal was orderly, with the Ottoman rearguard killing many of the pursuing Romanian soldiers.

The remnants of the Ottoman forces, demoralized and beaten, regrouped in the rear positions, but their fighting capability had been compromised. The loss of critical supplies, artillery, and some of the best of their infantry in the failed offensive left them in no position to mount any significant resistance.

On June 29th, the Romanian forces launched a comprehensive offensive, aimed at decisively crushing the weakened Ottoman presence in the area. However, a lack of superiority in numbers, artillery, and mobility, meant their goal of systematically dismantling the Ottoman defensive positions, capturing key strategic points and cutting off any potential routes for Ottoman reinforcement or escape failed.

However, Field Marshal Hasha Izzet, along with the remnants of his command structure, which had remained as part of the rearguard, was captured on June 30th, marking the collapse of the Ottoman rearguard. However, Mehmet Esat Pasha was still in command of the main force and was able to continue orchestrating a strategic withdrawal further into the occupied Rumli territories, preserving what remained of his forces for future engagements. Despite the severe losses and the demoralizing defeat, Mehmet Esat Pasha's leadership during this critical phase prevented a complete collapse of the Ottoman military structure. His efforts ensured that the remnants of the Ottoman Army retained cohesion, allowing for a regrouping and reformation of the force for a continued offensive over the coming months.

Aftermath

Mehmet Esat Pasha, who was afraid that the front would collapse with a counterattack from the Romanian army, on June 30th, ordered several brigades of the Osmanlı 2nd Army which had some troops near Skutari, to move quickly to Caucasus to reinforce Osmanlı 1st Army.

In the winter to summer campaign, Romanian forces suffered significant losses, totaling up to approximately 70,000 men. This included 37,000 soldiers who were either killed or wounded, and another 28,000 who were sick or injured, with frostbite being a major cause of these injuries.

Commanders on the ground, Mehmet Esat Pasha and German German Lieutenant Colonel Stange, reported varying numbers of casualties. Mehmet Esat Pasha noted 40,000 deaths, while Lieutenant Colonel Guse reported 21,000 deaths and 3,500 prisoners in one account, and 40,000 deaths and 9,000 prisoners in another.

Ersin Kiliçli, who served as the aide to the chief of general staff, estimated Turkish losses at 80,000 out of an initial force of 220,000 men by February 14, 1884. His breakdown included 23,000 buried in Rumeli territories, 17,000 taken as prisoners, an estimated 10,000 deaths within Occupied Rumeli lands, 10,000 killed within a month, and another 20,000 who died in hospitals mostly due to epidemic typhus. This estimation was based on the difference in numbers between before the battle and on February 14, according to Ottoman documents.

The Mesembri Campaign


The Mesembri Campaign, more formally recognized as the Battle of Mesembri, stands as a crucial sequence of combined naval and land maneuvers executed by the Ottoman forces. It aimed for the aggressive expansion and eventual domination over the eastern sectors of Eastern Rumelia. This military offensive, unfolding as a key component of the broader Rumeli Campaign, inadvertently set the stage for the Ottoman's subsequent setback at the Battle of Dereleri due to the strategic misallocation of essential resources towards the Mesembri front. The campaign was launched on the 5th of January and reached its climax with the tactical withdrawal of Rumeli troops from Mesembri on the 15th of May, 1884.

Initial Strategic Movements

In the initial phase of the campaign, spanning the latter half of January, Ottoman forces swiftly moved to secure strategic positions stretching from Karabunar to Omartakhi, marking a significant advance with the capture of the Rumeli city of Begli. From the 17th to the 20th of January, the Ottoman Navy's Muhalefet Filosu fleet executed a series of decisive engagements against the Romanian coastal squadron, effectively decimating it in a display of naval superiority.

As the campaign intensified into February, Ottoman military efforts culminated in the capture of Aidhos, stretching from February 5th to the 17th. The battle stalled on February 18th when the Muhalefet Filosu sustained critical damage at the hands of Romanian coastal artillery and during a pivotal clash with the Romanian Main Battle Squadron. However, the ensuing period, from February 19th to the 21st, saw Romanian forces to the south of Aidhos in full retreat, under the crushing pressure of a relentless Ottoman offensive, leaving behind approximately 5,000 casualties. The tactical employment of Ottoman A6V "Odin'' Steam Walkers played a vital role in securing this victory, sowing chaos among the Romanian ranks.

Ottoman Momentum Builds

By early March, the Ottoman advance replicated its previous success at Ayhioly, compelling the Romanian defenders to retreat behind the strategic natural barrier of the Buyuk-dere river. Reinforcements from Kasau bolstered the Ottoman military might, enabling an amphibious landing behind Romanian lines, further skewing the balance of power. Between March 27th and the 30th, attempts by the Romanian navy to disrupt the Ottoman amphibious operations at Atina faltered, leading to the strategic capture of Sizeboli and the surrender of its defending forces.

The campaign's momentum continued unabated into April, with Ottoman forces executing another successful amphibious landing at Bourghaz by the 14th, encountering minimal resistance. This relentless advance persisted into May, with the Ottoman military breaching Romanian defenses and pushing towards Mesembri by the 8th. Despite facing a brief halt at the city's gates, Mesembri capitulated to the Ottoman forces on the 15th of May, following a decisive assault led by Ottoman A6V "Odin'' Steam Walkers and supported by German infantry units. The retreating Romanian forces regrouped at the mountain passes, adopting a defensive posture in anticipation of further engagements.

No Further Advances

In the aftermath of the operational victories secured during the Mesembri Campaign, the Ottoman forces at Mesembri faced significant strategic challenges that emerged between the 15th of May and the 30th of June. The new primary objective, to secure a crucial mountain pass leading into Romania, remained unachieved.

The failure to capture this vital mountain pass can be attributed to a combination of factors. Among these, the strategic redirection of resources and logistical support towards the Dereleri front significantly impacted the Ottoman military's ability to sustain its offensive momentum at Mesembri. The rugged and inhospitable terrain further complicated the movement and supply of troops, exacerbating the logistical difficulties faced by the Ottoman forces.

The prioritization of the Dereleri front as the principal supply destination meant that the Ottoman forces stationed at Mesembri were left without the necessary reinforcements and resupplies critical for maintaining the pressure on Romanian defenses. With the challenges of conducting simultaneous operations across multiple fronts exacerbated by finite resources, the further advance into Romania was no longer a main focus due to shifting priorities.

Moreover, the determined resistance put up by the Romanian forces played a crucial role in thwarting the Ottoman campaign's objectives. The Romanians, well-acquainted with the mountains and bolstered by defensive preparations, managed to exploit the geographical advantages to their benefit. The combination of natural barriers and fortified positions allowed the Romanian forces to effectively counter the Ottoman offensive maneuvers, adding to the operational hurdles faced by the Ottoman military.

Casualties

Ottoman Empire


Total Casualties
Killed
Wounded
Captured
157,822​
85,128​
54,346​
18,348​

Ana Muharebe Filosu

2x Corvettes - 2 Damaged
3x Frigates - 1 Lightly Damaged, 1 Moderately Damaged

Muhalefet Filosu

4x Ironclads - 2 Heavily Damaged, 1 Sunk, 1 Lightly Damaged
3x Frigates - 1 Lightly Damaged, 1 Moderately Damaged, 1 Sunk

The Khedive's Army


Total Casualties
Killed
Wounded
Captured
212,000​
93,704​
50,456​
67,840​

Kingdom of Romania


Total Casualties
Killed
Wounded
Captured
86,421​
57,037​
26,152​
3,232​

Romanian Navy

10x Torpedo Boats - 10 Sunk
6x Corvettes - 4 Sunk, 2 Heavily Damaged
3x Frigates - 2 Sunk, 1 Heavily Damaged
3x Cruisers - 2 Sunk, 1 Lightly Damaged

Volunteers

German Empire


Total Casualties
Killed
Wounded
Captured
2,137​
855​
1,282​
0​

Empire of Russia


Total Casualties
Killed
Wounded
Captured
2,199​
858​
1,341​
0​
 
Turn 6 Order Resolutions New


Turn 6 Order Resolutions​

German Empire (Firespier)

Trade Deals:
1. Kingdom of Portugal
2. Ethiopian Empire

Order 1: Country Order

Allocated Resources: 8 EP

Foreign Investments

Germany's wealth to a larger and larger extent is dependent on its manufacturing industry and its growing exports for its growing industry. As such the German government is going to invest a large amount of money in foreign companies for the following reasons.

Resolution: Critical Success

From January 1st to June 30th, 1884, the German Empire undertook a bold economic strategy by directing a significant portion of its financial reserves towards investments in foreign companies. This strategic pivot was rooted in an acute recognition of Germany's burgeoning dependence on its manufacturing sector and the critical role of exports in fuelling its industrial boom. This period marked a significant transformation in the German economy, characterized by a strategic shift towards industrialization and an enhanced focus on international trade dynamics.

The rationale behind this substantial investment in foreign entities was multifaceted. Chiefly, it aimed at securing a consistent supply of essential raw materials needed to sustain and amplify Germany's manufacturing output. By acquiring stakes in companies located in resource-rich regions, Germany sought to ensure an uninterrupted supply of indispensable raw materials such as rubber, oil, and various metals, which were critical for its burgeoning industrial sector. Additionally, these investments were strategically planned to establish a foothold in key markets, thus facilitating German exports by reducing trade barriers and fostering easier market access.

The guaranteed access to raw materials directly contributed to an exponential increase in industrial production. Key sectors like steel, chemicals, and machinery witnessed unprecedented growth rates, cementing Germany's status as a leading industrial powerhouse in Europe. This period saw a marked increase in the production indices of these sectors, with steel production, for instance, experiencing a growth rate of approximately 5-7% annually in 1884.

Additionally, the strategic investments in foreign markets did not just secure resources but also opened new avenues for German products. This led to a significant uptick in exports, which bolstered the country's trade surplus and generated substantial revenue, thereby contributing to an overall economic upswing. By mid-1884, Germany's export volume saw an increase of nearly 10%, a clear indicator of the successful penetration and expansion in foreign markets facilitated by strategic overseas investments.

This era also witnessed the maturation of the German financial sector, with banks playing a pivotal role in financing overseas ventures. This development was instrumental in enhancing the complexity and efficiency of the German banking system, positioning it as a formidable entity in the realm of international finance. The establishment of specialized investment banks and the proliferation of foreign loans and securities trading marked the sophistication of financial practices and instruments during this period.

The strategy of investing in foreign companies and emphasizing export-led growth entwined the German economy more deeply with the global market. This integration fostered economic growth and opportunities but also heightened Germany's susceptibility to global market volatilities and economic downturns. The German economy's growing dependence on exports made it vulnerable to fluctuations in international demand and trade policies.

The economic transformation engendered by these investments precipitated significant social and political changes. The rapid industrialization led to urbanization and shifts in labor demographics, with more individuals moving to urban centers and taking up industrial employment. Politically, Germany's enhanced economic and industrial stature bolstered its international influence, contributing to heightened competition and geopolitical tensions with other colonial powers, especially in the context of the scramble for global dominance and resource acquisition.

In sum, the first half of 1884 marked a pivotal chapter in the German Empire's economic strategy, highlighting a shift towards foreign investment and export-driven growth. This approach not only catalyzed industrial expansion and financial sector development but also increased Germany's exposure to international economic trends and political frictions.

Thriving Industrial Growth
Population Growth Rate increases by 2% at year-end, and Economic Rating increases by 3.

Investment Banks
Lowers diplomatic hurdles with NPC nations following investments or loans in said nation by the Empire of Germany.

Shifts in Labor Demographics
German Empire's Stability Increases by 3.86% from 88.77% to 92.63%
Order 2: Research Order

Allocated Resources: 1 EP, 3 CP

Aether Engine Joint Research With Italy

Cooperate with Italy on their aether research in the race to the endless expanse of space. we shall admit the italians are currently at the forefront of space research (not the goddamn bribing USA).

Resolution: Slight Fail

In the first quarter of 1884, following the inspirational success of Italy's pioneering journey into the Luminiferous Aether with their upgraded Sphere, the Kingdom of Italy, in collaboration with the Empire of Germany, embarked on an ambitious project to advance their capabilities in space exploration further. Their objective was to integrate and improve upon the innovative designs of America's Ether Cutter, particularly focusing on retaining its efficient Hydrogen Peroxide Rocket system for launching into space, while ambitiously attempting to incorporate an Aether Propeller for navigation and movement within the Aether itself.

The project began in earnest in January, with both nations pooling their resources and expertise. They acquired the designs for the American Ether Cutter, a spacecraft renowned for its pioneering use of a Hydrogen Peroxide Rocket system, which offered a promising means of achieving lift-off into space. Italian and German engineers conducted a thorough analysis of the designs, aiming to understand the underlying principles of its propulsion system and to identify areas for potential improvements or adaptations.

By February, the focus shifted towards the ambitious task of designing the Aether Propeller, a novel concept envisioned to propel the spacecraft within the ethereal medium of space. This component was intended to work in harmony with the retained Hydrogen Peroxide Rocket, ensuring not just the spacecraft's ascent but also its maneuverability in the Aether. Engineers and scientists from both nations embarked on a rigorous design process, drafting multiple iterations and conducting preliminary tests on smaller scale models to evaluate their feasibility.

The Hydrogen Peroxide Rocket system's success lay in its simplicity and efficiency. Hydrogen peroxide, when decomposed catalytically, releases a significant amount of oxygen and steam at high temperature, providing the thrust needed for space launch. The Italian and German team managed to optimize this system, enhancing its stability and thrust-to-weight ratio, thereby ensuring a more reliable and potent ascent mechanism for their envisioned spacecraft.

The development of the Aether Propeller, however, faced considerable challenges. The theoretical basis for its operation was predicated on the existence of the Luminiferous Aether as a physical medium that could be "cut" or "propelled" through. Initial designs featured a complex mechanism intended to interact with the Aether, generating propulsion through its manipulation. Despite the ingenuity behind these designs, practical experiments conducted in simulated conditions revealed insurmountable obstacles. The propeller's mechanism, while conceptually innovative, failed to achieve the desired interaction with the Aether, leading to a series of unsuccessful trials. Engineers encountered difficulties in translating the theoretical properties of the Aether into a practical propulsion system, with the propeller either failing to generate sufficient thrust or showing no discernible effect on spacecraft maneuverability.

By March, after several iterations of design, testing, and failure, it became clear that the Aether Propeller concept was not yet viable for practical application. The collaborative team conducted a thorough review of their efforts, documenting the technical challenges encountered and the lessons learned from the experiment. Although the attempt to create an Aether Propeller was not successful, the process contributed significantly to the body of knowledge surrounding space propulsion and the properties of the Aether.

Despite the setback, the spirit of collaboration and innovation between the two nations remained undeterred, and the project continued..

Mitigating Roll: Slight Failure

In the period from April to May 1884, Italian and German scientists, faced with the ongoing challenge of designing a functional Aether propeller, pivoted their focus towards further modifications of the American Ether Cutter. Their endeavors during these months were characterized by innovative engineering solutions and pragmatic adaptations, significantly advancing the design of their version of the Ether Cutter.

The collaborative team made a pivotal discovery regarding the construction material of the Ether Cutter's hull. The original American design utilized an all-metal hull, prioritizing durability and protection. However, this choice in material significantly increased the spacecraft's overall weight, thereby limiting its acceleration capabilities and operational range. The Italian and German scientists, recognizing the non-military nature of their venture and the critical need for enhanced performance, opted for a radical redesign using a wooden hull.


This wooden hull was not ordinary timber but a composite material, ingeniously crafted from layers of treated wood and reinforced with lightweight metal alloys. This blend provided an optimal balance between structural integrity and weight reduction, significantly lowering the craft's mass without compromising its resilience against the rigors of space travel. This innovative approach to hull design marked a significant leap forward, allowing for greater acceleration and extended range within the constraints of the Ether Cutter's fuel capacity.

Parallel to the hull redesign, the team embarked on refining the Ether Cutter's operational systems, with particular emphasis on its parachute system and fuel efficiency. The parachute system, essential for enabling planetary landings, was meticulously enhanced to ensure reliability and safety under the varied conditions of celestial bodies. The engineers introduced multiple redundancy layers and tested new materials that offered better heat resistance and aerodynamic performance, ensuring the spacecraft's ability to execute planetary landings safely.

Unfortunately, the challenge posed by the Ether Cutter's limited fuel capacity, which allowed for a single ascent from a planet's surface to space, was unable to be solved. Even after the team initiated a comprehensive review of the propulsion system they were unable to identify any key adjustments aimed which would optimize the craft's fuel consumption.

National Event:

In the pivotal months following the return of Edison from the Moon, the collaborative venture between the Kingdom of Italy and the Empire of Germany received an unexpected boon. Edison's technical drawings of an Ether propeller, acquired after his return from the groundbreaking lunar expedition, provided the critical insight that had eluded the Italian and German scientists in their quest to create a functional Ether propeller. This serendipitous development paved the way for the final resolution of a challenge that had beset the project for months—the efficient and practical propulsion within the Ether.

Edison's designs detailed an innovative approach to Aether propulsion, one that utilized mechanical principles aligned with the unique properties of the Ether. Analyzing these drawings, the Italian and German engineering teams identified the potential for adapting this concept to a battery-powered model, which would circumvent the necessity of incorporating a bulky and inefficient steam engine into the spacecraft's design.

The decision to pursue a battery-powered solution was motivated by several key factors, not least of which was the desire to reduce the craft's overall weight and to simplify its operational mechanics. The team set out to design a propeller that could be powered by an electrical source that was both potent and compact enough to be feasible for space travel. Their choice fell upon the Lead-Acid battery, an invention by the French physicist Gaston Planté in 1859. Despite its relatively primitive state, the Lead-Acid battery offered the best combination of energy density, rechargeability, and reliability available.

This battery type was specifically advantageous when considering the unique demands of powering the Ether propeller, with its better performance in the vacuum of space and the cold temperatures encountered there when compared to other battery types. Additionally, its size and configuration allowed the scientists to configure the batteries in a series capable of providing the necessary voltage and in parallel to ensure sufficient capacity for extended operations.

The successful development of the Battery-Powered Ether Propeller marked the culmination of the Italian-German collaborative project. This breakthrough not only solved the longstanding issue of space propulsion without resorting to cumbersome steam engines but also significantly advanced the state of space exploration technology.

The newly designed Aether Navigator, named "Sogno Cosmico" equipped with its battery-powered propeller, represented a leap forward in the quest to explore the Aether and beyond. It promised a new era of exploration, and the capability to traverse the vast expanse of space with unprecedented freedom.

In the wake of this success, the Kingdom of Italy and the Empire of Germany stood at the forefront of a new frontier in space exploration. The completion of the Ether Cutter project, buoyed by Edison's contributions and the ingenuity of the Italian and German scientists, heralded the dawn of a new age of discovery, pushing the boundaries of human achievement further into the cosmos.

Battery Powered Ether Propeller
The first known method of traversing the ether in a reasonable amount of time adapted to use batteries for power

Sogno Cosmico
Either the Kingdom of Italy or German Empire gains the ether flyer Sogno Cosmico
Order 3: Country Order

Allocated Resources: 2 EP

Mass Production

Quantity is a quality of its own. In order to boost our industrial power we are going to introduce assembly lines and greater automation in order to increase productivity. Starting with state owned companies, this should convince the private companies very soon of the advantages of such a system.

Resolution: Critical Success

Between January 1st and June 30th, 1884, the German Empire embarked on a transformative journey to significantly enhance its industrial capabilities. This period was marked by the strategic introduction of assembly lines and a push towards greater automation in manufacturing processes. Focusing initially on state-owned enterprises, this initiative aimed to dramatically improve productivity and efficiency. The ultimate goal was to showcase these benefits to the private sector, encouraging widespread adoption.

The German government chose state-owned companies for the initial rollout of assembly lines and automation. These companies were involved in crucial sectors such as military equipment manufacturing, railway construction, and telecommunications. The decision to start with state-owned enterprises allowed the government to closely manage the transition, ensuring that the shift towards automated manufacturing was as effective as possible.

Investments were made in state-of-the-art machinery and the retraining of the workforce to adapt to new production techniques. This was a significant financial undertaking, with the government allocating millions of marks (the exact figures being difficult to ascertain due to historical record variations) to this initiative. The expectation was that the increased efficiency and output would justify these initial costs.

The introduction of assembly lines and automation had a notable impact on productivity and economic performance. By breaking down production processes into simpler, repetitive tasks, workers could specialize in specific operations, leading to faster production times and higher output. In the armaments sector, for example, reports suggest that productivity increased by as much as 30% in the six months following the implementation of assembly lines. This increase in productivity led to a reduction in production costs by roughly 20%, primarily due to savings on labor costs and improved operational efficiency.

The ripple effects on the German economy were substantial. Export of manufactured goods is projected to increase by over 10% in the year following these industrial upgrades, improving Germany's trade balance and reinforcing its position in the global market.

The success within state-owned enterprises served as a compelling example for the private sector. Witnessing the significant benefits in terms of productivity gains and cost reductions, private companies began to recognize the competitive advantages of adopting assembly lines and automation. The government supported this transition through the organization of industrial workshops, exhibitions, and demonstrations, showcasing the positive outcomes of the new production methods.

It is projected that by the end of 1885, a considerable number of private firms will have integrated these modern production techniques into their operations. Although the initial investment in machinery and technology was significant, the long-term advantages in increased production capacity and enhanced market competitiveness were clear.

This industrial transformation brought about significant socio-economic challenges. The move towards automated production processes resulted in job displacement in some sectors, which will necessitate a concerted effort by both the government and the private sector to address these challenges. Investments in education and vocational training programs will be essential to prepare the workforce for the changing industrial landscape.

The six months from January to June 1884 marked a critical period in the German Empire's industrial evolution. The focused introduction of assembly lines and automation in state-owned enterprises not only proved the effectiveness of these modern production methods in enhancing productivity and reducing costs but also set a precedent for their adoption across the private sector. Despite the initial financial outlay and the socio-economic challenges posed by this transition, the long-term benefits to the German economy and its industrial sector were undeniable, once again cementing Germany's status as an industrial powerhouse.

Mass Produced Military Equipment
MP value for EP increases by 50 MP to 675 MP for 1 EP.

Assembly Lines
Supply rate increases by 1.5%

Job Displacement
German Empire's Stability Decreases by 7.41% from 92.63% to 85.22%
Order 4: Research Order

Allocated Resources: 2 EP, 4 CP

Next Generation Walker Research

Our current generation of walkers is a good start. However the war with Russia has shown that those were clearly only the first attempt and improvements in every aspect are needed. Minimum requirements are a breech loading, rifled gun (may C64 or C80) as well as a machine gun (for clearing out infantry)
Generally the obvious points in mobility, armor and reliability are to be optimized.

Resolution: Critical Success

Between January 1st and June 30th, 1884, the German Empire embarked on an ambitious mission to refine and enhance the A6V "Odin" Steam Walker, focusing on a comprehensive series of improvements that targeted every aspect of the walker's design, functionality, and operational capability. This period was marked by an intense and methodical approach to testing, evaluating, and selecting the most effective armaments, alongside significant engineering efforts to boost the walker's reliability, mobility, and armor protection.

A variety of field guns were rigorously tested during this phase, including the C64 and C80 models. However, the standout was a newly developed 77mm quick-firing gun produced by Krupp. This artillery piece was specifically designed for the Odin and demonstrated superior performance during trials. The gun featured advanced specifications for the time: a separate loading mechanism for the bagged charge and projectile, a 4.3 kg (9.5 lb) shell weight, and a 75 mm (3 in) caliber. Its cylindro-prismatic breech system was chosen for its reliability and ease of operation, although it lacked a recoil mitigator, a common limitation of the period's technology. The gun's elevation capabilities ranged from -10° to +20°, with no traverse option, indicating a fixed forward firing position optimized for the walker's design. The projectile achieved a muzzle velocity of 300 m/s (980 ft/s), ensuring an effective firing range of 2 km (1.2 mi) and a maximum range of 3.9 km (2.4 mi), striking a balance between firepower and range efficiency.

Additionally, to enhance the walker's close-quarters defense capabilities against infantry, two Gardner guns were installed. These machine guns were strategically positioned to cover the left and right flanks, offering a 360-degree defensive perimeter for engaging enemy personnel at closer ranges. This upgrade significantly improved the Odin's versatility on the battlefield, enabling it to address a wider range of combat scenarios.

The primary engineering challenge was to substantially improve the walker's reliability. This objective took precedence in the development efforts, acknowledging that the machine's effectiveness was inherently tied to its consistent performance under combat conditions. Engineers and technicians delved into the walker's core systems, conducting exhaustive tests to identify weaknesses and potential failure points. Special attention was given to the steam propulsion system, aiming to enhance its efficiency and reduce the likelihood of malfunctions. Upgrades to the boiler and steam distribution mechanisms were among the key areas of focus, along with improvements in fuel efficiency and heat management.

Mobility enhancements were closely linked to reliability improvements. The walker's drive system, encompassing its legs and the intricate network of gears and pistons that powered movement, was refined to ensure smoother operation across varied terrains. Adjustments to the leg design aimed at increasing articulation and stability, allowing the Odin to navigate difficult landscapes with greater agility. This was crucial for maintaining operational flexibility and tactical advantage in diverse combat environments.

Armor upgrades targeted the delicate balance between protection and mobility. Advances in metallurgy and armor plating techniques were applied to increase the walker's resilience to enemy fire. Engineers worked to distribute the armor more effectively around critical systems and the crew compartment, without excessively increasing the machine's overall weight. This required innovative approaches to material science, including the exploration of lighter, stronger alloys that could offer comparable protection without compromising speed or maneuverability.

The concentrated efforts from January to June 1884 resulted in significant advancements in the A6V "Odin" Steam Walker's design and operational capabilities. Through a combination of specialized armament enhancements, focused technical improvements, and strategic engineering innovations, the German Empire succeeded in elevating the Odin to a new standard of military engineering. These developments not only underscored the Empire's commitment to technological progress in warfare but also demonstrated a sophisticated understanding of the complex interplay between firepower, reliability, mobility, and protection in the design of armored war machines.

B7V "Thor" Steam Titan
A tripedal steam-powered mobile fortress equipped with heavy artillery, providing a formidable combination of firepower, armor, and mobility on the battlefield, representing the pinnacle of steampunk military innovation.
Order 5: Country Order

Allocated Resources: 4 EP

Kiel-Kanal

Building a canal Connecting the North Sea and Baltic sea would be a masterstroke both economically and strategically in bypassing skagerrak.

Resolution: Major Success

In January 1884, the German Empire, under Kaiser Wilhelm I's reign and guided by Chancellor Otto von Bismarck's strategic foresight, initiated the construction of the Kiel Canal. This project aimed to connect the North Sea to the Baltic Sea, creating a crucial maritime shortcut for military and commercial shipping, bypassing the longer and more hazardous route around Denmark's Jutland Peninsula.

Understanding the project's strategic and economic implications, the German government promptly convened a commission comprised of the nation's leading engineers, naval strategists, and navigation experts. This commission was charged with the task of conducting thorough preparatory work, ensuring the canal's feasibility and strategic benefits were fully realized.

In February, detailed geological surveys commenced along the proposed route. These surveys were essential to ascertain the terrain's suitability, encompassing soil analysis, bedrock composition, and water table levels. Concurrently, negotiations for land acquisition were initiated, securing the necessary rights for construction. By March, after exhaustive analysis, the commission selected a route that optimally balanced engineering challenges with navigational efficiency. This route was chosen based on criteria such as minimal geological disruptions, ease of excavation, and strategic military and commercial value.

April marked the beginning of physical construction, ceremonially initiated with a groundbreaking event that symbolized the project's national significance. This ceremony was attended by elite members of the government and military, highlighting the project's importance to Germany's ambitions as an emerging global power.

By May, the mobilization of resources for the construction phase was well underway. The project employed over 12,000 workers, utilizing cutting-edge construction machinery of the era. Innovations included steam-powered excavators capable of removing approximately 3,000 cubic meters of earth per day, and dredging machines designed for the efficient clearing of waterways. These technological advancements were pivotal, allowing for the excavation of vast quantities of earth and the efficient management of water flow during the construction process.

June witnessed accelerated progress, with significant portions of the canal's route being excavated. The excavation process was systematically divided into sections, each managed by teams specializing in various aspects of the construction, such as embankment stabilization, dredging, and lock construction. By the end of June, over 1.5 million cubic meters of earth had been excavated, with the project on schedule to reach critical milestones in the construction timeline.

The meticulous planning and deployment of advanced engineering techniques facilitated steady progress on the canal, with the German Empire now fully expecting the project's completion by mid to late 1888. This timeline is ambitious, aiming to complete the canal in under five years, but also stands as a testament to the empire's industrial capabilities and commitment to enhancing its naval and commercial strength. The canal is anticipated to be approximately 98 kilometers in length, 22 meters deep, and capable of accommodating vessels up to 7,000 tons, significantly impacting Germany's maritime logistics and strategic military positioning.

Kiel Canal
German Empire's Economic Rating Will Increase Upon Completion of the Canal in 1888

Under Development
German Empire's Economic Rating Increases by 1
Order 6: Political Order

  • Secret
Other Actions:

Embargo Russia:
The German Empire has implemented a prohibition on the export of contemporary weapons and machinery to Russia, in response to recurrent infringements of patent law and unauthorized acquisition of German intellectual property. This policy reflects concerns over Russia's practices of appropriating German technological advancements and expertise. Consequently, only items that are technologically obsolete by a minimum of 20 years are eligible for export to Russia, and even these are subject to elevated tariffs exclusive to Russian imports. This measure aims to safeguard Germany's industrial and military innovations while addressing the issue of intellectual property rights violations.

The Embargo
Russia may no longer source contemporary weapons and machinery from German Manufacturers

Exchange:
Empire of Germany has exchanged the Haber Bosch process with Austria for Improved Cavorite Production

Refined The Chemical Process
Empire of Germany's Cavorite Factories now produce 12 Cavorite

GM Note: Players may only refine the cavorite production process successfully twice.

Exchange:
The Empire of Germany has exchanged the formula for Smokeless Gunpowder with the United States of America for the Oil Engine.

Exchange:
The Empire of Germany has exchanged 5 Cavorite for 3 EP with Ethiopia

Exchange:
The Empire of Germany has exchanged 3 Cavorite for 2 EP with Romania

Exchange:
The Empire of Germany has exchanged 1 SL.II and 3 SL.I Airships for 4 EP with Argentina

Pilfered Dockyards
Throughout and following the capture of Königsberg, the Russian Empire dedicated significant resources and effort, in both manpower and capital, to relocate the city's dockyard machinery back to Russian soil. Anything that couldn't be transported was systematically destroyed, leaving Königsberg's dockyards in ruins. Restoring them to their former glory will require a substantial investment of money and effort.

Loss of A Naval Yard (Cruisers and Larger)
Naval Vessel Cost Increased by 30 MP Until the Dockyards Are Repaired

Built A Factory:
The Empire of Germany has built Cavorite Factory in Hannover (5EP)




Empire of Russia (Blariviere)


Trade Deals:
1. Qing Empire
2. Commonwealth of Australia
Order 1: Country Order

Allocated Resources: 11 EP (3 EP to Norway and Sweden)

Economic Reform And Recovery Initiative

With the war against China, Germany, and their allies, many planned advances fell to the wayside.

The Economic Reform Initiative was one such, but this conflict has only demonstrated how vital such efforts are. With the conflict concluded, it needs to be resumed.

Resume the Economic Reform Initiative, including the following:
  • Railroad expansion and modernization
  • Legal System Modernization Efforts
  • City Industrialization Efforts
  • Road Network Industrialization Efforts
  • Developing Profitable Industries
  • Rail Network Efforts

As before Sergei Witte is in charge of all aspects of the Railroad construction. As before, working to standardize the rails across the country and move to a heavier gauge in preparation for the planned much heavier dual track train cars.

In addition, we must expand its remit to help recover from the economic damage caused by the war.

Economic Recovery Initiative:
  • Asses and repair damaged homes, infrastructure, military assets, locate and take care of war orphans, ensure any injured civilians or soldiers are given treatment and a job they can accomplish.
  • Subsidize damaged or destroyed businesses, bring any destroyed infrastructure or housing up to a modern standard while replacing it, ensure widows and other surviving families are properly supported.

Economic Assistance:
  • As part of the recovery efforts, we should also assist the Personal Union of Sweden and Norway, as they were hit hard during this conflict in the name of our defensive alliance.
  • Let's help them recover with what we can spare from our own recovery efforts. Russia will send 3 EPs to assist Norway and Sweden in economic recovery.

Resolution: Critical Success

In the first half of 1884, the Russian Empire, under the steadfast direction of Sergei Witte, embarked on a monumental journey to not only mend the wounds inflicted by a recent conflict but also to propel the nation into a future of industrial strength and economic stability. The Economic Reform and Recovery Initiative (ERRI) aimed to touch every corner of the empire, from its bustling cities to its remote countryside, with a series of ambitious projects.

Witte's first order of business was the railroad—veins of the empire's economy that needed urgent expansion and modernization. The plan was to add 5,000 kilometers of new tracks by the end of 1886, focusing on heavier gauges that could support the massive, dual-track train cars envisioned to revolutionize Russian logistics. Each new track was to be laid with precision, reducing gradients and curves to allow for faster, more efficient trains. The budget allocated for this colossal project was in the ballpark of 200 million rubles, a testament to its importance in the grand scheme of economic revitalization.

Parallel to the physical tracks being laid, an intellectual groundwork was being established. The legal system, once mired in archaic practices, was set to become the cornerstone of economic reform. Drafting new commercial laws, simplifying the legal process for business disputes, and introducing patents to protect innovations were among the first steps taken. The goal was clear: to create a legal environment where domestic and foreign investments could flourish, free from the unpredictability that had previously deterred economic growth.

The initiative's vision extended into the heart of Russia's cities and the expanse of its road networks. Industrial zones within cities were earmarked for development projects, with an investment of 50 million rubles dedicated to upgrading utilities, improving transportation links, and supporting the emergence of new industries. The road network, essential for the transport of goods between these burgeoning industrial hubs, received a 75 million ruble injection aimed at paving and extending roads to reach even the most isolated communities.

Identifying sectors with the potential to spearhead economic recovery and future growth was crucial. Mining, metallurgy, and textiles were selected for their export potential and capacity for job creation. The state provided subsidies and tax incentives to stimulate investment in these industries, aiming to increase their combined output by 30% within two years. This strategic focus was expected to attract foreign expertise and investment, further accelerating the recovery process.

The expansive rail network was not just about laying tracks but also about knitting the vast Russian Empire closer together. The plan included the construction of critical new lines that would connect previously isolated regions, thereby opening them up to trade and development. This effort was allocated an additional 100 million rubles, underlining the rail network's pivotal role in the economic strategy.

The human aspect of the ERRI was perhaps its most profound. A fund of 250 million rubles was established to repair damaged homes and infrastructure, care for war orphans, and provide for injured civilians and soldiers. This comprehensive approach went beyond physical rebuilding; it aimed to heal and uplift the nation's spirit, ensuring that no one was left behind in Russia's march towards progress.

In a gesture of international solidarity, Russia extended a helping hand to the Personal Union of Sweden and Norway, dedicating substantial financial and material support to aid in their recovery.

The ambitious scope of the ERRI did not come without its challenges. Logistical hurdles, the sheer geographic scale of the projects, and the initial scarcity of skilled labor were significant obstacles. Moreover, shifting the bureaucratic and societal mindset towards innovation and economic dynamism required persistent effort and adaptation.

Yet, as June 1884 marked the halfway point of the year, the signs of progress were undeniable. Railroads stretched ever further, cities began their transformation into industrial powerhouses, and the legal reforms laid the groundwork for a vibrant economic future. Under Witte's unwavering leadership, the ERRI was on a steady path to achieve its lofty goals by the end of 1886, promising a new era of prosperity for the Russian Empire.

Still In Progress
The ERRI will be completed in 2 1/2 years (5 turns)

Additional Tracks & Roads
Empire of Russia's ER increased by 3

Peace Time Subsidies
Empire of Russia's Stability Increases by 5.78% from 60.97% to 66.75%

Reconstruction in Russian-Poland
Russian-Poland will complete reconstruction in 3 years (6 turns)

Economic Assistance to the Personal Union
The Personal Union of Sweden and Norway looks more favorably towards the Empire of Russia
Order 2: Research Order

Allocated Resources: 1 EP, 2 CP

Airship Frigate Continued

Much progress has been made despite many setbacks, however we must continue to push through.

Continue development, as before the armor should be as thick as we can get away with, speed is not the aim with this ship.

It may be a good idea to see if it is feasible to pressurize the ship's interior, both so that it can go higher in the air, and to alleviate the pressure wave effects from impacting enemy shells.

In that vein, ensure that as little as possible of the ship is required to be accessed from the exterior, as all the armor in the world won't protect crewmen out in the open.

Recruit Fyodor Afon Borisov and have him oversee this continuation of the project, as a trial run.

Resolution: Success

From the outset of 1884 through the end of June, the Empire of Russia undertook the ambitious task of completing the HIRMAS Kinzhal, a pioneering Kinzhal Class Cavorite Airship Frigate, under the experienced oversight of Fyodor Afon Borisov. This period was marked by intense technical development, rigorous testing, and innovative solutions to complex engineering challenges, resulting in significant advancements in the airship's design and capabilities.


The development team, leveraging the unique properties of Anosovka steel, further refined the airship's armor. Through an iterative process of testing and analysis, the armor's thickness was optimized to 2 inches amidships, providing robust protection against artillery and small arms fire while maintaining the structural integrity essential for flight. The airship's deck was reinforced with 1 ½ inch thick armor, designed to offer additional resistance against aerial bombardment.

The Kinzhal's armament was meticulously selected to ensure a broad range of engagement capabilities. The main battery consisted of 10x 6 Inch Turrets, strategically placed for optimal coverage and firing arcs. These were complemented by 8x 2 Inch Turrets for close-range defense against smaller or more agile targets. Additionally, the inclusion of 2x Aerial Torpedo Launchers represented a novel approach to aerial combat, allowing the Kinzhal to engage surface targets with precision-guided munitions from the air.

One of the most ambitious aspects of the Kinzhal's development was the integration of a pressurization system within the airship's interior. Engineers tackled the complex challenge of designing a pressurization mechanism that could maintain a stable internal atmosphere, enabling the crew to operate at higher altitudes where air pressure and oxygen levels would otherwise be insufficient. This system not only facilitated enhanced operational ceilings for the airship but also provided an added layer of protection against the concussive effects of enemy fire.

The propulsion system represented a significant engineering focus during this phase of development. The Kinzhal was equipped with a cutting-edge combination of oil fuel and turbine engines, a decision that balanced the need for power with the desire for operational efficiency. This propulsion system enabled the airship to achieve a top speed of 21 knots, an impressive feat given its size and armament loadout.

Achieving the desired maneuverability and stability, especially considering the Kinzhal's considerable displacement of 5200 tons, required innovative thinking. The development team conducted extensive wind tunnel testing and computational fluid dynamics simulations to refine the airship's hull shape and control surfaces, ensuring that it could effectively navigate at various speeds and altitudes.

Attention to the crew's well-being was evident in the design of the accommodations, which were crafted to house 504 sailors in comfort and safety. The living quarters were designed to maximize space efficiency while providing amenities that would support extended deployments.

By June 30th, 1884, the HIRMAS Kinzhal was officially completed and commissioned into the Russian aerial fleet. This milestone was not just a testament to the Empire of Russia's technological and military ambitions but also a demonstration of its capability to innovate within the realm of aeronautical engineering. The successful completion of the Kinzhal, with its advanced armaments, revolutionary pressurization system, and robust propulsion, positioned Russia at the forefront of aerial warfare development, ready to face the challenges of the new era of combat in the skies.

National Event:

In the spring of 1884, as the Empire of Russia fervently pursued the development of the Kinzhal Class Cavorite Airship Frigate alongside its Megatrain project, the radical revolutionary group Narodnaya Volya plotted to undermine these symbols of Tsarist ambition and technological progress. Initially, the group had set its sights on the airship project, viewing it as a prime target to express their opposition to the Tsarist regime. However, their plans to infiltrate the airship's development facilities encountered insurmountable obstacles, leading to a pivotal shift in their focus.

The airship project was guarded by an unprecedented level of security, informed by the latest in espionage countermeasures and intelligence-gathering techniques. The Empire, aware of the potential threats to such a high-profile endeavor, had implemented a series of sophisticated security protocols, including rigorous vetting processes for all personnel, constant surveillance of the development facilities, and secure communication channels for sensitive information.

Additionally, the project's location, chosen for both strategic and operational reasons, further complicated any potential infiltration efforts. The site was secluded, heavily guarded, and accessible only through a series of secured checkpoints, making unauthorized access nearly impossible.

Faced with these daunting security measures, the Narodnaya Volya found their initial target impenetrable. Realizing the futility of their efforts to infiltrate the airship project, the group shifted its focus to a more vulnerable target: the Megatrain project. Unlike the airship development site, the Megatrain's testing and assembly facilities, while still secure, did not boast the same level of fortified protection. This, combined with the project's high visibility and symbolic significance, made it an attractive alternative for the group's sabotage efforts.

The decision to target the Megatrain project resulted in the catastrophic attack in late April 1884. Utilizing their knowledge of explosives, Narodnaya Volya operatives successfully planted charges at strategic points within the Megatrain's infrastructure, leading to the devastating explosion that derailed the project and caused significant loss of life and material.

This incident served as a stark reminder of the challenges posed by internal dissent and the lengths to which groups like Narodnaya Volya would go to oppose the Tsarist regime, shaping future security protocols and strategic considerations for the Empire's technological projects.

Successful Commissioning
Empire of Russia's Stability Increases by 4.21% from 66.75% to 70.96%

Recruiting an Engineer
Fyodor Afon Borisov is available to lead other projects

Russian Aerial Frigate - HIRMAS Kinzhal
The Empire of Russia gains HIRMAS Kinzhal
Russian Aerial Frigate - HIRMAS Kinzhal
Kinzhal Class (1884)
  • Displacement: 5200 tons
  • Speed: 21 knots

Armament:
  • 10x 6 Inch Turrets
  • 8x 2 Inch Turrets
  • 2x Aerial Torpedo Launchers

Fire Control:
Local Only

Armor:
  • 2" Belt (amidships)
  • 1 ½" Deck
  • 2" Turrets
  • 3" C.T.

Propulsion:
  • Oil + Turbine

Compliment:
  • Normal Accommodations
  • 504 Sailors

Cavorite:
To Build: 9 CP
To Maintain: 4.5 CP

EP:
To Build: 4 EP
Order 3: Research Order

Allocated Resources: 1 EP

Russian Megatrain

With the war over its past time to begin the next step in our rail development.

Much of the groundwork has been done, with the extra thick gauge our trains use, and the dual tracks we ave laid thus far, but we have yet to actually develop the trains to use them.

Neither the train engines nor the train cars. Let's remedy this.

First, the wheel assembly. It must be robust and heavily built, as it will be supporting a weight several times as much as a conventional train's wheels.

It should be able to accommodate as much weight as the rails themselves are capable of handling, while also being able to support its car's weight, whether an engine or cargo car.

Each car is intended to be roughly thrice the size of an average train car in all dimensions, making use of modular cargo containers that can be easily removed and emptied via crane.
Or towed off using ramps, a traction engine, and chain/rope mounting points on each container.

Each train will make use of two engines, one at the back and one at the front, making use of airship grade oil engines working in concert with a sizable tank for long distances.

Either engine car should be able to move the train alone in case of breakdown, albeit slowly. A fabrication and repair car as well, to manufacture replacement parts in case of emergency.
Much of Russia can be a cold and dangerous place, devoid of other humans for long stretches, one must be prepared for the worst.

Finally, passenger cars, for transporting passengers in large numbers.
The cars should include all the regular amenities, including toilets, sleeping quarters, dining areas, and Banya (steam bath) for cleaning while conserving water.

As well, there should be sufficient non-perishable food and water stores for at least threefold the expected transit time, in case of disaster.

While Cavorite may well end up being required for such large trains, let us see if it can be done without it.

And do one better than the Americans own large cavorite trains.

Resolution: Success

From January to June 1884, the Empire of Russia embarked on an ambitious engineering endeavor to conceptualize and begin the development of what would be heralded as the "Russian Megatrain." This colossal project aimed not only to leverage the expansive dual-track rail system with its extra thick gauge already in place but also to redefine rail transport through unparalleled scale and innovation. The initiative unfolded in several critical phases, each tailored to address the unique challenges posed by the project's ambitious scope.

The project commenced with a focus on the wheel assembly, the cornerstone upon which the Megatrain's feasibility rested. Understanding that the assembly needed to support an unprecedented weight—several times that of conventional trains—the design team proposed a robust, heavily built wheel system. This system was engineered to accommodate the maximum weight the rails could handle, plus the additional mass of the train's own gargantuan structure. Each wheel assembly underwent rigorous stress analysis, ensuring it could withstand the anticipated loads without compromise. Special attention was given to materials selection, with high-tensile steel alloys being chosen for their strength-to-weight ratio, durability under extreme temperature variations, and resistance to wear.

Parallel to the wheel assembly development, the design of the cargo cars took shape around the principle of modularity. Each cargo car, significantly larger than contemporary standards—three times in all dimensions—was to utilize modular cargo containers. These containers could be swiftly loaded or unloaded via cranes, or towed using ramps and traction engines, facilitating efficient handling of goods. Design teams collaborated with logistics experts to ensure the system's compatibility with existing cargo handling infrastructure, while also innovating new methods to reduce loading and unloading times.

The heart of the Megatrain's propulsion system was its dual-engine configuration, featuring two airship-grade oil engines, one at each end of the train. This design provided redundancy, ensuring the train's operability even in the event of one engine's failure. Each engine, equipped with a sizable fuel tank, was calibrated for optimal performance over long distances, with a particular focus on fuel efficiency and reliability in the harsh Russian climate. The engineering teams undertook extensive simulations to model the engines' performance under various load conditions, adjusting parameters to achieve a harmonious balance between power output and fuel consumption.

Given Russia's vast and often inhospitable terrain, the Megatrain incorporated several self-sufficiency features. A specially designed fabrication and repair car equipped with tools and materials for emergency repairs was included. This car was envisioned as a mobile workshop capable of manufacturing replacement parts on-the-go, a critical capability in remote areas far from conventional support infrastructures.

Passenger cars were designed with comfort and safety as priorities, incorporating sleeping quarters, dining areas, and the traditional Russian Banya to offer passengers a comfortable and hygienic travel experience. In light of potential emergencies, each passenger car was also equipped with ample stores of non-perishable food and water, calculated to sustain occupants for up to three times the expected transit time.

By the end of March 1884, the Russian Megatrain project had successfully transitioned from conceptual designs to the early stages of development. Prototypes of wheel assemblies were under fabrication, and cargo container designs were being finalized for testing. The dual-engine systems had passed initial bench tests, confirming their potential to power the Megatrain across Russia's extensive rail network.

As the project moved towards its next phase, with a completion target set for June 1884, there was a palpable sense of anticipation and national pride. Engineers and designers alike were keenly aware of the historical significance of their work, poised to outdo the American cavorite trains without relying on such exotic materials. The Empire of Russia was on the brink of unveiling a marvel of modern engineering, setting new global standards for rail transport in size, efficiency, and self-reliance.

National Event:

In the spring of 1884, the Empire of Russia's ambitious Megatrain project, a beacon of industrial innovation and a symbol of national pride, faced an unforeseen and catastrophic setback. The project, which had been progressing steadily with significant achievements in engineering and design from January to March, was suddenly derailed in April, following a devastating sabotage act orchestrated by the Narodnaya Volya, a radical revolutionary group.

In late April, during a critical phase of testing and final assembly, the Megatrain project became the target of the Narodnaya Volya. The group, vehemently opposed to the Tsarist regime and its symbols of power and progress, infiltrated the secure facilities housing the Megatrain prototypes. Utilizing their knowledge of explosives, they planted charges at strategic points within the train's dual engines and the fabrication and repair car—components critical to the train's innovative design and operational redundancy.

The explosion was timed to cause maximum disruption, occurring during a high-profile demonstration intended to showcase the Megatrain's capabilities to the empire's top officials and international observers. The blast was catastrophic, resulting in the complete destruction of the prototype engines and significant damage to the adjacent assembly and testing facilities. The shockwave and subsequent fireball obliterated years of research and development, instantly turning the embodiment of Russian ingenuity into a smoldering ruin.


The immediate aftermath of the explosion was chaos and confusion. Emergency response units rushed to contain the fires and secure the area, while the extent of the sabotage became painfully evident. The loss was not just material; several engineers, technicians, and onlookers were either injured or lost their lives, adding a grim human toll to the incident.

The sabotage struck a significant blow to the Russian Empire's technological and industrial ambitions, casting a long shadow over future projects. The destruction of the Megatrain, a project meant to symbolize the empire's progress and innovation, instead became a stark reminder of the vulnerabilities faced by such large-scale endeavors.

An extensive investigation was launched to uncover the perpetrators and understand how such a breach of security could have occurred. Evidence quickly pointed towards the Narodnaya Volya, whose members had previously executed similar acts against Tsarist symbols and infrastructure. The revelation that the revolutionary group could infiltrate a high-security project and execute such a devastating attack sent shockwaves through the empire's security apparatus, leading to a widespread crackdown on dissent and a reevaluation of security protocols for critical infrastructure projects.

In the months following the sabotage, the Megatrain project faced an uncertain future. The catastrophic loss of materials, human capital, and confidence posed daunting challenges for the project's continuation. Debates raged within the government and among the public about the feasibility of resurrecting the project, with opinions divided between those who saw it as a matter of national pride and resilience and others who viewed it as a folly, too vulnerable to the machinations of enemies both internal and external.

The sabotage of the Megatrain by the Narodnaya Volya in 1884 thus became a somber lesson in the vulnerabilities of technological ambition to political and ideological strife. It underscored the necessity of not only advancing in engineering and innovation but also ensuring the security and resilience of such endeavors against those who would seek to undermine them for their ends.

Another Assasination Attempt
Tsar Alexander II has survived another assassination attempt

Megatrain Research Locked (2 Turns)
Due to widespread destruction the Empire of Russia will be unable to resume the project

Catastrophic Commissioning
Empire of Russia's Stability Decreases by 8.97% from 70.96% to 61.99%
Order 4: Research

Allocated Resources: 1 EP

Oil Engine Development

While our Oil engines are indeed advanced, they have proven to be not as light or reliable as we would have hoped.
We will rectify both of these shortcomings.

Further refine our Oil Engines to be both lighter and more reliable, from the smaller fighter engine all the way up to our largest airship engine.
As part of this further refine the propellers of our aircraft, so they are able to withstand the increased force that will be applied to them.

Have Fyodor Afon Borisov oversee the parts of this research relating to our aircraft and airships, if he can manage to split his attention from our Airship project.

Resolution: Critical Success

In the early months of 1884, the Empire of Russia, under the stewardship of Fyodor Afon Borisov, embarked on an ambitious project to overhaul its oil engine technology. The objective was twofold: significantly reduce the weight of these engines, making them suitable for aviation use from aerial flyers to the mammoth airships, and simultaneously increase their reliability to unprecedented levels. This narrative explores the meticulous steps taken and the challenges faced in pursuit of these goals.

The quest began in January, with the engineers facing the daunting task of shaving significant weight off the oil engines. Traditional engines, while powerful, were bulky, comprising heavy steel and iron components. The design team proposed a radical approach: substitute these heavy metals with newly developed Anosovka steel alloys. These alloys, benefiting from the concurrent advancements in Anosovka steel production, offered a strength-to-weight ratio far superior to that of traditional materials, promising a substantial reduction in engine mass.

Engineers embarked on a comprehensive redesign of the engine components, targeting a 20% reduction in weight. Pistons, traditionally made of heavy iron, were the first to be re-engineered using Anosovka steel alloys, resulting in a 15% reduction in their weight. The crankshaft, another heavy component, was redesigned with hollow sections, saving an additional 10% in weight. By late March, the cumulative efforts of these redesigns and material substitutions had resulted in a prototype engine that was 18% lighter than its predecessor, marking a significant step towards achieving the weight reduction goal.

Concurrently, a separate team was tasked with enhancing engine reliability. The average failure rate of existing engines stood at six breakdowns per 100 hours of operation—a figure deemed unacceptable for the envisioned advancements in aviation. The team's approach was systematic: refine the internal mechanics of the engine to reduce wear and tear and enhance overall durability.

The fuel injection system underwent a complete overhaul, introducing precision-engineered components that ensured a more consistent and efficient fuel-air mixture, reducing the risk of engine misfires and improving combustion efficiency. This adjustment alone improved engine reliability by 5%, as measured by hours of operation before failure.

Lubrication systems were also redesigned to provide more consistent oil flow to critical moving parts, reducing friction and wear. This innovation extended engine life from an average of 500 to 700 hours of operation, representing a 40% improvement in reliability.

With Borisov's guidance, another cadre of engineers focused on the propellers, a critical component that needed to translate the engine's power into efficient thrust. The challenge was to design propellers that could withstand the increased torque from the more powerful, yet lighter, engines without succumbing to material fatigue or failure.

The solution came through the adoption of laminated wood and reinforced composite materials, which offered the required strength without a significant weight penalty. These materials allowed for the creation of thinner, more aerodynamic blades that could withstand operational stresses up to 30% greater than their predecessors. Computational fluid dynamics, a novel approach at the time, was employed to optimize the blade shape for maximum efficiency, resulting in a 5% increase in propeller thrust.

By the end of June 1884, the fruits of these labors began to emerge. The prototype engine, now 18% lighter, had passed initial tests, demonstrating not only a marked reduction in weight but also a 40% improvement in reliability over its predecessors. The newly designed propellers, when paired with the refined engines, showed a 5% increase in thrust efficiency, promising greater speeds and higher carrying capacities for aerial flyers and airships alike.

Although these advancements represented only the first steps toward the ambitious goals set by the empire, the progress achieved in mere months was a testament to the ingenuity and perseverance of Borisov and his teams.

Lightweight Oil Engine
The Empire of Russia has succeeded in developing a lighter Oil Engine

Improved Aerial Flyers
All aerial flyers converted to the new engines
Order 5: Research Order

Allocated Resources: -0-

Aluminum Production

While Anosovka Steel is wonderfully effective, it is still too heavy. A possible candidate is Aluminum, however it is currently extremely expensive to produce.

See if we can find a way to cheaply mass produce Aluminum, as its properties are highly useful if we can.

If that can be done, further explore the possibility of an alloy with Anosovka Steel.

Perhaps we can marry some of the protective properties of Anosovka Steel with the lightness of Aluminum.

Resolution: Slight Success

In the cold winter months of January 1884, the Empire of Russia set forth on a pioneering venture aimed at reshaping the future of its materials science landscape. With the heavy Anosovka Steel being the backbone of its industrial and military might, the empire sought a revolutionary change. Aluminum, known for its lightweight and resistant properties, stood out as an ideal candidate. However, its prohibitive production costs, likened more to that of a precious metal than an industrial resource, presented a formidable challenge. The directive was clear: find a way to mass produce aluminum economically and investigate the potential of an alloy with Anosovka Steel, a combination that could potentially revolutionize material science.

The task began with an extensive review of existing aluminum production techniques. The prevailing method involved processing bauxite ore to create aluminum chloride, which was then reduced using sodium in a highly energy-intensive process. This method yielded aluminum at a cost of approximately $17 per kilogram (a figure based on the conversion of historical prices to modern equivalents), far too expensive for widespread use in industrial applications.

Russian scientists turned their attention to recent advancements in aluminum extraction techniques, particularly those discovered by Paul Héroult in France, who was leading a similar project. The Russian metallurgists adopted a process which involved dissolving alumina (aluminum oxide) in molten cryolite and then reducing the aluminum ions to metallic aluminum through the application of a direct electric current. Recognizing the potential of this method, Russian engineers embarked on adapting the process to the resources and technological infrastructure available within the empire.

After months of relentless experimentation and adaptation, the initial results were promising. A small-scale production facility was established, capable of producing aluminum at a cost significantly lower than the traditional methods, approximately $5 per kilogram. Though the output was modest, it was a marked improvement and a step towards the economic viability of aluminum for broader industrial use.

Parallel to these efforts, a team of metallurgists began the intricate task of alloying aluminum with Anosovka Steel. The objective was to create a composite material that would harness the lightweight and corrosion-resistant properties of aluminum with the superior strength and durability of Anosovka Steel. This task was riddled with complexities, given the significant differences in melting points and physical properties between the two metals. Early experiments focused on identifying the optimal aluminum-to-steel ratios and the precise conditions under which these metals could be successfully combined without compromising their individual strengths.

By the close of June 1884, the Russian Empire had laid the foundational steps towards revolutionizing aluminum production but also initiated the path towards creating a novel alloy that could potentially transform the material science domain. Although these endeavors were in their nascent stages, and fraught with challenges ranging from technical obstacles to scaling production, the progress made within these few months was a testament to the empire's commitment to innovation and industrial advancement.

Further Aluminum Research Locked
Further research on scaling up aluminum production locked until large scale refineries are built

Increased Chance of Success (2 Turns)
We believe that, with further research, it is possible to construct a composite alloy
Other Actions:

Embargo Germany:
In response to the German Empire's prohibition on the export of contemporary weapons and machinery to Russia, adopted due to unproven allegations by the German Empire regarding infringements of patent law and unauthorized acquisition of German intellectual property, the Empire of Russia has limited exports to the German Empire. Consequently, only items that are technologically obsolete by a minimum of 20 years are eligible for export to Germany, and even these are subject to elevated tariffs exclusive to Russian imports. This measure aims to safeguard Russia's industrial and military innovations while addressing the issue of false allegations of intellectual property rights violations.

The Embargo
Germany may no longer source contemporary weapons and machinery from Russian Manufacturers

Pilfered Dockyards
Throughout and following the capture of Königsberg, the Russian Empire dedicated significant resources and effort, in both manpower and capital, to relocate the city's dockyard machinery back to Russian soil. As a result of this concerted effort, Russian naval dockyard production has experienced a substantial increase, bolstering the Empire's maritime capabilities.

Gain of A Naval Yard (Cruisers and Smaller)
Naval Vessel Cost Decreased by 30 MP Next Two Years (4 Turns)

A Post War Military Reorganization (2 EP)
  • 50x Command Battalion
  • 10x Field Headquarters Battalions

Interior Command
Interior Command serves to facilitate communication between western and eastern commands, coordinating military transport across the empire's extensive network of roads and railways for supplies, ammunition, vehicles, and troop movements. Its operations are decentralized across four field headquarters, unlike the western and eastern commands, which each utilize three.





Empire of Japan (Lord Necromancer)


Trade Deals:
1. Qing Empire
2. United States of Colombia
Order 1: Research Order

Allocated Resources: 2 EP

Smokeless Powder Development

Try and develop our own local smokeless powder to replace our current black powder

Resolution: Failure

In the early months of 1884, the Empire of Japan embarked on a highly ambitious and technologically demanding project: the development of its own local variant of smokeless powder. This initiative was driven by a pressing need to modernize its military capabilities and reduce reliance on imported black powder, which was rapidly becoming obsolete in the face of advancements in armaments and warfare technology globally.

The Japanese effort was spearheaded by a special commission within the Imperial Japanese Army, consisting of chemists, military engineers, and ordnance experts. They were tasked with not only developing a smokeless powder formula that could match or surpass the performance of the European variants but also ensuring its production could be scaled to meet the needs of the growing Japanese military. The primary objective was to enhance the firepower of infantry rifles and artillery, making them more effective, accurate, and faster to reload in combat situations.

The project faced several significant challenges from its inception. Firstly, the Japanese team lacked direct access to the closely guarded formulas and manufacturing processes of the French Poudre B, which was the leading smokeless powder. This necessitated a process of trial and error, based on partial information gleaned from international patents and scarce scientific publications, to reverse-engineer a viable compound.

Secondly, the indigenous production of key raw materials, particularly nitrocellulose (also known as guncotton) and nitroglycerin, proved to be technically demanding and hazardous. The production of nitrocellulose, essential for the smokeless powder, required the treatment of cellulose with a mixture of nitric and sulfuric acids, a process fraught with risks of explosions and contamination. The local infrastructure for chemical manufacturing was at a nascent stage, and securing consistent quality and quantities of acids and cellulose was a hurdle that often compromised the stability and performance of the experimental powders.

By March 1884, after numerous experiments, the commission had developed several prototypes of smokeless powder. However, these formulations fell short of expectations in critical aspects. The burn rates were inconsistent, leading to unpredictable ballistic characteristics. Moreover, the powders tended to be either too volatile, posing safety risks during manufacturing and handling, or insufficiently powerful, failing to provide the desired muzzle velocity and range for the weaponry.

Complicating the technical difficulties was the financial aspect. The Japanese government had allocated significant funds to this project, anticipating a reduction in military expenditure by localizing the production of smokeless powder. However, the ongoing failures to produce a viable formula led to escalating costs, without the anticipated savings on ammunition purchases.

Mitigating Roll: Critical Success

In the spring of 1884, following a period of setbacks and frustrations, the Empire of Japan renewed its efforts to develop a domestic smokeless powder with increased vigor and a strategic redirection. The project, marked by previous trials that failed to yield a viable smokeless powder, was now focused on overcoming the technical hurdles that had stymied progress. Central to this phase was the work of Dr. Shimose Masachika, whose contributions would soon lead to a groundbreaking advancement in military technology: the invention of Shimose powder.

Acknowledging the complexities encountered in the initial attempts, the project team undertook a rigorous evaluation of their approach. They pinpointed the acquisition and refinement of raw materials as a critical bottleneck. The quality of nitrocellulose, the foundational component of smokeless powder, was identified as a variable directly influencing the performance and stability of the end product. To address this, Japan embarked on a concerted effort to improve both the purity and consistency of nitrocellulose production. This entailed importing higher-grade cotton, the raw material for cellulose, and refining the nitration process—a chemical reaction that transforms cellulose into nitrocellulose by treating it with a mixture of nitric and sulfuric acids.

The refinement process was overhauled to incorporate a double-water washing stage, effectively reducing the acid content of the nitrocellulose to less than 0.02%, a figure that significantly mitigated the risk of spontaneous combustion. Furthermore, the introduction of a mechanical pressing stage reduced the moisture content to under 0.5%, enhancing the stability and shelf life of the nitrocellulose produced.

Concurrently, Dr. Shimose and his team expanded their investigation into stabilizers that could further enhance the powder's performance. Through meticulous experimentation, they identified diphenylamine as an effective stabilizer, which, when added in proportions of 1% by weight, markedly improved the thermal stability of the powder, reducing the degradation rate by over 50% under standard storage conditions.

Armed with these innovations, by May 1884, the team succeeded in developing a new formulation of smokeless powder. This formulation blended nitrocellulose with a minor proportion of nitroglycerin—a highly energetic but unstable explosive—to increase the powder's energy content. The addition of diphenylamine not only stabilized the powder but also acted as a flash suppressant, reducing the muzzle flash upon firing.

This novel composition was subjected to rigorous testing, encompassing over 300 rounds of live-fire exercises to assess its ballistic properties. The results were unequivocal; Shimose powder exhibited a burn rate that was consistently 30% faster than the black powder it was intended to replace, translating to a 20% increase in muzzle velocity for rifles and a 25% increase for artillery. Furthermore, the powder's reduced smoke generation enhanced battlefield visibility, while its lower residue accumulation decreased maintenance requirements for firearms.

Plans were set in motion to establish a dedicated production facility, capable of producing an initial output of 50 tons of Shimose powder per year, with provisions for scaling production up to 200 tons within two years, pending the completion of infrastructure expansions and the procurement of additional processing equipment.

Shimose Powder
How Will the World Change With the Development of Smokeless Powder?

Expert Recruited
Dr. Shimose Masachika has taken up a governmental research position and may lead future orders.
Order 2: Research Order

Allocated Resources: 2 EP, 8.5 Cavorite

Trading Vessel

Try and design a Cavorite trade ship of Battleship size for use in carrying bulk goods deep inland to difficult to reach areas

Resolution: Major Failure

From January to June 30th, 1884, the Empire of Japan embarked on an ambitious and innovative project to revolutionize its trade and transportation infrastructure by designing a Cavorite-enhanced trading vessel of battleship size. This visionary project aimed to leverage the anti-gravity properties of Cavorite to transport bulk goods deep inland, reaching areas previously considered inaccessible due to geographical barriers. Despite the innovative spirit and significant resources devoted to this endeavor, the project ultimately did not meet its objectives within the specified timeframe, marking a notable failure in the Empire's technological aspirations.

The project began with high expectations, spurred by Japan's desire to assert its technological prowess and expand its economic reach. The concept was to create a massive trading vessel that could lift and transport goods over mountains, forests, and other challenging terrains without the need for traditional trade routes. Engineers and scientists were mobilized to design a ship that would not only harness Cavorite's unique properties but also ensure the vessel's structural integrity and navigational capabilities in a variety of atmospheric conditions.

The foremost challenge was the limited understanding of Cavorite itself. Despite theoretical knowledge about its anti-gravity effects, practical applications on such a large scale, with all of the current airships in service being smaller than a frigate, were uncharted territory. The material's integration into the vessel's design proved more complex than anticipated, with difficulties in controlling the degree and direction of lift generated by Cavorite.

Designing a battleship-sized vessel that could withstand both the rigors of lift-off and the stresses of atmospheric navigation without traditional buoyancy was a monumental engineering challenge. Initial designs failed to adequately account for the distribution of weight and the structural stresses encountered during flight, leading to several setbacks in prototype testing, including structural failures during simulated lift-off scenarios.

Mitigating Roll: Major Failure

The project's economic viability came into question as the costs associated with R&D, Cavorite procurement, and prototype testing spiraled. The substantial investment required to bring the vessel to operational status raised concerns among stakeholders, particularly given the uncertainties surrounding the ship's practical functionality and the risks of operational failure.

By June 30th, 1884, it became evident that the Empire of Japan's ambitious project to create a Cavorite-enhanced trading vessel of battleship size had not achieved its intended success. The technological, structural, and navigational challenges, compounded by economic considerations, led to a reassessment of the project's feasibility.

While the project did not fulfill its original objectives, it contributed significantly to the Empire's understanding of Cavorite and its potential applications. The lessons learned from this endeavor informed future research and experimentation, underscoring the importance of perseverance and innovation in the face of setbacks. The failure of the Cavorite trading vessel project, while disappointing, marked a pivotal moment in Japan's technological development, setting the stage for future successes in other areas of scientific and engineering exploration.

Increased Chance of Success (Permanent)
Our experiences in developing larger airships will assist in building Aerial Frigates
Order 3: Research Order

Allocated Resources: 4 EP

National Competition

Hold a national competition for the next generation of small, medium, and large naval guns

Resolution: Critical Success

In 1884 the Empire of Japan, determined to assert its burgeoning status as a maritime power, initiated a national competition that would catalyze a significant leap in naval armament technology. The endeavor was driven by an acute awareness of the strategic importance of naval superiority in an era marked by rapid technological advancements and shifting geopolitical dynamics. This competition sought to harness the nation's collective ingenuity to develop the next generation of naval guns, spanning small, medium, and large calibers, each integral to the operational versatility and tactical depth of Japan's naval forces.

In late 1883, the Japanese Navy promulgated a detailed set of specifications and performance criteria for the competition. These specifications were crafted to ensure that the new artillery pieces would not only embody the cutting edge of military technology but also be pragmatic for production and operational use within the constraints of existing Japanese naval platforms and logistical frameworks.

The criteria stipulated included a minimum muzzle velocity of 500 meters per second. Accuracy benchmarks required a dispersion not exceeding 2% of the range at maximum effective distances—5000 meters for small guns, 10000 meters for medium guns, and 15000 meters for large guns. Reliability was tested through continuous firing drills, demanding at least 100 rounds for small guns, 75 for medium, and 50 for large guns without failure. Ease of maintenance, adaptability to various ship classes, and the efficiency of ammunition use were also key considerations.

The call to arms attracted a wide array of entrants, from established arsenals to innovative individual engineers, each bringing forth designs that encapsulated their vision of naval warfare's future. The competition unfolded over six months, a period of intense creativity, rigorous testing, and spirited rivalry that fostered a fertile ground for technological advancement.

Kojiro Nakamura, stationed at Yokosuka Naval Arsenal, emerged as the front runner in the small guns category with his Sakura Mk I design. Nakamura's engineering prowess was evident in the gun's innovative use of a high-strength steel alloy for the barrel, which allowed for a lighter, more maneuverable gun without sacrificing durability or accuracy. The Sakura Mk I boasted a rate of fire of up to 15 rounds per minute, a remarkable feat achieved through a sophisticated breech-loading mechanism that facilitated rapid reloading.

Sakura Mk I

  • Type: Small Naval Gun
  • Place of Origin (City): Yokosuka

Production History

  • Designer: Kojiro Nakamura
  • Designed: 1884
  • Manufacturer (Arsenals): Yokosuka Naval Arsenal

Specifications

  • Mass: 800 kg
  • Barrel Length: 2.2 meters
  • Crew: 4
  • Shell Type: HE and AP
  • Shell Weight: 10 kg
  • Caliber: 76mm
  • Breech Mechanism: Interrupted screw
  • Recoil System: Hydraulic
  • Elevation: -5° to +15°
  • Traverse: 360°
  • Rate of Fire: 15–25 rpm burst (dependent on crew training and fatigue), 5–8 rpm sustained (dependent on rate of cooling)
  • Muzzle Velocity: 600 m/s
  • Effective Firing Range: 6,000 meters
  • Maximum Firing Range: 7,500 meters (4-4.5 mi)

In the medium category, Hiroshi Takahashi of Osaka presented the Fuji Mk II, a masterpiece of precision engineering. Takahashi's design featured a progressive rifling pattern that gradually increased twist along the barrel's length, optimizing the ballistic trajectory of the projectiles for enhanced range and accuracy. This gun achieved a muzzle velocity of 525 meters per second and demonstrated exceptional accuracy, with a maximum dispersion of only 1.8% at its effective range of 10000 meters.

Fuji Mk II

  • Type: Breech-Loading Rifled Guns
  • Place of Origin (City): Osaka

Production History

  • Designer: Hiroshi Takahashi
  • Designed: 1884
  • Manufacturer (Arsenals): Osaka Arsenal

Specifications

  • Mass: 2,750 kg (6,060 lb)
  • Length: 5.1 m (16 ft 9 in)
  • Barrel Length: 3.25 m (10 ft 8 in) L/27
  • Width: 2 m (6 ft 7 in)
  • Crew: 5
  • Shell Weight: 18–25 kg (40–55 lb)
  • Caliber: 120 mm (4.7 in)
  • Breech Mechanism: Interrupted Screw
  • Recoil System: None
  • Elevation: -17° to +30°
  • Traverse: 65°
  • Rate of Fire: 6–8 rpm burst (dependent on crew training and fatigue), 1–3 rpm sustained (dependent on rate of cooling)
  • Muzzle Velocity: 525 m/s (1,720 ft/s)
  • Effective Firing Range: 8–10 km (5–6 mi)

The large gun category was dominated by the Meiji Cannon, designed by Masanori Yamaoka from the Nagasaki Shipyard. The Meiji Cannon was a colossus, boasting a barrel length of over 10 meters and a caliber of 240mm. It utilized a novel recoil absorption system that distributed the massive forces generated upon firing, enabling quicker re-aiming and reloading. The gun's design allowed for a firing rate of 1 round every 3 minutes, a significant achievement for artillery of its size, with a muzzle velocity of 575 meters per second.

Large Naval Gun: Meiji Cannon

  • Type: Large Rifled Breech-Loading Guns
  • Place of Origin (City): Nagasaki

Production History

  • Designer: Masanori Yamaoka
  • Designed: 1884
  • Manufacturer (Arsenals): Nagasaki Shipyard

Specifications

  • Mass: 31,000 kg
  • Barrel Length: 6.7 m (22 ft)
  • Crew: 12
  • Shell Weight: 162 kg (357 lb)
  • Caliber: 240 mm (9.4 in)
  • Breech Mechanism: Interrupted Screw
  • Recoil System: Hydro-gravity
  • Elevation: 0° to +38°
  • Traverse: 10°
  • Rate of Fire: 1 shot every three minutes
  • Muzzle Velocity: 575 m/s (1,890 ft/s)
  • Maximum Firing Range: 17.3 km (10.7 mi)

With the winners announced in June 1884, Japan moved with alacrity to transition from prototype to production. The Yokosuka Naval Arsenal was tasked with manufacturing the Sakura Mk I, the Osaka Arsenal with the Fuji Mk II, and the Nagasaki Shipyard with the Meiji Cannon. This rapid industrial mobilization underscored the strategic foresight of the Japanese Navy, signaling a new era in naval armament and industrial capability.

The successful conduct of the competition and the subsequent adoption of these cutting-edge artillery pieces marked a seminal moment in Japan's naval history. The designs of Nakamura, Takahashi, and Yamaoka have become the linchpins of Japan's naval strategy, enhancing its fleet's offensive and defensive capabilities and laying the groundwork for its emergence as a dominant naval force in the years to follow.

Sakura Mk I
A New QFR Naval Gun

Fuji Mk II
A New Breech-Loading Rifled Guns

Meiji Cannon
A New Large Rifled Breech-Loading Guns
Order 4: Country Order

Allocated Resources: 4 EP

War Memorials

Fund the construction of war memorials in Japan, Korea, and China

Resolution: Success

In the wake of the Pacific War's cessation, marked by the Madrid Peace Conference's resolutions, the Empire of Japan embarked on a monumental and diplomatically sensitive initiative. This initiative aimed to erect war memorials across Japan, Korea, and China—a testament to reconciliation and the shared sorrow of war. From January to June 1884, the project unfolded in a meticulously organized campaign, reflecting Japan's nuanced approach to post-war diplomacy and commemoration.

The Japanese government, in a strategic move to fund this ambitious project, earmarked a substantial budget exceeding 5 million yen. This fund was sourced from a combination of state reserves, a portion of the reparations received from the Qing Empire as dictated by the peace conference, and public donations encouraged through a national campaign that highlighted the project's importance for peace and reconciliation.

To further legitimize and internationalize the effort, Japan sought and received endorsements and financial contributions from several international peace organizations, adding to the project's funding pool an additional 1 million yen.

The design phase was characterized by a collaborative ethos, bringing together a panel of esteemed Japanese architects, historians, and artists, complemented by advisory groups from Korea and China. This panel was charged with a delicate task: to conceive memorials that, while distinctly Japanese in initiative, would resonate with the local populations of Korea and China and not be perceived as symbols of imperialist triumphalism.

In Japan, the centerpiece memorial in Tokyo was envisaged as a serene and dignified space, with an emphasis on traditional aesthetics. The design featured a central obelisk, standing 30 meters high, surrounded by a tranquil garden that included cherry blossom trees—sakura—symbolizing the fleeting nature of life, a poignant reminder of the war's toll.

For Korea, the site chosen in Seoul aimed to reflect a harmonious blend of Korean and Japanese architectural principles. The memorial was to feature a central courtyard surrounded by a gallery of peace, with murals depicting scenes from Korean and Japanese history, emphasizing shared moments of valor and suffering. The inclusion of a "Pathway of Reconciliation" through the memorial grounds, lined with stones from both Korea and Japan, was a symbolic gesture towards mutual understanding and future collaboration.

The memorial in China, particularly in Peking, was designed to be mindful of local cultural sensibilities. The memorial was constructed using local materials and designed in a manner that paid homage to the regions' architectural heritage. Inscriptions in both Japanese and Chinese would detail the memorial's purpose as bridges of peace, acknowledging past conflicts while looking forward to a future of shared prosperity.

The groundbreaking ceremonies, held simultaneously in Tokyo, Seoul, Hainan, and Kuye in April 1884, were occasions of solemnity and hope. These events were attended by a mix of dignitaries, including Japanese officials, local leaders from Korea and China, and representatives from the international community, showcasing the project's global significance and the shared desire for a lasting peace.

The construction phase was marked by challenges, including logistical difficulties in transporting materials and skilled labor to the sites, especially in remote areas like Hainan and Kuye Islands. Despite these hurdles, the projects progressed, with an anticipated completion date set for late 1885. Each memorial was constructed not only as a monument to the past but as a beacon for the future, embodying the aspirations for a world where peace prevails over conflict.

The initiative received a mixed reception, with sentiments ranging from heartfelt support to skepticism and resistance, particularly in Korea and China, where the memories of conflict were still fresh. Yet, over time, these memorials came to be recognized not just as monuments to the dead, but as symbols of the complex journey toward reconciliation and mutual respect among former adversaries.

The war memorials project of 1884 stands as a historical testament to Japan's efforts to navigate the delicate aftermath of the Pacific War, attempting to sow seeds of peace in ground scarred by conflict. Through these memorials, Japan sought not only to honor the fallen but to pave a path towards a future where the horrors of war could be remembered as lessons for fostering a more harmonious international community.

Relations Will Increase Over Time
Awed by the gifts received, the citizens of Occupied Choson will become more closely aligned with the goals of the Empire of Japan over time

Spirit of Reconciliation
Awed by the gifts received, the Qing Empire will become more open to diplomatic offers by the Empire of Japan over time

War Memorial Tourism
Empire of Japan's ER increases by 1

Reconciled Families
Empire of Japan' Stability Increases by 6.34% from 84.54% to 90.88%
Order 5: Country Order

Allocated Resources: 4,847 MP

Army Expansion

Purchase:
  • 10 Squadrons of Tenkū no Yajirushi (90 Fighters) (900 MP)
  • 3 Squadrons + 1 individual bomber (25 Bombers) (253 MP)
  • Restructure all my Field Armies to be as such

Resolution: Auto-Success

Airforce
  • 10 Squadrons of Tenkū no Yajirushi (90 Fighters) (900 MP)
  • 3 Squadrons + 1 individual bomber (25 Bombers) (253 MP)

Army
  • Restructure of all Field Armie
Other Actions

Exclusive Trade Agreement
Empire of Japan's ER increased by 2 for 4 years (8 Turns)

Biannual Payment 1/8
Empire of Japan receives 3 EP from the Qing Empire




United States of America (Easter)


Trade Deals:
1. Confederate States of Chinochina
2. Republic of Chile
Order 1: Country Order

Allocated Resources: 3 EP

Crush The Unrest

A roar echoed through Congress, where a truly rare sight occurred before the eyes of journalists and aids. Republicans and Democrats worked hand in hand, with a fire in their eyes that promised a fury not seen since the Civil War. Those few politicians who had joined this breakaway party found themselves more and more isolated, while those who thought it smart to start these "White Government Unions" rapidly found themselves having "talks" with their respective party leaders, in which threats were levied, blackmail used, favors called, and promises made all in equal measure, the politicians would remove their support of these radicals; willingly or not. This was but a small taste as two parties waged war to strangle a third in its crib, before it could strip the voters from the democrats or bring more death to republican states.

But that was not all the politicians did, for across the country congressmen, governors, state politicians, and even mayors decried this new party, these "white man" clubs, and the KKK. Tying the first two to the third, tainting their reputation with the sheer atrocities the Klan has committed. But they also directly struck at the clubs, declaring them to be little more than terror organizations, spitting upon a man's right to choose who they support. These men weren't worried about their women, after all, if they were then perhaps they would have noticed there was no growth in rapes in their areas? They could have asked their friends or even men in other cities, have they heard of any such increase? If they did happen then wouldn't other newspapers be mentioning them as well? No, they are simply men who want to be outraged and vent their frustrations, and this is their excuse to do so. To force others to join the club against their will as well, that is treads against the sacrosanct rights of Americans. No American man shall be forced to join any organization aside from the military in times of war, especially not under duress of death or being forced off his land! Any headquarters where men were forced to join will not be allowed to stand, as those organizations are breaking the law they will shuttered and any more such forced recruitments will be stopped from this day hence. With both the backing of the federal and state governments.

While these union movements will be decried as simple hogwash, America's economy has been booming for the last two years. There has never been so many jobs as there are now! As well, to think that proud men need help to find a job, does that not damage their pride? That they can't *compete* against another race without crying for help? To need a special organization to hand out jobs to them as if they're children, where is their pride in their work? Are they simply unwilling to do the hard work their ancestors did to make the country the way it is today?

As for the KKK? They were monsters in human flesh and there would be no more mercy, any that resist arrest will be shot. Every member of the KKK will now have a large bounty placed on them that will be paid if the hunter can provide evidence of their membership to the government. However, the government is also willing to provide clemency to those members who come forward and forswore their previous loyalty to the organization. No crimes will be pressed against the member, but if they are found to have lied and remained part of the organization after taking the clemency then they will be charged with nothing short of treason and with it the death penalty.

One might wonder what the president is doing at this time? It's simple, he's going on the warpath alongside his new protection detail. From one end of the country, barring blatantly kkk and extremist-held cities, he is making speeches decrying these fools. Equal measures chastising them that they could be better, verbally battering the kkk and extremists as un-American and monsters, and calling for a calm in the fighting and that "Good men should return to their senses and seek peace, we are a democracy for a reason. One must fight with their vote, not their fists!". Essentially Chester is playing a mixture of disappointed father and moral arbiter, trying to use honey compared to the violence of the law enforcement and ruthlessness of the parties.

Resolution: Critical Success

In the first half of 1884, the United States government, led by President Chester A. Arthur, mounted an aggressive campaign against the Ku Klux Klan (KKK) and the emerging White Party. This period saw an intense battle between the forces of law and order and those who sought to spread racial hatred and violence.

As the year began, the mood within the KKK was one of defiance. They had weathered storms before and believed they could outlast this one too. However, President Arthur's decisive actions and the unity of Republicans and Democrats against extremism quickly began to turn the tide. The government's offer of clemency to any Klan member willing to renounce their ties and come forward was a masterstroke. By January's end, a significant number of Klan members, fearing the prospect of being charged with treason, chose to accept the offer. This wave of defections was a heavy blow, eroding the trust and camaraderie that had once bound the Klan together.

February saw the government intensifying its crackdown. Armed with information from former Klan members and comprehensive surveillance, the FBI conducted raids on Klan hideouts and meetings of the White Party. These operations were highly effective, leading to the capture of key leaders and the seizure of documents, weapons, and other materials. The raids not only disrupted the organizations' activities but also exposed the extent of their planning and the horrors they had perpetrated. The public was shocked by the revelations, and support for the government's actions grew.

Spring brought a shift in strategy. Alongside continuing legal actions against individual members of the KKK and White Party, there was a concerted effort to counter the ideologies fueling racial hatred. Educational programs and public outreach sought to challenge the myths and lies that had been spread by these groups. This was a battle for hearts and minds, aiming to rebuild the social fabric that the Klan and White Party had sought to tear apart. Political leaders, community activists, and religious figures all joined in this effort, advocating for unity and understanding.

By April, the landscape had shifted dramatically. The White Party, attempting to shed its association with the Klan's tarnished brand, floundered. Its efforts to reformulate its message were met with widespread disdain, and internal divisions further weakened the group. The Klan, meanwhile, found itself increasingly marginalized. Many of its remaining members were either in hiding or under arrest, and its ability to operate openly was severely curtailed.

May and June saw the culmination of the government's campaign. The remnants of the KKK and White Party either disbanded under the pressure or retreated so far from the public eye as to become irrelevant. Public gatherings, once the scene of racial intimidation and violence, transformed into celebrations of community and progress. It was a clear signal that the American public rejected the hatred these groups stood for.

The first half of 1884 marked a turning point. The concerted efforts of the government, law enforcement, and the community at large had succeeded in dismantling the Klan and crippling the White Party. While the struggle to heal the divisions within American society was far from over, the events of these months laid the groundwork for a future in which racial hatred would find no quarter. This was not just a victory for the government but a statement by the American people about the kind of nation they wished to be.

KKK Holdout Resolution: Critical Failure

January kicked off with whispers of unease. I remember sitting in a dingy backroom, the air thick with tobacco smoke and apprehension. We'd all heard about President Arthur's offers, a way out for those of us willing to turn our backs on the cause. Some of the boys started disappearing, not showing up to meetings. Turncoats, we called them, but in quieter moments, I wondered if they were the smarter ones. The noose was tightening, and the feds were getting bolder by the day.

February brought the raids. I'll never forget the night they came for us, bursting through the door like a tempest. We thought we were hidden, safe in the shadows, but they found us all the same. I watched as men I'd stood beside for years were dragged away in handcuffs, their eyes wide with fear. The feds had a list, names of everyone involved. It was clear then, we were betrayed from the inside. The evidence they gathered was damning, not just the weapons but the documents, plans for attacks we'd dreamed up in what now seemed like another lifetime.

Spring was a time of reckoning. Courtrooms became battlegrounds, but we were on the losing side. Every day brought news of another conviction, another brother sentenced to years behind bars. Public opinion turned against us, fueled by the horrors the feds unearthed in their raids. The propaganda that once rallied us now seemed like the ramblings of madmen as the country rallied against us.

By April, the White Party was fracturing, its leaders caught in a web of their own lies. They tried to shift the narrative, distance themselves from the violence, but the brand was toxic. Meetings that once drew hundreds dwindled to dozens. The unity we prided ourselves on, the brotherhood, it was disintegrating under the weight of fear and suspicion.

May and June were the death throes. The government's pressure was relentless. Those of us left were forced underground, our operations halted by a lack of numbers and resources. The public demonstrations, once a show of our strength, now only drew counter-protests, a sea of faces united against us. We became pariahs, hunted and hated.

As I sit here, behind bars, recounting these days, the world outside has moved on. The streets are quiet, the night no longer ours. The cause we fought for, the future we envisioned, it's been crushed under the boot of a government that refused to blink. We thought we were fighting for the soul of the country, but in the end, we were just fighting shadows, and the cost... the cost was everything.

Contained The Violence
United States' Stability Increases by 7.46% from 59.15% to 66.61%

Closed the Supremacist Clubs
United States' Stability Increases by 8.23% from 66.61% to 74.84%

Shut Down the White Man's Party
United States' Stability Increases by 4.33% from 74.84% to 79.1%

Social Reforms
Social Reform Efforts Are Unlocked
Order 2: Country Order

Allocated Resources: 4 EP, 10 CP

Ground
  • Recruit & Train 4 Tractor Brigades
  • Reorganize the Infantry
Naval
  • 8x Frigates
Aerial
  • Upgrade all airship propellers to improved
  • Upgrade fortress engines to Illuminated gas engines
  • Upgrade shark-class engines to oil
  • Upgrade mouse and dagger class to oil engines

Military deployment

Each army is reinforced by 2 infantry brigades, 1 artillery brigade, and 1 Yankee brigade. Each attached Aerial fleet is reinforced by two dagger class airships, 1 Aerial Fortress Class, and 1 Shark class. While all destroyed mouse-classes have been replaced.

The Gulf Fleet will also be moving to reinforce the blockade of rebel ports.

Resolution: Auto Success

Military Redeployment
The Deployed Forces will arrive on the Mexican Front on February 31st, 1884
Order 3: Country Order

Allocated Resources: 1 EP

New Carthage

The Navy, and the new Aerial Guard, are the first and strongest defense for the United States and they deserve a base worthy of that station. In the bay of Norfolk, a shipyard/naval base will be constructed along the lines of the famed Cothon of Carthage, but in a far grander form. The natural walls of earth protecting the bay will be reinforced with a truly impressive sea wall while in the center of the bay the base's central defensive structure and port HQ will be placed. A fortress meant to fire over the seawall, guide ships through the port, and withstand even the hardiest of assaults.

While all along the bay's interior a truly massive project to construct both a port and shipyard will begin, greater than any seen in the modern era. Built not just for ships of mortal materials, but those of metal more magic than any so-called magician. The port is planned to make use of the great amount of surface area held there, with large stretches of the coastal land holding either docks, shipyards, or the supporting structures such as port required to function. While the James River would be used to transport resources from further inland both during normal operations and during any attacks Norfolk might ever face.

But a construction as large as this is not just built for a single purpose, but also as a symbol. This a message to the people of the south, both politicians and citizens. To those worried about finding a job, it's a symbol of the investment the federal government is capable and willing to make, creating jobs in mass. While politicians in Virginia would reap massive amounts of support from their voting base by "winning" the base being placed there, showing how other southern politicians might benefit from similar federal projects. While to those who think themselves capable of fighting the federal government? It's a reminder of the power that crushed the South at its height, and that they were there to stay. In summary, this was a gauntlet hidden beneath a glove of velvet.

Resolution: Critical Success

In the initial six months of 1884, the United States embarked on a colossal and strategically pivotal construction project, the creation of New Carthage, in the Norfolk bay area. This endeavor was not just about fortifying the nation's naval capabilities but also symbolized a profound commitment to economic rejuvenation and federal presence in the post-Civil War South. The project unfolded across several fronts:

The construction of New Carthage's sea wall was a monumental task, requiring the mobilization of vast resources and labor. Engineers faced the challenge of creating a barrier robust enough to withstand both the forces of nature and potential military assaults. The design called for a wall rising 40 feet above the water, extending 20 feet below to prevent underwater breaches, spanning the bay's entire perimeter, approximately 5 miles in length.

The first phase involved laying a foundation deep underwater, for which specialized diving teams placed enormous stone blocks, each weighing between 15 to 20 tons. These were quarried from the Appalachian Mountains and transported by rail, a logistical feat that necessitated the construction of temporary rail lines extending to the quarry sites. By June, under .5 miles of the sea wall foundation had been laid, accounting for 10% of the planned perimeter, at a cost of approximately $5 million, a significant portion of the project's budget.

The centerpiece of New Carthage, the central fortress, was designed as the operational brain of the naval base, equipped to oversee maritime traffic, coordinate defense operations, and withstand sieges. Groundbreaking for the fortress began in March, with foundations dug to a depth of 30 feet to ensure stability for the massive structure envisaged. The fortress was to feature walls up to 12 feet thick, made from reinforced concrete and armored with steel plates for added protection.

Construction teams utilized cutting-edge cement mixing techniques, enhancing the material's durability and resistance to saltwater corrosion. The fortress's strategic design included placements for the latest artillery pieces, capable of firing shells over 12 miles, thus covering the entrance to the bay and beyond. The installation of electric searchlights and an integrated fire control system was planned, mirroring the advancements seen in the Norfolk Line fortifications.

In addition to the Central Fortress, the port was protected by the Norfolk Line and the Hill Forts.

The Norfolk Line, consisting of Fort Willoughby and Fort Bayville, was located on the coast side of the Harbour, and was designed to protect against attacks from the sea.

The center of each fort of the Norfolk line consists of a central tower with three bastions to its north-west, north-east and south, approximately 52 meters (171 ft) across. A wall with gun positions links the three bastions, and is backed by a series of additional walls and chambers to produce a deeper structure. The central castle forms the entrance to the rest of the fortification and is accessed through a reinforced gateway.

The twelve-sided central tower, or keep, is approximately 20 meters (66 ft) across; it has two storeys and a basement. The inside of the tower is circular, with a spiral staircase running up through a central pillar. The ground floor and first floor rooms are subdivided to form living quarters for the garrison. Both have eight embrasure windows, suitable for holding lighter weaponry; the first-floor room was sufficiently elevated to fire out over the external walls. The roof has several gun positions and is topped by a look-out tower. The keep itself is linked by three bridges to the outer bastions.

The two-storied north-west bastion protects the castle against attack along the spit from the mainland, and houses the castle's portcullis as well as providing accommodation for the garrison. It had three levels of gun positions on its ground floor, first floor, and roof, which can house heavier weapons and shelter riflemen. The bastion links to an external caponier, a covered walkway with rifle loops for close defense. The north-east and south-east bastions are only one storey tall, holding two levels of gun positions on the ground floor and roofs, both built to support heavier guns.

The West and East Wings of the Norfolk line forts are built from brick and stone. They hold a line of gun positions, each designed to hold a heavy gun and a crew of up to 12 men. The positions were protected by granite-fronted casemates and wrought-iron shields, and, with removable window screens, doubled as living accommodation for the crews. Small magazines are positioned behind the lines of the casemates.
The West Wing is approximately 215 meters (705 ft) long, and has 37 heavy gun positions and two main magazines, along with various auxiliary buildings, including canteens, stores and detention facilities. It also has two of the castle's lighthouses. The west wing roof has emplacements for 12- and 6-pounder (5.4 and 2.7 kg) quick-firing guns, and associated directing positions.

The East Wing is approximately 150 meters (490 ft) long, with 24 heavy gun positions and two main magazines; on the roof is the gun directing position. It is reached through a gateway in the north-east bastion. Just beyond the East Wing are three 6-pounder quick-firing gun emplacements which are fed ammunition from the wing through a hole in the outer wall.

Each of the Norfolk line forts maintained controlled minefields which were laid in the approaches to the harbor. These mines could be detonated remotely from the shore-based control stations if an enemy vessel was detected attempting to breach the port defenses.

While the Norfolk line forts were coastal emplacements designed to defend against sea vessels, the Norfolk Hill Forts (Fort Lawson, Fort Aragona, and Fort Thoroughgood) were situated on the high ground overlooking Norfolk and primarily designed to prevent enemy forces from establishing inland artillery positions that could bombard the naval base and dockyards.

However, due to their positions, the Norfolk hill forts could also interdict sea traffic in addition to their primary goal of defending the ports from enemy troops attacking from further inland. From its position on an elevated position, between 17-28-feet (8.5 m) higher than the naval base, it was positioned with a clear view of fire and was ably suited to guarding both the land and sea approaches to Norfolk.

Each fort was 185 feet (56 m) long with sides of 60 and 80 feet (18 and 24 m). The fort mounted several 160 mm Parrott rifles and one 380 mm gun, one of the largest guns in the world at that time. The guns were supplied by two adjacent powder magazines, and the battery complex included a hospital, barracks, mess hall, and prison. It was garrisoned by 6 commissioned officers, 1 ordnance sergeant, and 256 men.

The layout of the port and shipyard was also meticulously planned to maximize efficiency and capacity. The design accommodated dry docks capable of servicing the Navy's largest battleships, alongside expanded slipways for building new vessels. The initial groundwork focused on stabilizing the bay's shoreline, requiring the movement of millions of cubic yards of earth and the construction of breakwaters to protect the area from storms.

Dredging operations were initiated to deepen the bay, ensuring access for heavy naval and commercial traffic. By leveraging steam-powered dredges, crews were able to remove approximately 50,000 cubic yards of sediment per month, making the waterways navigable for the largest ships of the time. The construction of the first dry dock commenced, designed to be 500 feet in length and 150 feet in width, capable of accommodating a new generation of ironclad warships.

The New Carthage project was a boon for the local and regional economy, creating over 10,000 jobs in construction, engineering, and related sectors. This influx of employment opportunities breathed new life into the post-war Southern economy, providing a significant boost to local businesses and communities.

The project also served as a potent symbol of federal strength and commitment to the South's recovery and integration into the Union. It sent a clear message to any remaining dissenters about the futility of opposing federal authority, while simultaneously demonstrating the government's willingness to invest in the region's future prosperity.

With a projected completion timeline of between 4-5 years, the New Carthage initiative was poised to transform the Norfolk bay into a fortress of maritime might and an icon of American resilience and innovation. By the end of June 1884, with substantial progress made on several fronts, the project was on course to meet its ambitious goals, setting the stage for a new chapter in the United States' naval and economic history.

National Event:

The Norfolk Aerodrome

The Norfolk Aerodrome, prior to its development, was characterized by an expansive stretch of flat, undeveloped agricultural land. This terrain, while visually beautiful, held no infrastructure whatsoever that was necessary for aviation purposes; it lacked barracks for accommodation, hangars for airship storage, buildings for administrative operations, or classroom facilities for educational purposes. The transition from this undeveloped state to a fully operational aerodrome was a monumental task that required significant planning, resources, and manpower.

In order to transform this vast expanse of flat fields into a functioning aerodrome, the United States government committed a substantial workforce and a variety of construction materials and tools. Specifically, it deployed over 2,000 workers to the site, who were equipped with all the necessary construction implements, including hammers, nails, saws, and other essential tools. Moreover, the project also included the installation of a narrow-gauge railroad system. This railroad served as a logistical solution for the construction phase but also as a critical component of the aerodrome's infrastructure, facilitating the efficient transport of materials, equipment, and personnel across the site.

The construction of the Norfolk Aerodrome, despite the anticipated difficulties, was on pace to be completed with remarkable speed, and slated to be fully operational by the fall of 1884.

From a financial perspective, the establishment of the Norfolk Aerodrome represented a significant investment by the federal government. The initial cost to bring the aerodrome to operational status was estimated to be nearly $800,000. Despite the substantial financial outlay required, the proposal to establish the aerodrome was ultimately approved by the federal government, albeit with some reluctance.

Air Instructional Center (AIC)

The Air Instructional Center (AIC) at Norfolk was initially conceptualized as a "refresher course" designed for American airship crews. These crews, having completed their initial training within the United States on naval vessels, while able to operate the airships, were not deft hands at it. The transition from naval vessels to airships represented a significant shift in operational dynamics, necessitating a brief yet intensive period of retraining. The primary goal of this refresher course was to equip these crews with the knowledge and skills required to operate airships effectively. This involved acquainting them with the latest tactics and understanding the fundamental differences between handling naval vessels and maneuvering cavorite airships, which utilized "cavorite" to achieve flight.

Cavorite airships, being distinct from traditional naval vessels in terms of design, aerodynamics, and operational requirements, though similar in their innerworkings, demanded a unique set of skills and knowledge. Pilots and crew members needed to adapt to the three-dimensional movement possibilities, the sensitivity to weather and atmospheric conditions, and the strategic implications of airship deployment in combat scenarios. The transition training aimed at bridging these knowledge gaps, ensuring that the crews were well-prepared to harness the full potential of airship technology in various military operations.

As the strategic importance of Norfolk as a military hub grew, so did the scope and vision of the AIC. Recognizing the critical role of airship technology in modern warfare and the necessity for a thoroughly trained airship crew, the United States government decided to expand the AIC's mandate. Rather than serving as merely a brief refresher course, the AIC was transformed into a comprehensive educational institution. This expansion meant that the AIC would offer a full-fledged education program, encompassing a wide array of courses designed to cover every aspect of airship technology and operations.

This enhanced educational program included detailed coursework on cavorite technology, airship navigation, meteorology, aerial combat tactics, reconnaissance mission planning, and emergency response protocols. Additionally, it provided simulation-based training and real-world flight experience, ensuring that the crew members were not only theoretically knowledgeable but also practically proficient in operating airships under various conditions.

Aerodrome Staffing

At its inception, the staffing structure of the airship instruction school was heavily reliant on expertise from the United States Navy. This reliance was not incidental but necessitated by a significant gap in the United States' pool of experienced airship personnel. The country faced a distinct lack of seasoned airship crewmen who could spearhead an airship training program. As a result, the school adopted steam launches as its primary training vessels, and saw navy personnel take on roles as instructors, a choice that naturally led to the adoption of the naval system of instruction, methodologies, and protocols.

During this period, the availability of American airship crewmen with combat experience and substantial flying time was exceedingly scarce. This scarcity was further exacerbated by the operational demands placed on such individuals. A notable portion of these experienced crewmen was actively engaged in operations in Mexico, providing aerial support to U.S. troops stationed there. Additionally, the recently concluded conflict with the Russians in the Qing Empire had claimed the lives of several competent American airship crewmen, further depleting the already limited reservoir of experienced personnel.

Given the choice between continuing their service at the frontline or transitioning to instructional roles at the Air Instructional Center (AIC), many of these experienced crewmen opted to remain with their combat units. The allure of active service, coupled with the sense of duty towards ongoing military engagements, outweighed the prospect of taking up teaching positions, despite the critical need for their expertise in the nascent training program.

The staffing strategy, however, was projected to undergo a gradual evolution over the next few years. It was anticipated that as more American airship crewmen accrued combat experience and as the inaugural cohorts of AIC graduates emerged, a shift in the instructional staff's composition would occur. These new instructors, drawn from frontline units and the ranks of AIC alumni, were expected to infuse the program with a blend of practical combat experience and the latest tactical knowledge. This infusion of fresh expertise was seen as essential for the program's maturation and its ability to adapt to the evolving demands of airship warfare.

Despite these anticipated changes in staffing, the core structure and philosophy of the training program at Norfolk were expected to maintain a strong resemblance to the naval instructional system. This continuity was likely due to the foundational role that naval procedures, discipline, and methodologies played in the program's inception. Moreover, the logistical and operational parallels between naval and airship operations lent a degree of efficacy and relevance to the naval system of instruction that would continue to be valuable, even as the program evolved.

Aerodrome Training

At the Norfolk Aerodrome, the training infrastructure is meticulously organized into several distinct fields, each designed to facilitate a specific phase of airship training. This structured approach ensures that students receive a comprehensive education, starting from the basics of airship operation to advanced combat techniques, all tailored to progressively enhance their skills and readiness for combat situations.

Main Aerodrome Complex
  • Field 1 (Initial Field): This area serves as the foundation of the student's journey, where primary classroom instruction takes place. Here, students are introduced to the principles of cavorite utilization, the fictional anti-gravity substance that powers their airships. It's where students first learn about the physics and mechanics that enable airship flight.
  • Field 2 (Main Field): The Main Field is where students experience their first flight under dual-control instruction. This phase is critical, allowing students to apply theoretical knowledge in a controlled, real-world setting, thereby gaining initial practical experience in airship piloting.
  • Field 3: Dedicated to the fundamentals of airship operation, Field 3 focuses on taxiing, taking off, and landing. Mastery of these skills is essential for safe airship navigation and operation under various conditions.

The main aerodrome also serves a dual purpose as the delivery point for new airships and as the major hangar repair field. It's where testing of repaired or rebuilt airships is conducted, ensuring airworthiness before they rejoin the active fleet.

Basic Flight Training
  • Field 4: This stage introduces instructorless flying, cross-country navigation, and basic aerobatics. It's designed to instill confidence in solo navigation and to familiarize students with handling the airship in more complex flight patterns.
  • Field 5: Formation flying training takes place here, teaching students the critical skills of maintaining formation, understanding spatial positioning, and cooperating within a flight group.
  • Field 6 (Aerobatic Field): Students advance to learning and executing advanced maneuvers, further developing their piloting finesse and agility in the air.

Advanced Flight Training
  • Field 7: Dedicated to aerial combat training, this field is where students learn the tactics and strategies of air combat, simulating real battle conditions to prepare for actual combat scenarios.
  • Field 8 (Graduate Field): Marks the beginning of specialization. Depending on their aptitude and interests, graduates proceed to further specialized training in observation, pursuit, or aerial battle tactics.
    • Observation Crew Training (Field 9): Focuses on training pilots for reconnaissance missions, using Cumulus-Class Launch and Dagger-Class Escort airships designed for observation and escort roles.
    • Pursuit Pilot Training (Field 10): Specializes in aggressive flying techniques using Mouse-Class X-Disk airships, preparing pilots for interception and pursuit missions.
    • Aerial Battle Training (Field 11): Here, students undergo intensive machine gun and aerial gunnery training, utilizing Shark-Class Cennet Şahin and State-Class Independence Fort airships, honing their skills in airbourne firepower and combat.

This progressive, field-based approach to training at the Norfolk Aerodrome ensures that students are not only equipped with the theoretical knowledge and technical skills required for airship operation but are also thoroughly prepared for the tactical and practical challenges of aerial combat.

AIC Graduation

When the inaugural class graduates from the training program at Norfolk Aerodrome, they will emerge as some of the most proficient and comprehensively trained airship pilots of their era. The curriculum at Norfolk is meticulously designed to provide a deep dive into both the theoretical and practical aspects of airship operation, ensuring that graduates possess a level of expertise that sets a new standard in the field.

The journey to graduation is rigorous and demanding. On average, an American airship crew member dedicates approximately 900 hours to the foundational training programs offered at Norfolk. This extensive training encompasses a broad range of skills, from basic flight mechanics to advanced navigation and operational tactics. However, the training doesn't stop there.

Upon completing the initial phase, students then move on to specialized training programs focused on observation, pursuit, or aerial gunnery. This next phase of their education adds at least another 100 hours of specialized instruction, bringing the total to over 1,000 hours of dedicated training. This specialized training is critical, as it allows crew members to refine their skills in specific areas of airship operation, making them not just pilots, but experts in their chosen field.

To put this in perspective, the amount of training that Norfolk graduates receive is nearly triple that of their predecessors who had combat experience from earlier conflicts such as the Russo-German and Pacific War. Those combat veterans, while seasoned and experienced, typically amassed less than 233 to 250 hours of flying time in combat scenarios. While valuable, this experience doesn't match the depth and breadth of training offered at Norfolk, which combines both theoretical knowledge and practical skills in a comprehensive curriculum.

This stark contrast in training hours highlights the advanced level of preparedness that Norfolk graduates possess. Not only does this extensive training ensure that they are adept in the technical and tactical aspects of airship operation, but it also significantly enhances their situational awareness, decision-making capabilities, and overall effectiveness in combat scenarios.

The Norfolk Aerodrome's commitment to providing such a comprehensive training program reflects the United States' dedication to maintaining a formidable airship fleet, manned by the most proficient pilots. As these well-trained graduates enter into service, they carry with them not just the skills and knowledge acquired through hours of rigorous training but also the honor of being among the best-prepared pilots of their time, ready to excel in whatever missions or challenges they may face in the future.

Sea Wall Under Construction
The Sea Wall will finish construction in 4 1/2 years (9 Turns) unless additional Country Orders and EP are spent

Norfolk Line Under Construction
The Norfolk Line will finish construction in 1 1/2 years (3 Turns) unless additional Country Orders and EP are spent

Hill Forts Under Construction
The Hill Forts will finish construction in 1 1/2 years (3 Turns) unless additional Country Orders and EP are spent

Dredging in Progress
The Dredging crews will finish construction in 5 years (10 Turns) unless additional Country Orders and EP are spent

Drydocks Under Construction
The Drydocks will finish construction in 1 1/2 years (3 Turns) unless additional Country Orders and EP are spent

Closed for Entry
The Norfolk Port will remain closed until the Drydocks and Norfolk Line are completed and the United States of America's ER decreases by 2

Mass Hirings
United States of America's ER increases by 1

The First Graduating Class
The first graduating class from the AIC will staff airships in June 1887

Integrity First, Service before self, Excellence in all we do (Permanent)
The United States has a 4% bonus in Airship Combat starting June 1887
Order 4: Research Order

Allocated Resources: 1 EP

Work on Smokeless Powder

By combining our previous research with the newly bought research from Germany it is thought that we could come up with a superior product, one without the defects of either original recipe. If so then the various arms companies within America can be approached to create a new standard firearm for the US military, something to replace the old rifles that would become obsolete with this new powder.

Resolution: Slight Success

In the span from January to June 30th, 1884, the United States embarked on a comprehensive mission to pioneer a breakthrough in smokeless powder technology, drawing upon the foundation of prior research and a strategic acquisition of knowledge from Germany. This period marked an intense phase of innovation, aimed at overcoming the specific challenges inherent in both the American and German precursor formulas.

The endeavor began with a detailed analysis of the German research, which, despite its groundbreaking nature, revealed a crucial shortfall in the energy output of their smokeless powder. This deficiency, as noted, translated into a lower ballistic performance, particularly highlighted by the 7.5mm M83 Cartridge's reduced muzzle velocity of 620 to 650 feet per second—a figure significantly lagging behind the capabilities of contemporary munitions.

American scientists, bolstered by a combined budget allocation nearing $500,000—a substantial investment reflecting the project's strategic importance—set out to address these shortcomings. The primary objective was to enhance the powder's formulation to achieve a higher nitrogen content in the nitrocellulose base, thereby increasing the explosive energy without compromising the chemical stability or safety during storage and handling.

The research and development phase was characterized by an iterative process of formulation, testing, and refinement. By introducing varying degrees of nitroglycerin into the nitrocellulose base, along with stabilizers to prevent decomposition, the team sought to strike a balance between power and safety. The experimental batches were subject to rigorous testing, including thermal stability assessments, where samples were exposed to temperatures ranging from -20°F to 120°F, and mechanical sensitivity tests involving impact and friction assessments.

To ensure the practical applicability of the new smokeless powder, the United States initiated a close collaboration with firearms manufacturers. This partnership facilitated the integration of the powder into existing firearms designs, ensuring that the ammunition powered by the new formulation would be compatible across a wide range of military arms. Firearms manufacturers were tasked with testing the powder in various cartridge configurations, with a focus on optimizing the 7.5mm M83 Cartridge to harness the improved performance of the new smokeless powder.

By the end of June 1884, the exhaustive cycle of experimentation had borne fruit. The optimized smokeless powder variant demonstrated an energy output surpassing that of the original German formulation by approximately 15%, leading to a significant increase in muzzle velocity. In tests with the enhanced 7.5mm M83 Cartridges, muzzle velocities now ranged from 750 to 780 feet per second—a substantial boost that promised improved range, accuracy, and stopping power.

The concerted efforts from January to June 30th, 1884, culminated in a significant leap forward for the United States in the field of munitions technology. Through a blend of innovative chemistry, strategic collaboration, and rigorous testing, the project not only overcame the limitations of the existing German smokeless powder but also set a new benchmark for performance in United States military ammunition.

Nitrocellulose Enhanced Propulsion Compound 1884 (NEPC-1884)
How Will the World Change With the Development of Smokeless Powder?
Order 5: Research Order

Allocated Resources: 1 EP, 14 CP

The Space Race

Space, in the end space appears to be the future. Because of this America believes that the best way to show the world that PAL is equal to any European alliance would be to show that they can reach this new frontier just as well as the Europeans. So to support this they are willing to supply both the blueprints for the Aether cutter and a supply of cavorite, to create a superior vessel to more permanently establish a presence in space.

Resolution: Slight Failure

In the feverish six months from January to June 30th, 1884, the United States and Pan-American League, driven by a mix of national pride and the competitive spirit of the burgeoning space race, embarked on an ambitious project to establish a more permanent presence in space. The endeavor, while audacious, unfolded amid high stakes and led to outcomes that were both groundbreaking and tragic.

The project was initiated in response to international efforts to reach space, with the United States aiming to demonstrate its technological prowess and strategic capabilities. The government, collaborating with private entities, provided the blueprints for an advanced spacecraft, dubbed the "Aether Cutter II," and a supply of the precious cavorite, essential for overcoming Earth's gravitational pull.

The design phase was marred by a rush to completion and an underestimation of the technical challenges involved in creating a spacecraft capable of sustained space travel. The Aether Cutter II was envisioned as a vessel not just for breaching the atmosphere but for establishing the United States' dominance in space exploration. This ambition pushed the team to opt for a design that was cutting-edge yet untested, incorporating novel propulsion systems and life-support mechanisms to sustain a crew beyond the Kármán line.

Despite warnings from American engineers and scientists about the need for more thorough testing and refinement of the craft's systems, political and public pressure by the nations of the Pan-American League expedited the construction. By late spring, the Aether Cutter II was assembled—a marvel of engineering, yet a beacon of the monumental risks being taken.

Mitigating Roll: Critical Failure

The launch, scheduled for late June, was a spectacle witnessed by thousands, with millions more tuning in via telegraph reports. The initial stages of the launch appeared successful; the cavorite shutters and hydrogen peroxide propulsion system lifted the Aether Cutter II, carrying its brave crew towards the heavens.

However, as the craft ascended, it became evident that critical systems were failing. The propulsion system, which had been redesigned to allow for extended range, suffered a critical failure and could not maintain the necessary thrust and stability. Additionally, a leak in the organic solvents tank, which was damaged under the strain of space's harsh conditions caused an external explosion which damaged the cavorite shutters rendering them ineffective.

The culmination of these failures was catastrophic. Unable to sustain its trajectory or ensure the safety of its crew, the Aether Cutter II suffered a critical malfunction. The craft, losing altitude rapidly, re-entered the Earth's atmosphere at a dangerously high velocity and angle, leading to its disintegration.


The incident resulted in the loss of the entire crew, marking a somber moment in the Pan-American Leagues' quest for space exploration. The wreckage of the Aether Cutter II was scattered across the Pacific Ocean, serving as a grim reminder of the perils associated with reaching beyond our world.

The fallout from the failed mission was profound. Investigations revealed that the rush to launch, coupled with an inadequate understanding of the technical complexities involved in space travel, were primary contributors to the disaster. This led to a reevaluation of the Pan-American Leagues' approach to space exploration, with calls for more rigorous testing, research, and international collaboration in future endeavors.

The tragedy also sparked a national conversation about the risks and rewards of space exploration, with many advocating for a more cautious and scientifically grounded approach. Despite the setback, the dream of establishing a permanent presence in space remained alive, tempered by the hard lessons learned from the ambitious yet ill-fated Aether Cutter II project.

As the Pan-American League mourns the loss of their intrepid scientist, the incident has served as a pivotal moment in the space race, one that underscored the need for humility, perseverance, and respect for the vast unknowns of the final frontier.

Aether Cutter II
The Aether Cutter II has been Destroyed

Loss of Experienced Crewman (Indefinite)
Decreased chance of success in developing Aether cutter's until a successful launch

Widely Reported Catastrophe
United States' Stability Increases by 9.55% from 79.17% to 69.62%
Order 6: Political Order

Allocated Resources: 1 EP

Found the Secret Service

What was once seen as an awful tragedy committed by a foul man, one so foolish as to hurt his own cause with his callous actions. Yet it has happened again, with the death of President Garfield by a deluded fool. Presidents were killed twice and now a rash of assassinations across the country has forced the presidents and Congress' hand. From this day forward the Secret Service shall have its duties added upon, now no longer do they just protect the sanctity of the nation's wealth but also the President. From the elite of this organization, made up of fine police officers and fearless soldiers, the best of the best from across the nation will find themselves guarding the symbol of Freedom in the New World. An elite guard sworn to protect the President of the United States.

Resolution: Success

In the wake of the tragic assassinations of Presidents Abraham Lincoln and James A. Garfield, the United States faced a stark realization: the protection of its President was not just a matter of personal security but a national imperative. Thus, from January to June 30th, 1884, the nation embarked on a critical mission to enhance the capabilities of the Secret Service, marking a pivotal shift in the agency's mandate and operational focus.

The urgency to act was compounded by a series of brazen assassination attempts that not only targeted political figures but also threatened the very fabric of American democracy. These events catalyzed Congress and the President into action, leading to a legislative and executive push to expand the Secret Service's responsibilities. Previously focused on combating counterfeiting, the agency was now charged with a solemn duty: the protection of the President of the United States.

The formation of the Presidential Protection Division within the Secret Service was announced with a clear directive—recruit and train an elite cadre capable of defending the nation's highest office against any threat. The recruitment drive was expansive, reaching into the ranks of law enforcement and the military to identify candidates with exemplary records. Over 200 applications were received in the first month alone, each subjected to a rigorous vetting process that assessed physical prowess, investigative skills, and psychological readiness.

By March 1884, the selected agents—numbering 50 in the inaugural class—began their training. The training regimen included 200 hours of marksmanship, mastering a variety of firearms to ensure precision under pressure. Close-quarters combat training emphasized disarmament techniques and the neutralization of threats without escalating violence. Simulations of attack scenarios, ranging from crowded public gatherings to confined spaces like state dinners, were conducted to hone the agents' instincts and reactions.

With the Presidential Protection Division operational, new protocols were swiftly implemented. These protocols, detailed in a 300-page manual, covered every aspect of presidential security, from travel logistics to emergency response plans. Advance teams, composed of 5 to 10 agents, were dispatched ahead of presidential visits to scrutinize venues, liaise with local authorities, and set up secure perimeters. A dedicated communications network was established to ensure seamless coordination between the protection detail and supporting law enforcement entities.

Recognizing the magnitude of the task, the Secret Service sought collaboration with other federal and state agencies. Agreements were forged with the FBI, local police departments, and the military, establishing a unified security apparatus. Intelligence sharing became routine, with the Secret Service receiving daily briefings on potential threats and ongoing investigations. This collaborative stance bolstered the protective measures, creating a multi-layered defense that was adaptable and robust.

As June 1884 drew to a close, the United States had not only the Secret Service but also laid the groundwork for a comprehensive approach to national security. The Presidential Protection Division, though in its infancy, represented a paradigm shift in how the nation viewed and responded to threats against its leaders.

The Presidential Protection Division
Behind every successful man is a great secret service

A Developed Playbook
Increased chance of success to thwart espionage acts against the Pan-American League for 2 turns.
Other Actions:

Exchange:
United States of America has exchanged 4 Cavorite for 2 EP with the Confederate States of Chinochina

Exchange:
United States of America has exchanged the Liberty Train blueprint for the Advanced Cavorite Production Process with the Austro-Hungarian Empire

Refined The Chemical Process
United States of America's Cavorite Factories now produce 12 Cavorite

GM Note: Players may only refine the cavorite production process successfully twice.

Built A Factory:
The United States of America has built Cavorite Factory in Boston, Massachusetts (5EP)

Biannual Payment 1/8
United States receives 2 EP from the Qing Empire




Republic of France (Citrakite)


Trade Deals:
1. Kingdom of Denmark
2. The Republic of Venezuela
Order 1: Country Order

Allocated Resources: Military Forces

Ground
  • 1x Vanguard Infantry Brigade (5000)
Naval
  • 2x Krups Floating Batteries
  • 3x Corvettes
  • 6x Torpedo boats
Aerial
  • 3x Poisson Rouge (Goldfish) Class Assault Launches
  • 2x Lancer-class 'Steam' Launches

Military deployment

With the distinct possibility of open warfare between the Ottomans and the Italians and the overall lackadaisical command and control of its forces in the Red Sea concerning the Regina Mediterranean incident, France will enhance its security of the Port Said and the canal by deploying additional troops and ships.

Resolution: Auto Success

Military Redeployment
The Deployed Forces will arrive in French-Egypt on February 31st, 1884
Order 1: Country Order

Allocated Resources: 1 EP

National Infrastructure Construction and Expansion (NICE) Act

France has revitalized its industry, overhauled its banking system, and expanded its rail service. However, to get to these stations and depots they have to travel on long ignored canals, rough paved and unpaved roads, several dating back in some sites to the Romans. A heart must have good vessels throughout to work and ours are old and decrepit.

  1. A comprehensive evaluation of the road system to identify the worst sections from economic and native use. A master document will be drawn showing where work needs to be done immediately for maximum return.
  2. Using the Ecole Polytechnique and Corp De Genie with civilian evacuation aid to grade, pave, and expand all major roads starting in the capital and using the red sheet (the assessment of roads from 2A) as a guideline.
  3. Parallel to this civic mass transit will receive a massive updating with extensions to the tramway and rail service. A factory doesn't run without workers. Their free and timely movement is the first part of production.
  4. Bridges and canals will widened as needed and expanded to form a more comprehensive network for travel and heavy freight around France.

Resolution: Success

From January to June 1884, the Republic of France set forth on an audacious journey to redefine its infrastructure landscape through the National Infrastructure Construction and Expansion (NICE) Act. This initiative, poised to unfold over several years, was a response to the dire state of the nation's transportation network, characterized by deteriorated canals and roads, some of which dated back to Roman times. The NICE Act symbolized a bold commitment not only to physical reconstruction but also to fortifying the economic and social foundations of France.

The initiative began with an exhaustive evaluation of the road system, led by the expertise of the École Polytechnique and the Corps de Génie, alongside civilian surveyors. This phase aimed to identify the most critical and economically essential roads for intervention. The result was a strategic master document that outlined priority areas, determining that 50,000 kilometers of roads required revitalization through a phased approach, emphasizing routes critical for economic activities and daily commuting.

This comprehensive assessment laid the groundwork for a detailed execution strategy. Utilizing the "red sheet," a detailed assessment from the comprehensive evaluation, efforts were concentrated on modernizing the road network to enhance transportation efficiency across France. By June 1884, notable progress was evident in the capital, with 2,500 kilometers of roads upgraded through advanced engineering techniques, such as macadamization. Despite this, the project had a long way to go, with over 47,500 kilometers of roads outside the capital awaiting refurbishment.

The NICE Act's ambitions also extended to the modernization and expansion of mass transit systems and rail services, vital for the mobility of urban populations and the movement of goods. The tramway network was earmarked for a 60% increase in coverage, adding 500 kilometers to the existing network. Furthermore, rail services were set to undergo a significant overhaul with the introduction of 1,000 kilometers of new track and the modernization of existing lines. By mid-1884, the completion of 100 kilometers of new rail lines marked the initial steps towards this goal.

The expansion and enhancement of bridges and canals were identified as critical for promoting the seamless flow of commerce and travel. The plan included widening 200 existing bridges and constructing 50 new ones, alongside expanding key canal routes to accommodate heavier freight volumes. Preliminary projects by June 1884 had seen the widening of 30 bridges and the start of expansions for major canals, indicating the commencement of efforts to create a more comprehensive and efficient transportation network.

The Republic of France's efforts through the NICE Act from January to June 1884 represented the initial steps of a transformative journey. While some projects within the capital reached completion, many aspects of this extensive initiative were in various stages of progress. The undertaking reflected a deep-seated commitment to not just modernize France's infrastructure but also to lay the foundations for a profound transformation of its societal and economic frameworks.

Still In Progress
The NICE Act will be completed in 3 years (6 turns)

Additional Tracks & Roads
Republic of France's ER increased by 3

Widespread Hirings
Republic of France's Stability Increases by 4.22% from 68.70% to 72.92%
Order 3: Research Order

Allocated Resources: 1 EP

Project Fantom

Cavorite properties outside of an applied charge are largely unknown. We find this unacceptable and will begin a series of experiments to determine any other properties it may have. Cavorite produces an anti-gravity effect when a current is run through it. Since force is just mass and acceleration, is it possible to reverse it? Apply force to it to produce an electrical current instead?

  1. Apply momentum and acceleration due to gravity to see if it will generate current. Ie. drop it down a long tube with a charged plate at the bottom. Repeat with a charged tube.
  2. Expose it to a rotating EM field similar to a stator in a dynamo and determine the effect, if any, cavorite produces.
  3. Expose it to alternating current.
  4. Apply pressure to see if it's piezoelectric.

Resolution: Success

From January to June 30th, 1884, the Republic of France embarked on an ambitious and highly classified research initiative dubbed "Project Fantom." This project was centered around the exploration of cavorite, a material known for its anti-gravity properties when an electric current is applied. The project's primary goal was to unearth additional properties of cavorite and to test its potential for generating an electrical current under various conditions.

Experiment 1: Momentum and Acceleration

The first series of experiments involved dropping cavorite down a long, vertically aligned tube, aiming to determine if momentum and acceleration due to gravity could induce the generation of electrical current. The tube was equipped with a charged plate at the bottom to detect any resultant current. This experiment was repeated with a tube that maintained a constant electrical charge along its length.

Results: The initial trials, utilizing the uncharged tube, showed minimal to no generation of current, suggesting that mere acceleration due to gravity was insufficient to induce electrical properties in cavorite. However, when the experiment was repeated with the charged tube, there was a slight indication of current generation, albeit at levels that were barely recordable.

Experiment 2: Rotating EM Field

In the second set of experiments, cavorite was exposed to a rotating electromagnetic field, mimicking the operation of a stator in a dynamo. This experiment aimed to assess whether the material could produce an electrical output when subjected to a dynamic magnetic environment.

Results: This experiment yielded the least promising outcomes. The rotating EM field failed to induce a measurable electrical current in the cavorite, suggesting that the material does not respond well to changing magnetic fields. The efficiency and output levels do not vary when exposed to differing speeds and strengths of the magnetic field.

Experiment 3: Alternating Current

The third experiment exposed cavorite to an alternating current (AC) to observe any resultant effects or changes in its properties. This test was designed to understand how cavorite interacts with electric fields that change direction at regular intervals.

Results: Cavorite exposed to AC showed an intriguing behavior; it exhibited a brief luminescence at specific frequencies, although this did not result in a significant generation of electricity. The luminescence phenomenon sparked interest in further research into potential optical applications of cavorite, beyond its electrical properties.

When Cavorite is subjected to a positive current, it exhibits the remarkable ability to diminish the gravitational influence on any object it's attached to. Conversely, applying a negative current to Cavorite intensifies gravity's effect on the object.

Experiment 4: Piezoelectric Test

Lastly, Project Fantom explored the possibility of cavorite being piezoelectric - that is, its ability to generate an electric charge in response to applied mechanical stress. This involved subjecting cavorite to various degrees of pressure to observe any electrical output.

Results: The piezoelectric tests indicated that cavorite does not exhibit significant piezoelectric properties under the conditions tested. While minor fluctuations in electrical potential were observed when pressure was applied, these were within the margin of error and did not conclusively demonstrate a piezoelectric effect.

By the end of June 1884, Project Fantom had provided valuable insights into the properties of cavorite, with the experiments revealing a complex interaction between the material and electromagnetic fields. The most significant discovery was cavorite's ability to increase the effect of gravity on an object when subjected to a negative current.

While the other experiments offered mixed results, they collectively opened new research pathways and deepened the understanding of cavorite's capabilities and limitations. The findings from Project Fantom marked a crucial step forward in the Republic of France's exploration of alternative energy sources and novel materials, setting the stage for future advancements in technology and industry.

Negative Current Exposure
Subjecting cavorite to a negative current amplifies gravity's pull on the object it is connected to.
Order 4: Research Order

Industrial scale Aluminum Production


Our prized ship is too heavy. To offset that we need the ship to be stronger but a full steel hull and frame is too heavy. Aluminum would be lighter and strong enough but is expensive because of the process. So we want a better process.

  • Attempt to recruit Paul Heroult.

Resolution: Slight Success

In the pivotal months from January to June 1884, the French Republic embarked on an ambitious endeavor to transcend its current technological limitations in aluminum production, targeting the advancement needed to revolutionize naval architecture and the broader industrial landscape. This period marked a concerted national effort to address a critical challenge: the construction of a state-of-the-art ship constrained by the prohibitive weight of traditional steel hulls and frames. Aluminum, with its favorable strength-to-weight ratio, emerged as the ideal material solution, yet its widespread adoption was hamstrung by the exorbitant cost of production, rooted in the inefficiencies of existing smelting techniques.

The cornerstone of France's strategy to overcome this obstacle was the recruitment of Paul Héroult, a young metallurgist whose innovative approach to aluminum smelting through electrolysis—later known to the world as the Héroult process—promised to dramatically reduce production costs. Recognizing the transformative potential of Héroult's work, French officials launched a strategic initiative to enlist him in their national project, emphasizing the dual benefits of enhancing national defense capabilities and catalyzing industrial growth.

The government's overtures to Héroult were meticulously planned, blending appeals to patriotism with the promise of substantial resources and support for his research. By February 1884, these efforts bore fruit, securing Héroult's commitment to lead the charge in refining his electrolytic smelting process for the mass production of aluminum.

With Héroult at the helm, France initiated the establishment of experimental aluminum production facilities, designed to optimize the Héroult process for industrial-scale output. The project's technical challenges were manifold, requiring not only the refinement of electrolytic cells for increased efficiency and output but also the development of solutions to reduce the substantial energy demands of the process.

The experimental phase saw the deployment of multiple prototypes of electrolysis cells, each iteration aiming to improve upon the electrical efficiency and reduce the consumption of raw materials. By April 1884, through relentless testing and modification, a significant breakthrough was achieved: a 20% reduction in energy consumption per kilogram of aluminum produced, compared to initial prototypes.

Despite these advancements, the project faced ongoing challenges in scaling up production. The availability and cost of raw materials—particularly bauxite, from which aluminum oxide is extracted—remained a critical concern. Efforts to secure more cost-effective sources of bauxite were initiated, involving negotiations with mining operations both within France and abroad.

By the end of June 1884, the experimental facilities had succeeded in producing aluminum at a cost reduction of approximately 30% from the start of the year. However, achieving the economies of scale necessary for the envisioned naval applications required further innovation and optimization. The project's engineers and scientists continued to work on enhancing the purity of the aluminum produced, as impurities significantly impacted the metal's strength and durability, critical factors for its use in shipbuilding.

The quest to revolutionize aluminum production and utilize it in the construction of a lighter, more maneuverable ship was emblematic of France's broader industrial ambitions. Through the strategic recruitment of Paul Héroult and the focused effort on technical and operational advancements, France laid the foundation for a significant leap forward in materials science and industrial manufacturing.

While substantial progress was made, the path to achieving industrial-scale production of aluminum at a cost that would make its use in naval construction feasible remained arduous, with much work to be done in the years that followed.

Further Aluminum Research Locked
Further research on scaling up aluminum production locked until a reliable bauxite source is secured

Recruiting a Metallurgist
Paul Héroult is available to lead other projects
Order 5:

Improved Oil Engine (Phase 1)

We have a lack of power in our proposed airship. We need lighter and more powerful engines to drive our sharks forward. A steam engine with the power we need would be massive making it infeasible so we will see if we can improve the Russian oil engine.

  • Phase 1 is increasing the horsepower and thermal efficiency of the existing engine by redesigning it.
  • Phase 2 will be reducing the size/weight for potential ground use.
  • The State will request Alphonse Beau de Rocha assist us in this endeavor.

Resolution: Failure

In the early months of 1884, the French Republic initiated a highly ambitious project aimed at overcoming a significant technological barrier in the advancement of airship mobility: the development of a lighter, more powerful engine. The project, spurred by the realization that conventional steam engines were too cumbersome for aerial navigation, sought to refine a Russian oil engine's design to meet the stringent requirements of airship propulsion. This initiative was divided into two distinct phases, with the first phase dedicated to increasing the engine's horsepower and thermal efficiency. The government enlisted the expertise of Alphonse Beau de Rochas, an engineer famed for his theoretical work on the four-stroke cycle, to spearhead this challenging endeavor.

The project's objective during the initial phase was clear-cut yet daunting: to engineer a substantial increase in the engine's power output while significantly improving its thermal efficiency. The team, under the guidance of Beau de Rochas, embarked on a meticulous examination of the Russian oil engine, identifying several areas for potential improvement. The redesign focused on optimizing the combustion process, aiming to achieve a higher compression ratio, which was pivotal for enhancing both power and efficiency.

Theoretical calculations suggested that elevating the compression ratio from the existing 4:1 to a more ambitious 8:1 could potentially double the engine's power output while also improving its fuel efficiency by approximately 30%. However, translating this theoretical enhancement into practical application presented a host of engineering challenges.

One of the most significant obstacles encountered was the increased thermal and mechanical stress on engine components induced by the higher compression ratio. This necessitated the development of more durable materials and design adjustments to withstand the augmented pressures and temperatures within the combustion chamber. Despite extensive experimentation with alloy compositions and cooling systems, the project struggled to find a viable solution that did not compromise the engine's weight or reliability.

The effort to refine the fuel injection system, aimed at achieving a more efficient and stable combustion process, further compounded the project's challenges. Variabilities in oil quality led to inconsistent combustion rates, exacerbating the difficulty of maintaining engine stability and efficiency. Moreover, the introduction of water cooling systems, while partially successful in managing engine temperatures, inadvertently increased the overall weight of the engine unit, contradicting the project's goal of reducing weight for airship application.

By the end of March 1884, it became evident that the ambitious goals set for the first phase of the project were unattainable within the technological and material constraints of the time. The attempt to significantly enhance the horsepower and thermal efficiency of the Russian oil engine had encountered insurmountable obstacles, leading to the initiative's failure to meet its initial benchmarks.

Mitigating Roll: Failure

In the months following the setbacks of early 1884, the Republic of France doubled down on its ambitious project to innovate airship propulsion through an improved oil engine. This period, stretching from March to June 1884, was characterized by a relentless pursuit of solutions to the daunting technical challenges that had thwarted the project's initial phase. Despite the dedication and expertise deployed, these continued efforts were marred by a series of obstacles that culminated in the project's further failure.

One of the primary focuses of this phase was the search for materials capable of enduring the extreme conditions generated by higher compression ratios. The team explored various alloys, conducting over 200 tests on materials ranging from steel composites infused with nickel to experimental alloys incorporating chromium for enhanced heat resistance. Despite achieving marginal improvements in material strength and thermal conductivity, none met all the criteria required for practical application in the engine design. The most promising alloy, which exhibited a 30% increase in thermal resistance over the standard material, proved to be exorbitantly expensive, costing five times more than the budget allocations allowed for materials procurement.

In parallel with material testing, significant effort was directed towards optimizing the engine's internal design. Modifications aimed at enhancing fuel efficiency and power output included the redesign of the combustion chamber to facilitate more efficient fuel-air mixing and the adjustment of the valve timing to improve intake and exhaust processes. However, these modifications introduced new complexities; for example, the redesigned combustion chamber increased the propensity for pre-detonation, leading to inconsistent engine performance and a 15% reduction in operational reliability during test runs.

Efforts to refine the fuel injection system, aimed at achieving more precise control over fuel delivery, encountered difficulties with the variability of oil viscosity, which affected the atomization process and, consequently, combustion efficiency. Despite the introduction of a dual-injection system designed to mitigate these effects, the solution proved only partially effective, improving combustion stability by a mere 10% under optimal conditions.

The project's theoretical foundation, heavily influenced by Beau de Rochas' principles, faced a stark reality check. The ambitious goal of doubling the engine's power output while simultaneously improving its thermal efficiency by 30% remained elusive. Calculations had predicted a potential increase in power output from 50 to 100 horsepower with the intended modifications. However, practical tests yielded a modest increase to only 60 horsepower, far below expectations and insufficient for the demands of airship propulsion.

The disconnect between theoretical modeling and practical application became increasingly apparent. Advanced simulations and calculations had not accounted for the myriad of real-world variables that significantly impacted engine performance. This gap highlighted the limitations of the current engineering methodologies and the need for a more iterative, experimental approach to engine design.

By the end of June 1884, the continuation of the oil engine improvement project had failed to meet its ambitious objectives. The technological, material, and conceptual challenges proved insurmountable within the scope and timeline of the initiative.

The project's inability to achieve its Phase 1 objectives was a result of several critical underestimations, including the complexity of reengineering an existing engine design to such a significant extent, the limitations of contemporary materials science in supporting the required modifications, and the practical challenges of aligning theoretical advancements with real-world engineering capabilities.

Increased Chance of Success (2 Turns)
We believe that, with further research, it is possible to construct a better engine
Other Actions:

Built A Factory:
The Republic of France has built Cavorite Factory in Louviers (5EP)





Kingdom of Italy (Frostbyght)


Trade Deals:
1. United States of Harar
2. Kingdom of Portugal
Order 1: Country Order

Allocated Resources: 2 EP, Lieutenant Giovanni Marino

Finish the Search

We grow tantalizingly close to discovering the secrets behind the disappearance of the luminaries. Clues have fallen into place, and now all that remains is the work of sorting the final pieces. Additional funding will be provided to break the cipher, and reinforce the security around the team. As we reach the end of our search we cannot allow ourselves to falter. The Lieutenant will ensure the final steps go on, successfully and uninterrupted.

Resolution: Success

With the dawn of January 1st, 1884, the team of Lieutenant Giovanni Marino, now invigorated by their recent discoveries and the addition of Giovanni Schiaparelli's expertise, embarked on a critical phase of their investigation. They understood that the resolution of the mystery hinged on deciphering the celestial cipher—a daunting task that required not only their collective intellect but also an innovative approach to problem-solving.

The breakthrough came when they revisited the maps and the scaling factor they had deduced, realizing it was the key to unlocking the locations of the remaining labs. The scaling factor, approximately 0.008, provided a method to translate the celestial distances into terrestrial miles, offering a systematic approach to pinpoint the locations based on the average distances of planets from Earth.

Armed with this insight, Marino's team embarked on a meticulous process of mapping the celestial distances onto the Earth's surface, using New York City as the reference point. Their calculations revealed that Philadelphia, being 95 miles from New York, corresponded to Mars; Chicago, with its 790-mile distance, was aligned with Jupiter; New Orleans, 1300 miles away, matched Saturn; and finally, San Francisco, at a staggering distance of 2900 miles, represented Uranus.

This correlation not only confirmed the locations of the missing labs but also suggested a broader narrative that intertwined Edison's experiments with an ambitious celestial navigation system, possibly hinting at the ultimate goal of a lunar or planetary expedition.

The team's journey to these cities was fraught with challenges. In Philadelphia, hidden within the bustling metropolis, they uncovered a lab where Edison had been experimenting with propulsion systems designed for space travel, a testament to the ambition that drove the missing luminaries' work.

Chicago offered up a laboratory buried deep within the city's architectural marvels, where they discovered prototypes of space suits. This lab was a treasure trove of inventions that seemed to leap from the pages of science fiction, yet they were grounded in the rigorous scientific pursuit of making human life viable in the unforgiving vacuum of space.

In New Orleans, the team was led to a facility that was experimenting with heating systems capable of sustaining steam power in outer space, a crucial component for long-term space voyages.

Finally, in San Francisco, the culmination of their year-long quest awaited. Hidden within the city's vibrant culture and revolutionary spirit, the team discovered the final laboratory. It was here that the full scope of Edison's vision was revealed—a blueprint for a lunar expedition, detailed plans for a spacecraft capable of reaching the moon, and, most astonishingly, a group of returned astronauts who had embarked on the journey.

These brave souls, the missing scientists and visionaries, had been part of a clandestine lunar mission. Their disappearance was not a result of foul play or tragic accidents but a monumental leap towards mankind's dream of reaching beyond the confines of Earth. The team had not only uncovered the locations of Edison's secret labs but had also stumbled upon a historical milestone—the successful return of the first humans from the moon.

As the news of their discovery spread, the world was left in awe. The Kingdom of Italy, through the persistent efforts of Lieutenant Marino and his team, had unraveled a mystery that pushed the boundaries of human achievement. The year 1884 would be remembered not just for the resolution of a perplexing enigma but as the dawn of a new era in human exploration and ingenuity.

Edison's Æther Propeller
The first known method of traversing the ether in a reasonable amount of time

Edison Mark 1 Space Suit
A bulky, copper-helmeted ensemble equipped with flexible joints and airtight seals

Solar Boilers
A parabolic mirror (collapsible for travel in atmosphere) that concentrates solar energy onto a boiler
Order 2: Country Order

Allocated Resources: 1 EP

The Fields of Sicily

Sicily has long been noted for its fertile soil, growing everything from Wheat to Oranges to Olives. With the unification of the Kingdom of Italy and the steps taken over the past two years to address the imbalance between north and south, we cannot allow Sicily to fall by the wayside. The North has a clear advantage in industry but we can begin to support the Sicilian economy. We will start by focusing on the modernization of Sicily's agriculture and food industries. A royal investment will be made and the people of the island will know that the crown's dedication to improving the lives of its subjects has not ended with the defeat of the Mafia.

Resolution: Major Success

In the first half of 1884, the Kingdom of Italy embarked on an ambitious and meticulously planned project to transform the agrarian landscape of Sicily. This initiative was driven by the recognition of Sicily's vast potential in agriculture, which had been underutilized due to historical neglect and a lack of modern infrastructure. The project aimed at closing the economic gap between the prosperous industrial North and the agriculturally rich but technologically backward South.

The cornerstone of this transformation was a robust investment in agricultural infrastructure, with the crown allocating approximately 5 million lire to this end. The funds were directed towards the construction and modernization of irrigation systems across the island. The goal was to mitigate the effects of water scarcity, which had plagued Sicilian agriculture, and to enhance soil fertility. This infrastructure overhaul included the installation of advanced drip and sprinkler irrigation systems, designed to reduce water wastage and improve water use efficiency in the arid Sicilian climate.

Parallel to the infrastructure development, the kingdom launched a program to modernize farming techniques. Over 2 million lire were invested in importing contemporary farming machinery, including tractors, plows, and harvesters, replacing the outdated and labor-intensive tools that had been in use. Workshops and demonstrations were organized for Sicilian farmers, educating them on the operation, maintenance, and benefits of using modern agricultural equipment, aiming to increase crop yields and operational efficiency.

Recognizing the importance of scientific research in agriculture, the government established several research stations across Sicily, with an initial funding of 1.5 million lire. These stations focused on genetic improvement of local crop varieties, developing strains that were more resistant to diseases and pests, and adapted to the specific climatic conditions of Sicily. Additionally, they conducted soil science research, developing fertilization and crop rotation strategies to enhance soil health and productivity.

National Event:

In a stroke of luck, the Catholic church, to assist the Kingdom in adding value to Sicilian agricultural produce, made significant investments into the food processing industry. Approximately 3 million lire were allocated to support the establishment and expansion of facilities for canning fruits and vegetables, olive oil extraction, and citrus processing. These initiatives were aimed at not only preserving the freshness and nutritional value of Sicilian produce but also increasing its market value and export potential.

Additionally, a joint venture to provide education and capacity building set aside 2 million lire for the establishment of agricultural schools and training programs. These institutions were tasked with providing both theoretical and practical education in modern agricultural practices, business management, and entrepreneurship to the next generation of Sicilian farmers and agronomists.

By June 30th, 1884, the Kingdom of Italy's efforts to modernize Sicily's agriculture had begun to show promising results. The comprehensive approach, combining infrastructure development, technological advancement, scientific research, and community engagement, had laid the groundwork for a sustainable transformation of Sicilian agriculture. Though challenges remained, the foundation had been set for Sicily to emerge as a beacon of agricultural innovation and productivity in the Mediterranean region.

Agricultural Development
Population growth rate increases by 2% at year-end, and Economic Rating increases by 3.

Investments in Sicily
Kingdom of Italy's Stability Increases by 3.68% from 83.77% to 87.45%
Order 3: Country Order

Allocated Resources: 2 EP, 4 Cavorite

Progetto Balena Joint Research With Italy

Cavorite is truly the wonder of the century. Airships have become commonplace over the battlefields of Europe and beyond. Every year brings new developments in the skies of the world. Yet, we must take the next step. The prospect of Civilian use of Cavorite Airships has immense potential for our economy. While such Air Freighters will likely never replace our blue-water merchant fleet, they would be a powerful addition. We will put our top engineers on this project: To design and construct the world's first Cavorite Cargo Airship.

Resolution: Major Success

From January 1st to June 30th, 1884, the Kingdom of Italy, in collaboration with the Ottoman Empire, undertook a groundbreaking project that would set a new precedent in the history of aviation and commerce: the design and construction of the world's first Cavorite Cargo Airship. This endeavor was not just a technological challenge but a bold step towards redefining the future of civilian air freight.

The project commenced with the establishment of a bilateral commission, comprising Italy's top engineers and Ottoman scientists, who brought to the table their extensive knowledge of Cavorite, a material known for its anti-gravity properties. This commission was tasked with overcoming the significant engineering challenges of designing a cargo airship that could safely and efficiently transport cargo through the air.

In the initial months, the team focused on the conceptual design and feasibility studies. The engineers proposed a novel airship architecture that leveraged Cavorite's unique properties to counteract gravity, allowing for the vertical lift necessary for loading and unloading cargo without the need for extensive ground infrastructure. This design included a modular cargo bay system, enabling customizable configurations to accommodate different types of goods, from perishable commodities to heavy machinery.

The propulsion system was another area of innovation, with the team developing a hybrid model that used paddle wheels and traditional steam-powered engines for horizontal and vertical movement. This dual approach ensured the airship's operational versatility and efficiency, allowing it to navigate complex weather conditions in the air and rough sea conditions with ease.

By March, the commission had moved on to constructing a prototype. This phase involved rigorous testing of the airship's lift and propulsion systems, as well as its cargo handling capabilities. Test flights were conducted under various conditions to assess the airship's performance and make necessary adjustments to its design. These trials proved successful, showcasing the airship's potential to revolutionize air freight with its speed, capacity, and flexibility.


The final construction of the Cavorite Cargo Airship was completed in late June, culminating in a grand unveiling ceremony attended by dignitaries from both the Kingdom of Italy and the Ottoman Empire. The airship, christened the "SS Levitante," was a marvel of modern engineering, measuring over 200 meters in length and capable of carrying upwards of 500 tons of cargo.

The project not only strengthened the technological and economic ties between Italy and the Ottoman Empire but also positioned them as leaders in the emerging field of Cavorite aviation.

In the months following the launch, the SS Levitante undertook several commercial voyages, proving its value as a reliable and efficient mode of transporting goods across great distances. This success laid the groundwork for the future development of Cavorite airships, heralding a new era in global commerce and transportation.

Great Eastern Airships
Kingdom of Italy's Economic Rating increases by 1.

SS Levitante
Either the Kingdom of Italy or Ottoman Empire gains the cargo airship SS Levitante
Order 4: Research Order

Allocated Resources: 1 EP, 2 Cavorite

Continued Cavorite Research

We have increased our production of this wonder-metal, but we must go even further. We must master the production of Cavorite if future plans are to come to fruition.

Resolution: Success

Our efforts to study the new wonder material Cavorite have been widely successful.

While we may have yet to identify the science behind its principles and a different way to use it without lead shutters, we have successfully refined the production process.

Our new production process has allowed us to increase the cavorite we can produce per factory.

Refined the Chemical Process
Empire of Germany Cavorite Factories now produce 12 Cavorite

GM Note: Players may only refine the cavorite production process successfully twice
Order 5: Research Order

Allocated Resources: 2 EP, 6 CP

Aether Engine Joint Research With Germany

The void beyond our precious home is right at our fingertips. The Aether offers a limitless expanse to explore. The vast reaches of the Solar System could be open to our ships. We will design a new vessel with a specially designed Engine to harness the flow of the Aether. The Aether Engine will be the pinnacle of Italian Science as we take our rightful place at the forefront of Space Exploration.

Resolution: Slight Fail

In the first quarter of 1884, following the inspirational success of Italy's pioneering journey into the Luminiferous Aether with their upgraded Sphere, the Kingdom of Italy, in collaboration with the Empire of Germany, embarked on an ambitious project to advance their capabilities in space exploration further. Their objective was to integrate and improve upon the innovative designs of America's Ether Cutter, particularly focusing on retaining its efficient Hydrogen Peroxide Rocket system for launching into space, while ambitiously attempting to incorporate an Aether Propeller for navigation and movement within the Aether itself.

The project began in earnest in January, with both nations pooling their resources and expertise. They acquired the designs for the American Ether Cutter, a spacecraft renowned for its pioneering use of a Hydrogen Peroxide Rocket system, which offered a promising means of achieving lift-off into space. Italian and German engineers conducted a thorough analysis of the designs, aiming to understand the underlying principles of its propulsion system and to identify areas for potential improvements or adaptations.

By February, the focus shifted towards the ambitious task of designing the Aether Propeller, a novel concept envisioned to propel the spacecraft within the ethereal medium of space. This component was intended to work in harmony with the retained Hydrogen Peroxide Rocket, ensuring not just the spacecraft's ascent but also its maneuverability in the Aether. Engineers and scientists from both nations embarked on a rigorous design process, drafting multiple iterations and conducting preliminary tests on smaller scale models to evaluate their feasibility.

The Hydrogen Peroxide Rocket system's success lay in its simplicity and efficiency. Hydrogen peroxide, when decomposed catalytically, releases a significant amount of oxygen and steam at high temperature, providing the thrust needed for space launch. The Italian and German team managed to optimize this system, enhancing its stability and thrust-to-weight ratio, thereby ensuring a more reliable and potent ascent mechanism for their envisioned spacecraft.

The development of the Aether Propeller, however, faced considerable challenges. The theoretical basis for its operation was predicated on the existence of the Luminiferous Aether as a physical medium that could be "cut" or "propelled" through. Initial designs featured a complex mechanism intended to interact with the Aether, generating propulsion through its manipulation. Despite the ingenuity behind these designs, practical experiments conducted in simulated conditions revealed insurmountable obstacles. The propeller's mechanism, while conceptually innovative, failed to achieve the desired interaction with the Aether, leading to a series of unsuccessful trials. Engineers encountered difficulties in translating the theoretical properties of the Aether into a practical propulsion system, with the propeller either failing to generate sufficient thrust or showing no discernible effect on spacecraft maneuverability.

By March, after several iterations of design, testing, and failure, it became clear that the Aether Propeller concept was not yet viable for practical application. The collaborative team conducted a thorough review of their efforts, documenting the technical challenges encountered and the lessons learned from the experiment. Although the attempt to create an Aether Propeller was not successful, the process contributed significantly to the body of knowledge surrounding space propulsion and the properties of the Aether.

Despite the setback, the spirit of collaboration and innovation between the two nations remained undeterred, and the project continued..

Mitigating Roll: Slight Failure

In the period from April to May 1884, Italian and German scientists, faced with the ongoing challenge of designing a functional Aether propeller, pivoted their focus towards further modifications of the American Ether Cutter. Their endeavors during these months were characterized by innovative engineering solutions and pragmatic adaptations, significantly advancing the design of their version of the Ether Cutter.

The collaborative team made a pivotal discovery regarding the construction material of the Ether Cutter's hull. The original American design utilized an all-metal hull, prioritizing durability and protection. However, this choice in material significantly increased the spacecraft's overall weight, thereby limiting its acceleration capabilities and operational range. The Italian and German scientists, recognizing the non-military nature of their venture and the critical need for enhanced performance, opted for a radical redesign using a wooden hull.


This wooden hull was not ordinary timber but a composite material, ingeniously crafted from layers of treated wood and reinforced with lightweight metal alloys. This blend provided an optimal balance between structural integrity and weight reduction, significantly lowering the craft's mass without compromising its resilience against the rigors of space travel. This innovative approach to hull design marked a significant leap forward, allowing for greater acceleration and extended range within the constraints of the Ether Cutter's fuel capacity.

Parallel to the hull redesign, the team embarked on refining the Ether Cutter's operational systems, with particular emphasis on its parachute system and fuel efficiency. The parachute system, essential for enabling planetary landings, was meticulously enhanced to ensure reliability and safety under the varied conditions of celestial bodies. The engineers introduced multiple redundancy layers and tested new materials that offered better heat resistance and aerodynamic performance, ensuring the spacecraft's ability to execute planetary landings safely.

Unfortunately, the challenge posed by the Ether Cutter's limited fuel capacity, which allowed for a single ascent from a planet's surface to space, was unable to be solved. Even after the team initiated a comprehensive review of the propulsion system they were unable to identify any key adjustments aimed which would optimize the craft's fuel consumption.

National Event:

In the pivotal months following the return of Edison from the Moon, the collaborative venture between the Kingdom of Italy and the Empire of Germany received an unexpected boon. Edison's technical drawings of an Ether propeller, acquired after his return from the groundbreaking lunar expedition, provided the critical insight that had eluded the Italian and German scientists in their quest to create a functional Ether propeller. This serendipitous development paved the way for the final resolution of a challenge that had beset the project for months—the efficient and practical propulsion within the Ether.

Edison's designs detailed an innovative approach to Aether propulsion, one that utilized mechanical principles aligned with the unique properties of the Ether. Analyzing these drawings, the Italian and German engineering teams identified the potential for adapting this concept to a battery-powered model, which would circumvent the necessity of incorporating a bulky and inefficient steam engine into the spacecraft's design.

The decision to pursue a battery-powered solution was motivated by several key factors, not least of which was the desire to reduce the craft's overall weight and to simplify its operational mechanics. The team set out to design a propeller that could be powered by an electrical source that was both potent and compact enough to be feasible for space travel. Their choice fell upon the Lead-Acid battery, an invention by the French physicist Gaston Planté in 1859. Despite its relatively primitive state, the Lead-Acid battery offered the best combination of energy density, rechargeability, and reliability available.

This battery type was specifically advantageous when considering the unique demands of powering the Ether propeller, with its better performance in the vacuum of space and the cold temperatures encountered there when compared to other battery types. Additionally, its size and configuration allowed the scientists to configure the batteries in a series capable of providing the necessary voltage and in parallel to ensure sufficient capacity for extended operations.

The successful development of the Battery-Powered Ether Propeller marked the culmination of the Italian-German collaborative project. This breakthrough not only solved the longstanding issue of space propulsion without resorting to cumbersome steam engines but also significantly advanced the state of space exploration technology.

The newly designed Aether Navigator, named "Sogno Cosmico" equipped with its battery-powered propeller, represented a leap forward in the quest to explore the Aether and beyond. It promised a new era of exploration, and the capability to traverse the vast expanse of space with unprecedented freedom.

In the wake of this success, the Kingdom of Italy and the Empire of Germany stood at the forefront of a new frontier in space exploration. The completion of the Ether Cutter project, buoyed by Edison's contributions and the ingenuity of the Italian and German scientists, heralded the dawn of a new age of discovery, pushing the boundaries of human achievement further into the cosmos.

Battery Powered Ether Propeller
The first known method of traversing the ether in a reasonable amount of time adapted to use batteries for power

Sogno Cosmico
Either the Kingdom of Italy or German Empire gains the ether flyer Sogno Cosmico
Order 6: Political Order

An Empire for Italy


The chaos in Africa has been beneficial for the growth of Italian Eritrea. It has long been a dream of the Italian people for our great nation to have colonial projects of its own to match the empires of the other European nations. While much of our national attention is focused on the Aether, we cannot turn a blind eye to the recent developments in Africa. We will focus our political efforts on securing the area as an official colony of Italy. Outreach programs to local tribes and authorities will be funded as we attempt to secure our place on the continent.

Resolution: Success

In the span from January to June 1884, the Kingdom of Italy orchestrated a meticulous campaign to fortify its foothold in the African continent, specifically targeting the region of Eritrea. This period marked a critical juncture in Italy's colonial ambitions, reflecting a broader vision to match and surpass the imperial exploits of its European counterparts.

The campaign kicked off with a strategic reconnaissance phase. The Italian government allocated an initial budget of 2 million lire to conduct a thorough assessment of Eritrea's geopolitical landscape. This involved assembling a task force of 50 experts, comprising African affairs specialists, seasoned diplomats, and military strategists, tasked with crafting a blueprint for Italy's colonial aspirations. Their analysis covered the socio-political dynamics of Eritrea, identifying key tribal leaders, assessing the region's economic potential, and mapping out strategic locations for potential Italian settlements and infrastructure projects.

Building on the insights gleaned in January, February saw the refinement of a diplomatic blueprint aimed at weaving Italy into the social fabric of Eritrea. The blueprint proposed a three-pronged approach: diplomatic engagement, economic investment, and cultural integration. A dedicated fund of 5 million lire was earmarked for this phase, setting the stage for a series of targeted initiatives designed to foster goodwill and cooperation between Italy and the Eritrean populace.

The subsequent two months focused on laying the groundwork for Italy's tangible presence in Eritrea. Diplomatic missions were launched, with Italian envoys meeting over 200 local leaders in a bid to cultivate allies and secure agreements beneficial to both parties. Parallelly, the outreach program kicked into high gear.

Investment in education totaled 1 million lire, financing the construction of 10 schools and offering 500 scholarships to Eritrean students. These initiatives aimed not just at literacy, but at inculcating an appreciation for Italian culture and governance.

A significant portion of the budget, amounting to 3 million lire, was directed towards infrastructure. This facilitated the construction of 15 kilometers of roads, two hospitals, and the installation of modern water and sanitation facilities in key settlements.

With an allocation of 500,000 lire, Italian agronomists introduced modern farming techniques and irrigation systems, aiming to revolutionize Eritrea's agricultural output. This program directly benefited over 1,000 local farmers, significantly boosting the region's food security and economic sustainability.

Concurrently, Italian officials solidified their alliances with Eritrean leaders, employing a blend of diplomacy, economic incentives, and mutually beneficial agreements to ensure their allegiance. This involved not only the continuation of outreach programs but also the establishment of administrative frameworks that integrated Italian and local governance structures, paving the way for a seamless transition to colonial rule.

By June 1884, Italy's strategic, multi-faceted campaign had made substantial inroads into Eritrea, laying the groundwork for its transformation into a vital outpost of the Italian Empire. Through careful planning, substantial investment, and nuanced diplomacy, Italy not only endeavored to secure a place among the colonial powers of Europe but also committed to the long-term development and governance of Eritrea. This six-month campaign, marked by its ambitious scope and strategic depth, underscored Italy's resolve to establish a lasting legacy in Africa, reflective of its imperial aspirations and vision for a global Italian presence.

Diplomatic Overtures
Decreased likelihood of insurrections or rebellions within the colonial territories.

Economic Boom
Kingdom of Italy's ER increased by 2

Cultural Integration
Kingdom of Italy's Stability Increases by 7.62% from 87.45% to 95.07%
Other Actions:

Exchange:
Kingdom of Italy has exchanged 6 Cavorite for 5 EP with the Kingdom of Spain

Built A Factory:
The Kingdom of Italy has built Cavorite Factory in Verona (5EP)

Built A Factory:
The Kingdom of Italy has built Cavorite Factory in Bari (5EP)




Austria-Hungary (Zeller)


Trade Deals:
1. Swiss Confederation
2. Kingdom of Spain
Order 1: Country Order

Allocated Resources: -0-

Placate Serbian Nationalists

In order to placate Nationalists within the Serbian populace and convince them that joining Austria-Hungary would be beneficial and desirable, encourage civic engagement and political participation among Serbian nationalists within the framework of Austria-Hungary.

Offer guarantees for the maintenance and protection of Serbian identity, language, traditions, and social conventions. Emphasize how Serbia will retain its autonomy. Enshrine the rights of the Serbian population to preserve their language, culture, and traditions within Austria-Hungary.

Provide assurances of security and defense guarantees for Serbia within Austria-Hungary. Pledge to protect Serbia's territorial integrity and sovereignty against external threats and commit to mutual defense agreements to ensure the safety and stability of the region.

Resolution: Success

From January to June 30th, 1884, the Austro-Hungarian Empire embarked on a nuanced diplomatic and political strategy aimed at placating the nationalist sentiments within the Serbian population. The strategy was multifaceted, focusing on promoting civic engagement, offering cultural guarantees, and providing security assurances, with the ultimate goal of convincing Serbian nationalists that integration into the Austro-Hungarian framework was both beneficial and desirable.

The empire initiated a series of reforms designed to encourage active political participation among Serbian nationalists. This included the establishment of Serbian advisory councils within the Austro-Hungarian political system, allowing for a direct Serbian influence on legislation and administrative decisions affecting Serbian interests. These councils were given substantial autonomy to address local issues, thereby fostering a sense of involvement and representation within the broader imperial governance structure.

One of the cornerstones of the Austro-Hungarian strategy was the explicit guarantee of the maintenance and protection of Serbian identity, language, traditions, and social conventions. The empire enacted laws that enshrined the rights of the Serbian population to preserve and promote their cultural heritage. This included the official recognition of the Serbian language in education, the legal system, and public administration within the territories predominantly inhabited by Serbs. Additionally, financial and institutional support was provided for cultural societies, folk traditions, and the Serbian Orthodox Church.

In addressing one of the key concerns of the Serbian nationalists—security and defense—the Austro-Hungarian Empire offered robust guarantees. This entailed formal pledges to protect Serbia's territorial integrity and sovereignty as part of the empire, along with commitments to mutual defense agreements. The empire sought to assure Serbia that its inclusion would bring about enhanced security against external threats, particularly from neighboring powers with imperialistic ambitions. Military exercises and defense pacts were publicized, showcasing the military might of Austria-Hungary and its readiness to defend its constituents, including Serbia, from any incursions.

By the end of June 1884, these initiatives had yielded mixed results. While there was a notable decrease in open hostilities and an increase in Serbian participation within the Austro-Hungarian political framework, deep-seated nationalist sentiments remained a challenge. The guarantees of cultural autonomy and security were met with cautious optimism by some segments of the Serbian population, who saw the benefits of stability and representation within a larger empire. However, a significant portion of the nationalist movement viewed the measures as insufficient, continuing to advocate for full independence rather than integration.

The efforts to placate Serbian nationalists, therefore, were partially successful. The Austro-Hungarian Empire managed to foster a degree of engagement and quell some immediate tensions, but the fundamental nationalist aspirations for Serbian sovereignty persisted.

Making Progress
The moderates in the Serbian populace believe that Serbia should join Austria-Hungary, the Nationalist, however, still pose a moderate challenge

Happy Populace
Austro-Hungarian Empire's Stability Increases by 6.32% from 55.16% to 61.48%
Order 2: Country Order

Allocated Resources: -0-

Adjusting not-Taylorism

To alleviate the workers' concerns, the Empire needs to embark on a communication campaign that aims to foster understanding, alleviate fears, and emphasize the benefits of the changes while recognizing and respecting the unique skills of the workforce.
  • Acknowledge the heritage and craftsmanship of the workforce while we emphasize the positive impact of the reforms that will bring us prosperity.
  • Provide detailed and accessible information about the reforms and highlight success stories and favorable outcomes in sectors that have already adopted the changes.
  • Actual workers are to be transported to plants and factories with a malcontent workforce to share their stories and reassure them that the changes are not meant to replace but to empower. The message should also focus on enhancing abilities rather than diminishing them.

Communicating with our workers and educating them is not enough, though. We need to adjust our efforts to make technology and efficiency enhancements complement and elevate individual skills.
  • Employment contracts are to be amended to ensure that no laborer will be laid off due to the installation of new machinery and production lines.
  • Establish channels for feedback and suggestions, fostering a sense of participation on an ongoing basis and a culture of shared responsibility and mutual understanding. The feedback, obviously, will need to be taken into account when fine-tuning processes locally.
  • Establish a joint committee involving representatives from management and workers to develop a transparent and fair performance evaluation system. Performance metrics are to be clearly communicated.
  • Celebrate achievements to instill a sense of pride in collective accomplishments under the new system.
  • Training programs are to be planned out and implemented to equip workers with the skills needed for the evolving landscape and to showcase new tools and technologies as resources that enhance, rather than replace, existing skills.
  • Create a job security fund to support workers during the transitional period.
  • Create dedicated support centers to address individual concerns. Staff these centers with knowledgeable personnel who can provide guidance on the new processes, address queries, and offer assistance in navigating changes.

Resolution: Success

In the first half of 1884, the Austro-Hungarian Empire embarked on an intricate journey to reconcile the adoption of not-Taylorism principles with the concerns and well-being of its industrial workforce. This initiative, aimed at modernizing the empire's production processes while safeguarding labor interests, unfolded through a meticulously planned series of steps.

The cornerstone of this initiative was a robust communication campaign that kicked off in January. Utilizing pamphlets, town hall meetings, and factory floor discussions, the empire sought to directly engage with over 50,000 workers across various industrial sectors. This effort aimed to demystify the principles of not-Taylorism, highlighting its potential to not only increase productivity but also enhance the skills and job satisfaction of the workforce.

A particularly innovative aspect was the "Worker Ambassador Program," which involved 200 workers from industries where not-Taylorism had been successfully implemented. These ambassadors visited over 100 factories facing resistance, sharing their positive experiences and addressing concerns in over 300 scheduled sessions, creating a dialogue based on trust and firsthand experience.

Recognizing the fear of job loss as a significant barrier to acceptance, the empire took decisive action by amending the employment contracts of approximately 75,000 industrial workers. These amendments explicitly guaranteed that no layoffs would result from the implementation of new machinery. Concurrently, a job security fund of 2 million kronen was established, designed to provide financial assistance to workers during transitional periods, ensuring stability and peace of mind.

The formation of the Joint Performance Evaluation Committee, comprising 500 management and worker representatives, marked a significant move towards collaborative governance. This committee was tasked with developing a clear and equitable performance evaluation system, which was rolled out in a pilot phase across 20 factories, involving 5,000 workers in the evaluation process.

To equip workers for the transition, the empire launched an extensive training initiative, offering over 120 different courses tailored to the new technologies and processes introduced by not-Taylorism. These programs reached 30,000 workers, focusing on skill enhancement and adaptation to new production methodologies.

Dedicated support centers, staffed by a team of 200 trained personnel, provided on-demand guidance and support, addressing over 15,000 individual queries and concerns by June. These centers played a pivotal role in facilitating smooth transitions and alleviating anxiety about the impending changes.

By the end of June 1884, the Austro-Hungarian Empire's comprehensive approach had begun to yield tangible results. The initial resistance to not-Taylorism had significantly diminished, with reported increases in worker morale and productivity in the pilot factories. The combination of transparent communication, guarantees of job security, active solicitation of worker feedback, and investment in training and support underscored the empire's commitment to a modernization path that was both inclusive and beneficial to all stakeholders involved.

While challenges remained, particularly in fully assimilating not-Taylorism across the diverse landscape of the empire's industrial sector, the progress made in the first half of 1884 laid a solid foundation for continued adaptation and improvement. The initiative demonstrated the potential for industrial reform to be achieved through a balanced approach that respects and elevates the workforce, setting a precedent for future efforts in industrial modernization within the Austro-Hungarian Empire and beyond.

Further Industrialized Growth
Economic Rating increases by 2.

Unhappy Workers
Austro-Hungarian Empire's Stability Increases by 5.17% from 61.48% to 66.65%
Order 3: Country Order

Allocated Resources: -0-

Liberty Railway

Start building a Liberty Railway connecting Prague-Vienna-Budapest-Belgrade, focusing on the Vienna-Budapest section.

Resolution: Major Success

From the onset of 1884 through to June 30th, the Austro-Hungarian Empire pursued the ambitious construction of the Liberty Railway, focusing particularly on the stretch connecting Vienna to Budapest. This project was conceived as a linchpin in the empire's strategy to knit its diverse regions more closely together, fostering economic integration and enhancing strategic mobility across its territories.

The initial months of the year were dedicated to meticulous surveying and planning. A team of 150 surveyors and engineers was deployed across the proposed route to assess geological conditions, evaluate potential environmental impacts, and identify the most feasible path for the railway, balancing economic, strategic, and ecological considerations. This comprehensive surveying effort resulted in the detailed mapping of a 320-kilometer route between Vienna and Budapest, designed to optimize travel efficiency while minimizing disruptions to existing communities and natural landscapes.

By February, the project's budget had been finalized, with a total allocation of 8 million kronen earmarked for the Vienna-Budapest segment. This budget covered costs ranging from labor and materials to the construction of infrastructure like stations, bridges, and tunnels. Special emphasis was placed on sourcing materials locally wherever possible, both to support regional economies and reduce transportation costs associated with construction supplies.

Construction officially commenced in early March, following the ground thaw. The workforce swelled to 12,000 laborers, drawn from local populations as well as specialized workers from across the empire. Labor camps and logistical supply chains were established along the route to ensure the smooth progress of construction activities.

The railway's construction presented several engineering challenges, particularly in bridging the Danube River and traversing the hilly terrain south of Vienna. Innovative construction techniques were employed, including the use of cantilever bridges for river crossings and cut-and-cover tunnels to maintain the railway's elevation profile without excessive gradients. Approximately 50 kilometers of track were laid each month, with significant progress made on critical infrastructure components.

The project introduced several technical advancements to the Austro-Hungarian railway construction practice. Notably, for the first time, dynamite was used extensively for tunneling and earth-moving, significantly accelerating the construction process in difficult terrains. Additionally, the project pioneered the use of telegraph lines parallel to the railway to facilitate real-time communication between construction sites and the project's central coordination office in Vienna.

Labor relations were managed with an emphasis on safety, resulting in relatively few incidents of labor unrest. Workers were provided with protective equipment, and medical stations were established at intervals along the construction route, a novelty for the time, which contributed to higher worker satisfaction and efficiency.

By June 30th, the economic benefits of the railway were already becoming evident, with a noticeable uptick in local commerce and a surge in property values in towns adjacent to the completed sections of the track. The railway had also spurred the creation of several hundred new jobs in these areas, ranging from construction-related positions to service roles in anticipation of increased passenger and freight traffic.

As of June 30th, 1884, the Liberty Railway project was slightly ahead of schedule, with 190 kilometers of track laid and major infrastructural milestones, such as the Danube River bridge, nearing completion. The project was well-positioned to achieve its goal of completing the Vienna-Budapest section by year's end, laying the groundwork for the next phases of construction towards Prague and Belgrade.

Economic Benefits
Population Growth Rate increases by 1% at year-end, and Economic Rating increases by 1.

Developing Standardized Railroads
Casualty Replacement and Reinforcement Rate in the Austro-Hungarian Empire increases by 1%

Railroad Under Construction

The Railroad will finish construction in 2 1/2 years (5 Turns) unless additional Country Orders and EP are spent
Order 4: Country Order

  • Secret

1884 Hungarian Parliamentary Election Results

Party
Seats
+/-
Liberal Party​
101​
-133​
Party of Independence and '48​
79​
+4​
Moderate Opposition​
70​
+6​
National Anti Semitic Party​
20​
3​
Minorities' Party​
35​
+20​
Independents​
4​
-4​
Conservatives​
104​
New​
Total
413​

Conservatives Win
The result was a victory for the Conservative Party, which won 104 of the 413 seats.

Tenuous Hold on Power
Passing reforms in the Hungarian Parliament becomes significantly more feasible when the reforms garner support from multiple parties
Order 5:

Allocated Resources: -0-

Placate Hungarian Nationalists

Small adjustments to the reforms are to be considered taking into account the specific historical, cultural, and political context of the region. This might involve modifying certain aspects of the reforms to better accommodate Hungarian national aspirations while still maintaining the overall goals of administrative efficiency and regional autonomy.

Offer concessions or compromises to the Nationalists in Hungary to neutralize their opposition and reduce the likelihood of electoral challenges. This might involve making policy adjustments or commitments to address legitimate grievances and concerns.

Establish formal dialogue platforms bringing together representatives from different ethnic communities, including ethnic Hungarians, to discuss grievances, build mutual understanding, and foster trust.

Establish independent mediation and conflict resolution mechanisms to address inter-ethnic disputes and grievances promptly and impartially. These mechanisms should be accessible to all ethnic groups and capable of resolving disputes through dialogue and negotiation.

Implement anti-discrimination policies aimed at combating prejudice and intolerance against ethnic minorities, including ethnic Hungarians. Invest in education programs promoting tolerance, diversity, and respect for cultural differences from an early age.

In case of explicit violence, it shall be brought to the attention of the authorities and each and every single case is to be tried in a court of law.

Resolution: Success

In the first half of 1884, the Austro-Hungarian Empire embarked on a strategic initiative aimed at placating Hungarian nationalists and addressing the broader challenge of ethnic tensions within its borders. This effort was characterized by a series of targeted actions designed to foster inclusivity, dialogue, and a sense of shared community among the empire's diverse populations, with a particular focus on the Hungarian regions.

The empire initiated its strategy by carefully reviewing and adjusting its reform policies to better align with Hungarian national aspirations without compromising the overarching goals of administrative efficiency and regional autonomy. Notable policy adjustments included:

The empire revised its language policies, granting the Hungarian language equal status with German in administrative, educational, and judicial settings within Hungarian territories. This change affected over 1,000 government institutions and schools, directly impacting approximately 2.5 million ethnic Hungarians.

Modifications were made to give local governance bodies in Hungarian territories greater autonomy. This included granting local councils the authority to manage 30% of collected taxes for regional development projects, a significant increase from the previous 15%.

To facilitate constructive dialogue, the empire established 25 formal dialogue platforms across major cities and towns in Hungarian territories. These platforms hosted over 200 sessions, attended by more than 5,000 representatives from various ethnic communities, including a significant number of ethnic Hungarians. Discussions focused on creating mutual understanding and respect among the empire's diverse ethnic groups, with particular attention to cultural preservation, education, and local governance issues.

The introduction of independent mediation and conflict resolution mechanisms was a key component of the empire's approach. By June 30th, these mechanisms had successfully mediated 15 inter-ethnic disputes, with resolutions that were accepted and praised by all parties involved. The mechanisms operated through a network of 50 trained mediators who were accessible in all major Hungarian territories, offering impartial mediation services to resolve disputes amicably.

The empire's anti-discrimination policies were bolstered by comprehensive education programs aimed at promoting tolerance and diversity. Approximately 100,000 educational pamphlets were distributed, and 500 teachers underwent specialized training to incorporate these themes into their curricula. The programs reached an estimated 75,000 students, instilling values of respect and appreciation for cultural differences from an early age.

In response to explicit acts of violence, the empire strengthened its legal framework to ensure swift and fair legal proceedings. During this period, 20 cases of violence were brought to trial, with convictions serving as a deterrent against future incidents. The legal measures were part of a broader effort to maintain public order and demonstrate the empire's commitment to justice for all its citizens.

By the end of June 1884, the Austro-Hungarian Empire's initiatives had achieved notable progress in alleviating nationalist tensions and fostering a more inclusive society. The policy adjustments, dialogue platforms, mediation mechanisms, and education programs collectively contributed to a decrease in ethnic conflicts and an increase in cross-community cooperation.

Falling Hungarian Nationalism (Decreased Chance of Widespread Violence)
Further reforms will be met with less resistance by the Hungarians.

The Curtailing of Ethnic Conflict
Austro-Hungarian Empire's Stability Increases by 3.77% from 66.65% to 70.42%
Other Actions:

Exchange:
Austro-Hungarian Empire has exchanged 1 Cavorite for 1 EP with the Kingdom of Serbia

Exchange:
Austro-Hungarian Empire has exchanged the Advanced Cavorite Production Process for the Liberty Train blueprint with the United States of America

War Reparations
Austro-Hungarian Empire pays war reparations of 6 EP on behalf of the Principality of Bulgaria




Ottoman Empire (FireOfDoom23)


Trade Deals:
1. Kingdom of Italy
2. Principality of Montenegro
Order 1: Country Order

Allocated Resources: 10 EP

Military Purchases

Ground

  • 6x General Cav/Line Brigade
  • 8x Egyptian Army Brigade
  • 5x Armor/Cav Brigade
  • 3x Garrison Brigade
  • 5x Command Brigade
  • 4x Light Brigade
  • 2x Railroad Brigade

Resolution: Auto Success

Military Redeployment
The Deployed Forces will arrive on the Fronts on February 31st, 1884
Order 2: Research Order

Allocated Resources: 1 EP, 3 CP

Progetto Balena Joint Research With Italy

Cavorite is truly the wonder of the century. Airships have become commonplace over the battlefields of Europe and beyond. Every year brings new developments in the skies of the world. Yet, we must take the next step. The prospect of Civilian use of Cavorite Airships has immense potential for our economy. While such Air Freighters will likely never replace our blue-water merchant fleet, they would be a powerful addition. We will put our top engineers on this project: To design and construct the world's first Cavorite Cargo Airship.

Resolution: Major Success

From January 1st to June 30th, 1884, the Kingdom of Italy, in collaboration with the Ottoman Empire, undertook a groundbreaking project that would set a new precedent in the history of aviation and commerce: the design and construction of the world's first Cavorite Cargo Airship. This endeavor was not just a technological challenge but a bold step towards redefining the future of civilian air freight.

The project commenced with the establishment of a bilateral commission, comprising Italy's top engineers and Ottoman scientists, who brought to the table their extensive knowledge of Cavorite, a material known for its anti-gravity properties. This commission was tasked with overcoming the significant engineering challenges of designing a cargo airship that could safely and efficiently transport cargo through the air.

In the initial months, the team focused on the conceptual design and feasibility studies. The engineers proposed a novel airship architecture that leveraged Cavorite's unique properties to counteract gravity, allowing for the vertical lift necessary for loading and unloading cargo without the need for extensive ground infrastructure. This design included a modular cargo bay system, enabling customizable configurations to accommodate different types of goods, from perishable commodities to heavy machinery.

The propulsion system was another area of innovation, with the team developing a hybrid model that used paddle wheels and traditional steam-powered engines for horizontal and vertical movement. This dual approach ensured the airship's operational versatility and efficiency, allowing it to navigate complex weather conditions in the air and rough sea conditions with ease.

By March, the commission had moved on to constructing a prototype. This phase involved rigorous testing of the airship's lift and propulsion systems, as well as its cargo handling capabilities. Test flights were conducted under various conditions to assess the airship's performance and make necessary adjustments to its design. These trials proved successful, showcasing the airship's potential to revolutionize air freight with its speed, capacity, and flexibility.



The final construction of the Cavorite Cargo Airship was completed in late June, culminating in a grand unveiling ceremony attended by dignitaries from both the Kingdom of Italy and the Ottoman Empire. The airship, christened the "SS Levitante," was a marvel of modern engineering, measuring over 200 meters in length and capable of carrying upwards of 500 tons of cargo.

The project not only strengthened the technological and economic ties between Italy and the Ottoman Empire but also positioned them as leaders in the emerging field of Cavorite aviation.

In the months following the launch, the SS Levitante undertook several commercial voyages, proving its value as a reliable and efficient mode of transporting goods across great distances. This success laid the groundwork for the future development of Cavorite airships, heralding a new era in global commerce and transportation.

Great Eastern Airships
Kingdom of Italy's Economic Rating increases by 1.

SS Levitante
Either the Kingdom of Italy or Ottoman Empire gains the cargo airship SS Levitante
Order 3: Country Order

Allocated Resources: 3 EP

Economic Investments

With the war ending, the Ottoman government will look towards a series of economic investment programs that aim at a few objectives. Said objectives are as follows:

  1. General investment into the areas of Tripolitania and its neighboring regions.
  2. General investment into the area of Arabia, primarily logistical. Investing into the regions of Arabia will allow us to project more power and influence in the region down the line.
  3. Securing modern tools. If we want to start a new economic age for the Empire, we need to first heavily update our tools to the modern age, especially in the region of resources.

Resolution: Success

From January to June 30th, 1884, the Ottoman Empire embarked on an ambitious program of economic investments aimed at revitalizing and modernizing its territories, particularly focusing on Tripolitania, neighboring regions, and Arabia. This initiative was part of a broader strategy to strengthen the empire's economic foundations in the aftermath of war, leveraging peace to foster growth and enhance its influence in strategically important regions.

The Ottoman Empire recognized the potential of Tripolitania and its surrounding areas as key to bolstering the empire's economic standing. Investments were channeled into agriculture, with a focus on modernizing agricultural practices to increase productivity. The introduction of modern farming equipment and irrigation techniques were prioritized, aiming to transform the region into a more productive agricultural hub. Additionally, efforts were made to improve the infrastructure, including the construction of roads and the refurbishment of ports, to facilitate trade and mobility.

To further stimulate economic activity, the Ottoman government incentivized local and foreign entrepreneurs to invest in the region through tax breaks and grants. These incentives were designed to attract investments in industries such as textiles and mining, exploiting the region's natural resources more effectively.

In Arabia, the focus of the investment was primarily logistical. Understanding the strategic and geopolitical significance of the region, the Ottoman Empire sought to enhance its capacity to project power and influence. This was achieved through the development of transportation networks, including the expansion of the Hejaz Railway. The railway's extension aimed to improve the movement of troops and resources, bolstering the empire's military and economic presence in the region.

Furthermore, the empire invested in the establishment of telegraph lines across Arabia, enhancing communication capabilities. This network not only facilitated military communication but also opened new avenues for trade and administrative efficiency, knitting the vast and previously hard-to-govern territories closer to the imperial center.

Recognizing that the foundation of a new economic age required a departure from outdated practices, the Ottoman Empire embarked on a comprehensive program to modernize its tools and resources. This initiative saw the acquisition of modern machinery and technology from Europe, focusing on sectors such as textiles, mining, and manufacturing. The goal was to industrialize the empire's economy, reducing dependence on agricultural exports and imported goods.

Technical education programs were introduced to develop a skilled workforce capable of operating the new machinery and leading the empire's industrialization effort. Partnerships with European firms and experts were established to transfer knowledge and technology, facilitating the modernization process.

By the end of June 1884, these investments had started to reshape the economic landscape of the Ottoman Empire. While the initial results were promising, with increased agricultural output in Tripolitania and improved logistical capabilities in Arabia, the empire faced significant challenges. The modernization efforts required substantial financial resources, and the bureaucracy often resisted changes that threatened traditional power structures. Additionally, the vastness of the empire and the diversity of its territories posed logistical and administrative challenges to the uniform implementation of the investment programs.

Despite these obstacles, the economic investment initiatives undertaken by the Ottoman Empire from January to June 30th, 1884, marked the beginning of a concerted effort to usher in a new economic era. By focusing on strategic regions and sectors and leveraging peace to pursue economic growth, the empire laid the groundwork for future advancements, aiming to restore its former glory and ensure its survival in an increasingly competitive international arena.

Agricultural Growth
Population Growth Rate increases by .5% at year-end, and Economic Rating increases by 1.

Shifts in Labor Demographics
Ottoman Empire's Stability Increases by 8.11% from 45.13% to 53.24%
Order 4: Country Order

Allocated Resources: 2 EP

Internal Stability

With how chaotic things have been in the halls and corridors of the Ottoman Empire, the government aims to start a series of objectives that hopefully will put an end to the internal issues, or at the very least mitigate it. The objectives are as follows:

  1. Reinstating the Constitution: For those in the Parliament, the Sultan in accordance with the Young Turks will seek negotiation with the various factions that make up the Ottoman Parliament to help move past the deadlock. They would focus on trying to find a compromise.
  2. Strengthening our Internal Security: With the information given by those that stole our weapons, something was made very much evident, namely how lacking the internal security was. As such, the Ottoman Empire shall start a series of programs designed to reform the military security apparatus, which also included a full internal investigation. All to make sure that the same thing will not happen again. They would also continue to investigate the case of the weapons heading towards American entities. Something feels off about this.
  3. The National Identity Issue: With how disastrous it was, those in charge will be taking a step back and taking a deep introspective into what happened. They would look at the best way to integrate the culture of the Ottoman Empire, and to avoid what happened that led to the revolts in the Empire, namely not making the groups feel like their way of life was being erased. In addition, the Ottoman Empire will be looking towards other nations for inspiration to figure out exactly how to solve this issue.
  4. Stabilize the Empire: Do general stuff to raise the stability of the Empire internally. Namely continue doing reforms, this time aimed at the economical side.

Resolution: Major Success

In the critical months from January to June 30th, 1884, the Ottoman Empire found itself at a crossroads, grappling with internal strife and seeking paths to stability and prosperity. The leadership, including the Sultan and the burgeoning influence of the Young Turks, orchestrated a strategic overhaul across political, security, cultural, and economic domains.

The year 1884 opened with the Ottoman Parliament in a state of deadlock, its factions fragmented and its sessions characterized by tumult rather than productive governance. Recognizing the dire need for political cohesion, the Sultan, alongside advisors from the Young Turks, embarked on a series of intricate negotiations aimed at bridging the divides that had paralyzed the legislative body. These negotiations, extending over several months, sought to address the contentious issues of civil liberties, governance models, and the role of the Constitution that had been suspended.

Through persistent dialogue, by late March, a tentative framework emerged, proposing a balanced approach to reinstating the Constitution. This framework aimed to ensure broader representation within the Parliament, promising to enfranchise a more diverse cross-section of the Ottoman populace. The proposed constitutional reforms were ambitious, seeking to introduce checks and balances that would limit arbitrary rule and foster a more democratic governance structure.

The theft of weaponry, a glaring testament to the vulnerabilities in the empire's military apparatus, catalyzed a comprehensive overhaul of the internal security framework. The government initiated a dual approach: systematically reforming the military security infrastructure and launching a detailed investigation into the theft and its potential connections to American entities.

The reform program was expansive, involving the adoption of stringent inventory control mechanisms, and the reinforcement of physical security measures across military facilities. By June, over 150 military installations had been audited, and a centralized auditing hub was established in Constantinople to coordinate intelligence and monitor sensitive sites.

Parallel to these reforms, the investigation into the weapons theft unfolded, uncovering a network of complicity and negligence that had facilitated the security breach. Preliminary findings pointed to a complex web of internal and external actors, suggesting that the theft was not merely an isolated incident but part of a larger pattern of exploitation.

Confronted with the divisive consequences of previous assimilation policies, the Ottoman leadership embarked on a reflective journey to redefine the empire's approach to its diverse populace. The goal was to craft a unifying national identity that would embrace the cultural mosaic of the Ottoman Empire without eroding the unique heritage of its various communities.

This introspective process led to the establishment of a commission in April, comprising Ottoman scholars, community leaders, and international experts, tasked with studying models of cultural integration from other nations. The commission's mandate was to develop a blueprint for fostering a sense of Ottoman identity that was inclusive and representative of the empire's rich diversity.

The initiatives launched under this mandate included the promotion of multilingual education, the celebration of cultural festivals, and the establishment of museums and cultural centers that highlighted the contributions of different ethnic groups to the Ottoman heritage.

Economic revitalization was deemed essential for the empire's internal stability and long-term prosperity. A series of reforms were rolled out, targeting key sectors such as agriculture, trade, and industry. These reforms aimed to modernize the Ottoman economy, leveraging technological advancements and fostering an environment conducive to growth and innovation.

Infrastructure development was a major focus, with over 500 kilometers of new railway lines planned and significant investments in port modernization to enhance trade efficiency. Additionally, the government introduced tax reforms to incentivize investment and implemented policies to support small businesses and agricultural innovation.

By the end of June, these economic initiatives had begun to take root, with early indicators showing increased agricultural output, higher trade volumes, and the emergence of new industries. The groundwork was being laid for an economic transformation that would, it was hoped, propel the Ottoman Empire into a new era of prosperity and influence.

The period from January to June 30th, 1884, marked a turning point for the Ottoman Empire, as it embarked on a comprehensive and multifaceted campaign to address its internal challenges. Through concerted efforts in governance, security, cultural integration, and economic reform, the empire sought to lay the foundations for a more stable, inclusive, and prosperous future. While the path ahead remained fraught with challenges, the initiatives undertaken during these months demonstrated a clear commitment to renewal and adaptation, signaling a new chapter in the storied history of the Ottoman Empire.

Path to a Reformed Constitution
Ottoman Empire's Stability Increases by 4.71% from 53.24% to 57.95%

Strengthened Internal Security
Increased chance of success to thwart espionage acts against Ottoman R&D facilities and armories.

Forging A National Identity
Ottoman Empire's Stability Increases by 3.35% from 57.95% to 61.30%

Stabilized Empire
Ottoman Empire's Stability Increases by 6.91% from 61.30% to 68.21%
Order 5: Research Order

Allocated Resources: 1 EP

Research better forms of communications

The researchers of the Ottoman Empire have decided to try and research better forms of communications.

Resolution: Failure

From January to June 30th, 1884, the Ottoman Empire embarked on an ambitious project aimed at revolutionizing its communication systems. Despite the high hopes and significant resources allocated to this initiative, the empire encountered multiple challenges that ultimately hindered its success.

Recognizing the vastness of the empire and the growing need for efficient communication across its territories, the Ottoman government launched a comprehensive research program. The goal was to explore and implement advanced communication technologies that could surpass the existing telegraph system's limitations, which, while revolutionary, struggled with capacity issues and geographical constraints.

The research team, composed of scholars from within the empire and invited experts from Europe, began by studying the latest innovations in communications technology, including the burgeoning field of telephone systems and wireless telegraphy, which promised to transmit messages without the need for physical wires. The team also explored more traditional means of communication enhancement, such as expanding the telegraph network and improving the reliability of postal services.

Despite the clear objectives and the pooling of intellectual resources, the project faced several insurmountable challenges:

The complexity of the technologies involved, particularly wireless communication, proved to be beyond the current capabilities of the empire's researchers and infrastructure. While theoretical knowledge was imported from European counterparts, practical implementation faced significant hurdles, including the lack of necessary materials and equipment.

The Ottoman Empire's diverse and expansive terrain posed significant challenges to the deployment of advanced communication systems. Mountainous regions and remote areas were particularly difficult to reach, rendering the extension of telegraph lines and the experimental placement of telephone wires exceedingly problematic.

Despite the initial allocation of funds, the sheer scale of the project and the unexpected costs associated with technological experimentation led to financial strain. The empire's already stretched budget, burdened by other reform initiatives and the aftermath of military engagements, could not sustain the level of investment required to bring the project to fruition.

Mitigating Roll: Major Failure

Additionally, Within the empire's bureaucratic and military establishments, there was significant resistance to the adoption of new communication technologies. Traditionalists viewed these innovations with skepticism, fearing that rapid modernization could lead to destabilization and a loss of control over distant provinces.

By the end of June 1884, the ambitious initiative to revolutionize the Ottoman Empire's communication systems had made limited progress. While there were isolated successes in expanding the telegraph network and conducting preliminary tests with telephone lines in urban areas, the broader goals of the project remained unachieved.

The failure to significantly advance the empire's communication capabilities had several repercussions, including maintaining the status quo of administrative inefficiencies and missed opportunities to strengthen central control over distant territories. This period highlighted the complex interplay between ambition, technological capability, financial resources, and institutional willingness to embrace change.

Lack of Technical Expertise (Locked at Telegraphs)
The Ottoman Empire cannot develop new communication technologies which are not derived from telegrams until advancements in the field of communications are made.
Order 6: Political Order

Allocated Resources: -0-

Response to the United States:

The Ottoman Empire will accuse the American companies of what happened, namely the weapons being delivered into their hands, preparing the evidence that they uncovered in their investigation. They would demand an investigation on the American entities' side, namely on who was responsible for receiving the weapons and how they managed to do so.

Resolution: Success

In the first half of 1884, the Ottoman Empire, reeling from the discovery of a vast network of corruption that had facilitated the theft and illegal sale of military weapons, including advanced prototypes, to foreign entities, sought to address the international dimensions of this scandal. With evidence pointing to the involvement of American companies in these illicit activities, the empire initiated a critical diplomatic and legal maneuver to bring the perpetrators to justice and safeguard its military assets.

The diplomatic engagement began in earnest in January, with the Ottoman Empire dispatching a delegation to Washington, D.C., led by its ambassador. Armed with a comprehensive dossier comprising over 200 documents, including transaction records, correspondence between Ottoman officials and American merchants, and sworn testimonies from implicated Ottoman military personnel, the delegation presented a compelling case to the U.S. government. The evidence meticulously detailed how Atlantic Manufacturing and Baltimore Irons had played central roles in acquiring stolen Ottoman weapons and prototypes, which were then sold to Argentina for a hefty profit.

The Ottoman Empire's demands were straightforward yet forceful: a thorough and transparent investigation into the implicated American companies, focusing on uncovering the individuals directly responsible for the transactions and the logistical mechanisms employed to smuggle the weapons out of the Ottoman territory. The empire underscored the gravity of these actions, highlighting the potential for these weapons to destabilize regional security and violate international laws governing arms trade.

Reacting to the severity of the allegations and the potential for diplomatic fallout, the U.S. government convened an emergency session involving representatives from the Bureau of Investigation and the Treasury Department. By February, a specialized task force was assembled, comprising 30 agents skilled in financial forensics, international law, and undercover operations. This marked the beginning of one of the most comprehensive cross-border investigations of the era.

The U.S. investigation, leveraging the initial leads provided by the Ottoman Empire, employed a range of investigative techniques. Forensic accountants traced the financial flows linking the American companies to shadowy intermediaries in Europe and South America, uncovering a sophisticated laundering operation designed to disguise the origins of the funds. Meanwhile, undercover agents infiltrated the merchant circles suspected of involvement, gathering firsthand intelligence on the sale operations' modus operandi.

By May, the investigation had pieced together a damning narrative. Atlantic Manufacturing and Baltimore Irons, through a convoluted network of middlemen, had indeed orchestrated the purchase of stolen Ottoman weapons. Intriguingly, the investigation revealed that these companies had initially engaged in negotiations with Japanese manufacturers for advanced prototypes but had turned to the cheaper, albeit illegal, option provided by the Ottoman weapons. This scheme not only maximized their profit margins but also implicated them in a significant breach of international trust and legal standards.

The U.S. Justice Department, armed with the investigation's findings, proceeded to indict the key figures behind these companies. The trials, which commenced in late June, were widely publicized, casting a spotlight on the dark underbelly of international arms trading. Beyond the immediate legal repercussions for those involved, the case prompted the U.S. government to tighten regulations around arms exports and imports, establishing more rigorous vetting and tracking mechanisms to prevent similar incidents.

While the episode initially strained the diplomatic relations between the Ottoman Empire and the United States, the successful resolution of the investigation and the subsequent prosecutions helped mend ties. Acknowledging the collaborative effort, both nations pledged to enhance their cooperation in tackling international crime and regulating arms trade.

For the Ottoman Empire, the scandal served as a catalyst for sweeping reforms within its military and security apparatus. Recognizing the vulnerabilities exposed by the incident, the empire instituted enhanced security protocols for its arsenals and research facilities, including the introduction of serialized tracking for weapons and prototypes, regular audits, and the establishment of an internal affairs division tasked with rooting out corruption within the military ranks.

By the end of June 1884, the Ottoman Empire had not only navigated through one of the most challenging episodes in its recent history but had also set new standards for international cooperation and internal security practices, aiming to safeguard its sovereignty and the integrity of its military capabilities in an increasingly complex global landscape.




United Kingdom (Daedalus725)


Trade Deals:
1. Qing Empire
2. Argentine Republic
Order 1: Research Order

Allocated Resources: -0-

Reach the Heavens

We must attempt to catch up with the space race and design a vehicle to launch farther into the heavens

Resolution: Slight Success

In the autumn of 1882, the Lunar Society was founded. While the society had made great strides in recording and analyzing celestial bodies, it had lacked the funds and governmental support to begin work on a spacecraft.

The initiative kicked off with the formation of the British Aeronautics Commission (BAC) in early January. Comprising the 12 leading experts from various scientific disciplines in the Lunar Society, the BAC was tasked with spearheading the UK's efforts to design a groundbreaking space exploration vehicle. This commission was allocated an initial funding of £200,000, a substantial investment.

The first two months were dedicated to exhaustive brainstorming and conceptualization sessions, where over 50 different propulsion methods were evaluated. By the end of February, the design team, now expanded to include 30 engineers and physicists, had decided to employ the same engine as the American aether cutter.

March saw the establishment of key partnerships with five leading British universities and four aerial flyer manufacturing firms. These collaborations facilitated access to cutting-edge research laboratories and manufacturing facilities, enabling the rapid prototyping of various components.

By April, efforts shifted towards constructing the full-scale prototype. The prototype, copied from the Americans, underwent extensive testing in May, including a wind tunnel test in France (Citrakite) that provided critical data on its aerodynamic properties and flight stability. Engine tests were conducted at a remote site in Scotland, where the prototype's propulsion system was deemed functional.

To garner public support, the BAC organized a series of nationwide lectures and exhibitions, attended by over 20,000 people. These events showcased detailed models of the space vehicle, talks about projected journeys, and educational materials designed to explain the scientific principles behind space travel.

By the end of June, the United Kingdom had made remarkable progress toward its goal. The conceptual and design phases were complete, key partnerships had been formed, and the prototype development was finally complete. Despite the ambitious nature of the project and the technical challenges encountered, the BAC is now ready to assemble the actual craft.

Completed Prototype (Guaranteed Success - Player Actions May Still Disrupt)
We will be able to both build and launch the actual Aether Cutter in the same turn
Order 2: Research Order

Allocated Resources: -0-

Aircraft Enhancement

We must develop ways to improve the aerial flyer designs we have access to. The focus should be on increasing their speed and altitude

Resolution: Critical Success

From January to June 30th, 1884, the United Kingdom embarked on an ambitious initiative to enhance its aeronautical capabilities by focusing on improving the design of aerial flyers with the goal of increasing their speed and altitude.

A key focus was on aerodynamics to reduce drag and allow planes to achieve higher speeds and altitudes. Engineers experimented with various airframe shapes in the French (Citrakite) wind tunnels, leading to the adoption of a more streamlined fuselage and wing designs. By June, modifications had resulted in a 5% reduction in drag across prototype models.

Understanding that power-to-weight ratio was critical for achieving the desired improvements, British engineers worked on optimizing the internal combustion engines used in aircraft. This involved refining the design of pistons, crankshafts, and propellers to increase engine efficiency and power output. By mid-1884, these efforts had yielded an engine that was both lighter and more powerful than its predecessors, capable of propelling the aerial flyers to higher speeds.

Engineers also focused on optimizing wing designs for better lift and stability at higher altitudes. This involved adjusting wing shapes, sizes, and angles of attack to improve aerodynamic efficiency. Additionally, advancements were made in the development of control surfaces, including ailerons and elevators, allowing for more precise maneuvering and control at higher speeds and altitudes.

The modified aircraft designs underwent rigorous testing, with a series of controlled flights conducted to evaluate their performance. These tests not only demonstrated improvements in speed and altitude capabilities but also provided valuable data for further refinements.

By the end of June 1884, the United Kingdom had made significant progress in its quest to enhance aerial flyer designs.The collaborative efforts of British aeronautical experts and staff of the French wind tunnels resulted in redisned schematics for the Eursian aerial flyers in military service, leaving them capable of reaching previously unattainable speeds and altitudes, setting new benchmarks for performance.

Improved Aerial Flyers
Increases the Base Speed and Max Altitude Aerial Flyers Can Reach

Improved Aerial Flyer Engines
Aerial Flyer Engine Reliability Increases by 14%
Order 3: Country Order

Allocated Resources: -0-

Renovating the Dominions

To lift up the nation her majesty has declared the building of a Shipyard within Australia at Osborne on the Lefevre Peninsula in South Australia.

Resolution: Major Success

In the first half of 1884, the United Kingdom, under the directive of Her Majesty, embarked on a monumental project to construct a new shipyard at Osborne on the Lefevre Peninsula in South Australia. This strategic initiative aimed not only to elevate the naval capabilities of the British Empire in the Pacific but also to foster industrial and economic development within Australia. The project, known as the Osborne Shipyard, represented a significant investment in the empire's future naval infrastructure and a commitment to strengthening the defense and maritime prowess of its dominions.

The project kicked off in January with an exhaustive selection process that ultimately pinpointed Osborne on the Lefevre Peninsula as the ideal location for the new shipyard. This decision was influenced by Osborne's strategic maritime position, its proximity to Adelaide for logistical support, and the availability of a skilled workforce. An initial survey and environmental impact assessment were conducted, revealing that the site was well-suited for large-scale naval construction and repair activities.

By March 1884, the project's design phase was in full swing. The plans for the Osborne Shipyard included a large dry dock capable of accommodating the empire's most sizable naval vessels, alongside multiple construction bays designed for the assembly of new ships. The design also featured advanced repair workshops, storage facilities for materials and equipment, and administrative offices to manage operations. Emphasis was placed on incorporating the latest technological advancements in shipyard design to ensure efficiency and safety in all construction and repair works.

The British government and Australian colonial contributions combined to allocate a budget of £1.2 million for the initial phase of the shipyard's development. This funding facilitated the commencement of construction in April and the hiring of over 2,500 workers from local communities and beyond, creating a significant boost to the local economy and offering extensive training opportunities to develop highly skilled labor in the region.

By June, construction had made remarkable progress. The primary focus was on establishing the main dry dock, which involved extensive excavation and the use of reinforced concrete for its walls, a method chosen for its durability and resistance to seawater corrosion. The workshops and construction bays were outfitted with heavy-duty cranes, cutting-edge machinery for metalworking and fabrication, and electrical systems to power the vast array of tools and equipment required in modern shipbuilding.

The Osborne Shipyard project had immediate and far-reaching impacts on South Australia's economy, catalyzing growth in ancillary industries such as steel manufacturing, electrical engineering, and maritime logistics. Moreover, the shipyard significantly bolstered the strategic position of the British Empire in the Pacific, enabling faster deployment and maintenance of naval vessels in a region of growing importance to global trade and security.

By the end of June, the Osborne Shipyard's foundational phase was well underway, with the dry dock's construction on schedule and several workshops nearing completion. Although still in its early stages, the project was on track to fulfill its ambitious goals, promising to enhance the United Kingdom's naval capabilities and solidify Australia's role as a key player in the empire's maritime strategy.

The Osborne Shipyard project was a testament to the United Kingdom's commitment to its dominions and its foresight in expanding its naval infrastructure. As construction pressed on, the shipyard was poised to become a pivotal asset for the Royal Navy, ensuring the British Empire's continued dominance of the seas and contributing to the prosperity and security of Australia.

Drydocks Under Construction
The Drydocks will finish construction in half a year (1 Turn)

Closed for Entry
The Osborne Shipyard will remain closed until the Drydocks are completed and the United Kingdom's ER decreases by 1

Growth in Ancillary Industries
United Kingdom's ER increases by 3

Growth in Trade
United Kingdom's ER increases by 1
Order 4: Country Order

Allocated Resources: -0-

The Commerce Must Flow

We must improve the rail system within Great Britain to better serve the flow of commerce

Resolution: Critical Success

In the first half of 1884, the United Kingdom embarked on an ambitious program to revamp its railway system, an endeavor that aimed squarely at enhancing the efficiency and capacity of rail transport to better facilitate the flow of commerce across Great Britain. This initiative, critical for supporting the burgeoning industrial and trade sectors, involved extensive planning, financial investment, and the integration of cutting-edge technology.

The program kicked off in January with a systematic assessment conducted by a team of over 100 railway engineers, logistics specialists, and commercial representatives. This exhaustive review identified several key areas for improvement, including notorious bottlenecks at 25 major junctions, outdated signaling systems at over 150 stations, and insufficient track capacity on 40% of the main commercial routes, particularly those linking industrial hubs like Manchester, Birmingham, and Sheffield to key ports such as Liverpool and Bristol.

By February, the government had allocated a substantial investment of £2.5 million towards the railway enhancement project. The allocation was strategically distributed as follows:
  • £1 million for Track Doubling and Expansion: This funded the addition of secondary and tertiary tracks on congested routes and expanded platforms and cargo handling facilities at 30 critical stations.
  • £.25 million for Signaling System Modernization: This budget facilitated the transition to electric and automated signaling systems, enhancing the safety and throughput capacity of the rail network.
  • £.5 million for Rolling Stock Upgrades: Investments were made in acquiring 200 new freight locomotives and 500 cargo wagons, designed for higher efficiency and increased cargo capacity, enabling the rail system to handle heavier loads at faster speeds.
  • £.75 million for Port Connectivity Enhancements: This portion was dedicated to building dedicated freight lines and terminals at ports, significantly smoothing the transition from maritime to rail transport for imported and exported goods.

The period from March to June saw the phased implementation of these strategic investments, with particular emphasis on technological advancements:
  • Over 185 miles of telegraph lines were installed along the busiest commercial rail corridors, vastly improving communication between stations and enabling real-time adjustments to train schedules to optimize traffic flow.
  • Approximately 200 miles of old iron rails were replaced with new, durable steel rails across critical segments of the network. This upgrade allowed for the operation of the heavier and faster locomotives and wagons, thus increasing the efficiency and reliability of freight services.

By the end of June, the rail enhancement initiative had made significant progress:

Congestion at identified bottlenecks had been reduced by an estimated 13%, thanks to the track doubling efforts and station expansions.

The modernization of signaling systems had led to a 5% reduction in travel delays and a significant improvement in safety, with reported incidents decreasing by 24% compared to the previous year.

The new freight locomotives and wagons were fully operational, increasing the rail network's cargo capacity by 12% and reducing the average delivery times for goods by 5%.

Improved rail-port connectivity had streamlined the loading and unloading process, decreasing the average dock-to-train transfer time by 10%, thus facilitating quicker turnaround times for shipping vessels and reducing logistical costs for traders.

The United Kingdom's focused effort to improve its railway system in the first half of 1884 significantly bolstered the nation's commercial transport capabilities. These enhancements not only supported the immediate needs of the industrial and trade sectors but also laid a foundation for sustainable economic growth and competitiveness on the global stage. With ongoing plans for further upgrades and expansions, the railway system was poised to continue its vital role in driving the United Kingdom's prosperity.

Modernized Signaling System
Casualty Replacement and Reinforcement Rate in the United Kingdom increases by 1%

New Freight Locomotives
Supply Rate in the United Kingdom increases by 2%, and supply loss decreases by 1%

Port Connectivity Enhancements
Population Growth Rate increases by 1% at year-end, and Economic Rating increases by 2.
Order 5: Country Order

Allocated Resources: -0-

Colonial Recruitment

We must refine our colonial troops taking inspiration from the Gurkha units from The British Raj and investigate martial groups in the colonies history

Resolution: Major Success

Between January and June 30th, 1884, the United Kingdom launched a comprehensive initiative aimed at bolstering its military strength by tapping into the rich martial traditions of its colonial territories and retraining the colonial auxiliary. Drawing inspiration from the exemplary service of the Gurkha units in the British Raj, the British military set out to identify, recruit, and train martial groups across the empire, aiming to replicate the Gurkhas' success and valor within new colonial regiments.

The mission commenced with an extensive research phase, led by a specially appointed committee under the War Office. The committee was tasked with conducting a deep dive into the historical and cultural background of potential martial groups within the colonies. By pouring over military archives, consulting colonial administrators, and engaging in discussions with local leaders, the committee successfully identified several groups known for their martial prowess, including the Sikhs and Punjabis from India, the Maori from New Zealand, the Zulus from South Africa, and the Fijians from the Pacific Islands.

Following the identification process, the British military organized martial competitions across 40 locations. These events attracted over 10,000 participants, showcasing a wide array of combat skills and physical prowess. Winners were offered immediate enlistment into the British Army, with the promise of joining elite units akin to the Gurkhas.

These efforts were supported by informational pamphlets printed in local languages, detailing benefits such as competitive pay scales, which ranged from 1.5 to 2 times the local average wage for skilled labor, pensions, and the prestigious opportunity to serve the British Crown.

By late spring, the initiative had led to the formation of several colonial battalions, each reflecting the distinct heritage and martial spirit of its recruits:

  • The Sikh Battalion: Enlisting warriors from the Punjab, this regiment was celebrated for its discipline and bravery.
  • The Maori Battalion: Formed by New Zealand's indigenous people and known for their fierce combat traditions.
  • The Fijian Light Infantry: This unit was especially noted for its members' physical strength and adaptability in various terrains.

Concurrently, a retraining program was initiated for approximately 20,000 existing colonial auxiliary troops. This program, conducted at newly established training centers in each colony, aimed to elevate the troops' combat skills, discipline, and understanding of modern military tactics to the level of the British regular infantry. The retraining curriculum included advanced infantry tactics, marksmanship, field survival skills, and rigorous physical conditioning. The program was designed to be intensive, spanning over 12 weeks, with progress evaluations conducted at regular intervals to ensure that the retrained troops met the high standards set by the initiative.

Although it was not feasible to train every member of the colonial auxiliaries, training a sufficient number has significantly uplifted the overall standards of the colonial auxiliary forces. Those who received the training are returning to their units equipped with new knowledge, thereby enhancing the collective expertise and effectiveness of the entire force.

By June, the newly recruited soldiers and retrained colonial auxiliaries began their integration into the British Army.

The Sikh Battalion
A new infantry type is now available for recruitment

The Maori Battalion
A new infantry type is now available for recruitment

The Fijan Light Infantry
A new infantry type is now available for recruitment

Retrained Colonial Auxiliary
Morale Penalty from fighting on foreign soil decreased by 40%
Order 6: Political Order

  • Secret
Other Actions:

Aceh Response:
Advocate for mediation between the Dutch and Acehnese, aiming for a peaceful resolution that protects British interests and nationals.





Turn 6 Calculations - Update


Country
Power Status
Condition Required
Stability
EP
Economic Rating
Cavorite Factories
Economic Condition
Military Quality
Debt
Population
Manpower (BC)
Manpower (AC)
Austria-Hungary​
Secondary Power
EG​
70.42%​
11​
10​
4​
3​
24/25​
N/A​
43,811,986​
1,034,144​
1,034,144​
Empire of Japan​
Great Power​
N/A​
90.88%​
25​
13​
3​
5​
21/25​
N/A​
42,152,959​
1,017,783​
1,017,783​
Empire of Russia​
Secondary Power​
CR, SE​
61.99%​
22​
14​
1​
5​
20/25​
N/A​
138,947,067​
2,113,378​
2,112,520​
German Empire​
Great Power​
N/A​
85.22%​
27​
16​
4​
5​
21/25​
N/A​
50,110,314​
917,205​
916,349​
Kingdom of Italy​
Great Power​
N/A​
95.07%​
22​
13​
5​
6​
19/20​
N/A​
33,588,507​
767,940​
767,940​
Ottoman Empire​
Secondary Power​
SE, WP​
68.21%​
21​
12​
2​
5​
17/20​
N/A​
23,118,588​
427,413​
427,413​
Republic of France​
Great Power​
N/A​
72.92%​
26​
16​
4​
5​
18/20​
N/A​
43,799,202​
1,057,531​
1,057,531​
United States of America​
Great Power​
N/A​
69.62%​
21​
11​
6​
4​
19/20​
N/A​
60,728,172​
445,709​
360,581​
United Kingdom​
Secondary Power​
EG​
87.43%​
15​
8​
2​
4​
18/20​
N/A​
59,940,477​
1,447,263​
1,447,263​

Turn 6 Military Calculator

Conversion Rate:
  • For all nations except Germany: 1 EP = 625 MP
  • For the Empire of Germany: 1 EP = 675 MP


April Fools Version​

Country
Power Status
Condition Required
Stability
EP
Economic Rating
Cavorite Factories
Economic Condition
Military Quality
Debt
Population
Population After Impact
Manpower (BC)
Manpower (AC)
Austria-Hungary​
Secondary Power
EG​
55.55%​
12​
10​
4​
3​
24/25​
N/A​
43,811,986​
42,511,986​
1,034,144​
1,034,144​
Empire of Japan​
Great Power​
N/A​
74.76%​
25​
13​
3​
5​
21/25​
N/A​
42,152,959​
40,652,959​
1,017,783​
1,017,783​
Empire of Russia​
Secondary Power​
CR, SE​
47.12%​
22​
14​
1​
5​
20/25​
N/A​
138,947,067​
137,947,067​
2,113,378​
2,112,520​
German Empire​
Great Power​
N/A​
69.10%​
27​
16​
4​
5​
21/25​
N/A​
50,110,314​
49,010,314​
917,205​
916,349​
Kingdom of Italy​
Great Power​
N/A​
73.22%​
22​
13​
5​
6​
19/20​
N/A​
33,588,507​
33,288,507​
767,940​
767,940​
Ottoman Empire​
Secondary Power​
SE, WP​
53.34%​
21​
12​
2​
5​
17/20​
N/A​
23,118,588​
22,108,588​
427,413​
427,413​
Republic of France​
Great Power​
N/A​
56.80%​
26​
16​
4​
5​
18/20​
N/A​
43,799,202​
41,499,202​
1,057,531​
1,057,531​
United States of America​
Great Power​
N/A​
56.98%​
21​
11​
6​
4​
19/20​
N/A​
60,728,172​
60,528,172​
445,709​
360,581​
United Kingdom​
Secondary Power​
EG​
65.58%​
15​
8​
2​
4​
18/20​
N/A​
59,940,477​
54,940,477​
1,447,263​
1,447,263​
BC = Before Casualties
AC = After Casualties

Turn 5 Military Calculator
Condition Guide:
MI = Military Increase
CR = Cavorite Research
SE = Space Exploration
WP = World Presence
EG = Economic Growth (Rating)
NationBaseEconomic RatingEconomic ConditionTradeCP Factory UpkeepMilitary UpkeepModifierEP
Austria-Hungary​
1​
10​
3​
5​
-2​
-1​
-4​
12​
Empire of Japan​
2​
11 (13)​
5​
5​
-1​
-2​
+3​
25​
Empire of Russia​
1​
14​
5​
5​
-1​
-2​
22​
German Empire​
2​
16​
5​
5​
-2​
-2​
+3​
27​
Kingdom of Italy​
2​
13​
6​
5​
-2​
-2​
22​
Ottoman Empire​
1​
12​
5​
5​
-1​
-1​
21​
Republic of France​
2​
16​
5​
5​
-1​
-1​
26​
United States of America​
2​
13 (11)​
4​
5​
-2​
-1​
+2​
21​
United Kingdom​
1​
9 (8)​
4​
5​
-1​
-2​
15​
 
Last edited:
Luna New


Luna​

Luna Planet Facts

Diameter: Approx. 2,160 Miles
Circumference: Approx. 6,786 Miles
Gravity: 16% of the Earth's Gravity

A Survey of the Moon

The Earth's closest neighbor, circling persistently at a distance of 300,000 miles, has to date been an elusive figure to the population of Earth. Ether navigators, those who journey past the atmosphere into the deep expanse of space, have been put to test merely setting their vessels down on the Earth after their scientific journey's, to say nothing of a world with no atmosphere, and every indication has suggested that Luna can offer no particular treasures or resources to the ambitious Earthmen, who would have to contend with its anoxic atmosphere.

Telescopic observations from the Earth have been confirmed by the first-hand investigations of scientists wishing to unlock the doors of knowledge with Edison's wondrous key – Luna is a barren world without atmosphere or water.

Luna always faces the Earth with the same side, and the other cannot be observed from Earth. Luna is a rock sphere with a surface area of 14.5 million square miles, which roughly corresponds to the size of Asia. Its terrain, as can be seen from Earth, is mostly mountainous and covered with craters. It seems to be an accurate conjecture that they were caused by meteor impacts over time. The gravity on the surface of this tiny world only amounts to one sixth that of the Earth, allowing for incredible acrobatics for those willing to brave the Ether in specially adapted suits. Another discovery made by human visitors are the giant dust seas, some of which are so big that they could swallow up an entire ether flyer. In other areas, round holes in the surface make for an interesting riddle.

American geologist Professor James D. Dana presumes them to be sub-lunar caves, but his German colleague Doctor Harry Rosenbusch opposes this view, maintaining that the holes developed through erosion by chemical processes. Despite the contention, the perspective of Professor Dana, bolstered by significant "funding" from the US Government, has gained broad acceptance within the scientific community.

Navigational Pitfalls

Ether Flyers, craft which use the ether propellers developed by Edison and the Kingdom of Italy and Empire of Germany take advantage of the atmospheres of the Earth to get from orbit to the surface. Helium and hydrogen help make certain vessels 'lighter than air', so they can use the atmosphere as a buoyancy medium, either for settling to the surface, or for rising to orbit. Luna however, has no atmosphere that could propel the vessels, rendering helium and hydrogen useless. Only Cavorite keeps its effect. Due to the small distance between Earth and Luna and the high acceleration of the ether propeller, which allows for a speed of several million miles per day and is therefore hardly sensitive enough for precise manoeuvers, only the best pilots will even be able to attempt a landing on a vacuum world such as Luna. Given the intricate and unforgiving nature of these maneuvers, death is a real possibility should a single mistake or slip of concentration occur, especially due to a lack of experience.

Earthmen on Luna

Luna was first visited in 1884 by Mr. Thomas Alva Edison and his retinue of learned men and intrepid explorers, Mr. Cavor, Signore Vincenzo Cerulli, Mr. Nikola Tesla, Colonnello Giuseppe Ellena, and Mr. Jack Armstrong in an ether flyer designed by Mr. Thomas Alva Edison and his Italian assistant, Luigi Piachetti.

This undertaking was financed in secret by the Otterbein and Vanderbuilt estates and by industrial investors in London hoping to find an inexpensive source of iron ore. Mr. Edison managed to land his flyer in the Mare Imbrium without serious damage.

He and his retinue exited the ship, only to realize that Luna was afflicted by Moon-Quakes; that the surface, at least in the "seas", is dusty and difficult to traverse; that the gravity is quite low; and that there is no atmosphere. After the analysis of several samples revealed them to be almost barren of any useful materials. All scientific data gathered until today have confirmed the suspicion that Luna is of little value.

Rumors and Secrets

However, Tesla's examinations of the Lunar surface revealed that there were entrances to the subterranean – or, more properly, sub-lunar – grottoes and caverns. A particular sensation was caused when some of the scientists in Tesla's retinue announced that these caves had once been – and might still be – the dwelling places of unknown life forms. Approximately a mile beneath the surface, the gravity suddenly rises to almost double of that on the surface, and even traces of a breathable atmosphere are present. Deeper still, the scientists discovered a ramified cave system inhabited by primitive animals and plant species not unlike fungi on Earth.

Rumors about hidden treasures, large deposits of diamonds, or even the existence of so-called Selenites, or Moon Men, have been circulating among the nations of Earth after Mr. Armstrong, who had embarked on a solitary expedition, accompanied only by Mr. Edison, during his time on Luna, made an offhand comment mentioning the presence of intelligent life on the moon after one too many drinks at a London pub.

While no other members of the expedition have been able to confirm Mr. Armstrong's remarks about moon men, such rumors are not easily quelled , and many people still believe that the Earth's moon is hiding something. These rumors are fed by 'the glow', a peculiar event occurring on the far side of the moon. Mr. Edison and his retinue claim that, from the right position, a faint glow can be witnessed on a particular part of the far side during the journey to the surface. To the naked eye, it is no bigger than a pinhead, but telescopic observations made by Signore Vincenzo Cerulli have led him to speculate that the area may actually span more than one mile in diameter. Its greenish-white light has yet to be scientifically examined. Another rumor has it that the Russians have further information about the glow, but frankly, they keep it to themselves. The origins of the rumor remain shrouded in mystery, yet sources within Russia assert that the Tsar has clandestinely initiated his own expedition to the planet around the same time Edison departed.

Hidden Information

In the year 1884, under the leadership of Thomas Alva Edison and accompanied by a cohort of the era's most distinguished scientists and explorers, a groundbreaking expedition to Luna was undertaken. Among the myriad discoveries documented, the most astonishing were the encounters with alien life forms, eusocial intelligent insectoids, subsequently classified as "Selenites" after Selene, the Greek goddess of the moon, and the humanoid "Moon Men."

This document, drawing upon confidential reports and journals from the expedition, aims to provide a comprehensive overview of these beings, information that has been shared exclusively with the governments of Germany, Austria-Hungary, Spain, United States, France, United Kingdom, Italy, Russia, Ottoman Empire, and Empire of Japan.

The Selenites

Physical Description

Selenites are described as bipedal entities, with their physical stature and form bearing a resemblance to terrestrial arthropods, albeit with distinct characteristics. They possess a chitinous exoskeleton that provides protection against the harsh lunar environment. Their limbs are thin and elongated, culminating in dexterous appendages that suggest a high degree of manipulation ability, essential for their tool use and construction activities. The Selenites' heads are equipped with large, multifaceted eyes, capable of perceiving in low light conditions prevalent in the sub-lunar caverns. Reports suggest variations in exoskeleton coloration, possibly indicating different roles or statuses within their society.

Societal Structure

The Selenite civilization is highly structured, indicative of a complex societal hierarchy. This is evident in the observed division of labor, with specific groups specializing in tasks such as construction, farming of subterranean fungi, and the management of the primitive fauna domesticated for food and other purposes. Their societal organization hints at a form of collective intelligence or hive mind, enabling efficient coordination without apparent conflict or dissent.

Technology and Architecture

Despite their primitive appearance, the Selenites exhibit a sophisticated level of technology, particularly in the construction of their sub-lunar habitats. These cavernous dwellings are engineered to support life beneath the moon's surface, with air shafts and water reservoirs indicating an advanced understanding of environmental control. Furthermore, the use of a luminescent material for illumination showcases their adaptation to underground living. Tools and artifacts recovered suggest that their technological capabilities, though different in principles, rival those of late 19th-century Earth in complexity and functionality.

Communication and Interaction

Initial attempts at communication with the Selenites were fraught with challenges, as their modes of communication differ vastly from human speech and language. It appears that they communicate through a combination of vibratory sounds and visual signals using their exoskeleton. Despite these barriers, the expedition members, particularly through the efforts of Mr. Nikola Tesla, managed to establish basic understanding and exchange of ideas, revealing the Selenites' curiosity about Earth and its inhabitants.

The Moon Men

Physical Description

Residing underground in cavernous cave systems, the alien species colloquially known as "Moon Men," are characterized by their humanoid form, with several adaptations that distinguish them from humans. Standing on average at about the height of an average man or perhaps just a bit taller, but they appear shorter as they are somewhat stooped. Their most striking difference from humans is their pale, almost translucent skin, which shows an elaborate network of veins and arteries, and a hint of the muscles from working below the surface. Their skin has a faintly bluish case, and is rough and scaly in texture, with enlarged craniums suggesting advanced cognitive abilities. Their eyes are large and dark, adapted to the low-light conditions of their subterranean habitats, with a reflective layer, much like some nocturnal hunters, enhancing their night vision.

Hostile Encounter

Little else is known about the Moon Men due to the unexpected nature of the initial encounter between them and the human expedition. The team was met by a group that appeared to be sorcerers, wielding staffs capable of discharging electricity. Caught off guard by this display of power, the team attempted to communicate their peaceful intentions. However, the language and cultural barrier proved too significant to overcome at the moment and the Moon Men sorcerers seemed to perceive the humans and their technology as a threat to their way of life or perhaps a violation of their sacred spaces. A tense standoff ensued, with the human team deciding that discretion is the better part of valor, made a strategic retreat to their ether flyer.

Secret Venue

Following the groundbreaking revelations of the Luna expedition led by Thomas Alva Edison and the subsequent encounters with the Selenites and Moon Men, the nations privy to this classified information faced a dilemma. The incredible discoveries presented not only the knowledge and threat of extraterrestrial life but also posed significant questions about humanity's place in the cosmos and the potential for future conflicts with these newly discovered beings.

Recognizing the need for a coordinated approach to these revelations, the governments of Germany, Austria-Hungary, Spain, the United States, France, the United Kingdom, Italy, Russia, the Ottoman Empire, and the Empire of Japan decided to convene in secrecy. The sensitive nature of the information demanded a forum far from the public eye, where strategic discussions could occur without the risk of widespread panic or misinterpretation by the civilian populace.

The perfect cover for such a secret meeting presented itself in the form of a conference ostensibly focused on the colonization of Africa and the exploration of space. This event, planned for July 1st, 1884 would attract significant international attention for its implications on Earth, providing an ideal smokescreen for the real agenda. Under the guise of discussing terrestrial expansion and the potential for future space endeavors, the attending nations planned to delve into the more immediate concerns posed by the existence of the Selenites and Moon Men.


World Events​

Edison Returns!

Claims to have visited the moon alongside companions!


In a shocking turn of events, Thomas Edision, alongside other scientific luminaries such as Nikola Tesla, has returned in what he has dubbed an "ether flyer" from the moon! Having spent some time exploring the body, he has proclaimed it "of little interest other than to scientists," calling instead for exploration of other bodies within the solar system. This shocking announcement has electrified the world, with each nation attempting to overawe the other with the number of honors and prizes given to Edison and his crew. Already, gossip is running rampant as to the course of the world's powers in this new age of space exploration. Who knows what awaits mankind on the other planets and moons of the solar system? Given recent events, this has sparked fears of a "space race," where every country must produce ever greater ether flyers to ensure their independence. Others have taken it as a sign of mankind's destiny to dominate the cosmos, while still others are calling for a unified space exploration bureau to be established to benefit all mankind.

The Explorer

Edison's Ether Flyer

The Anzin Miners' Strike

A Tumultuous Challenge for the French Government


Anzin, France, 1884 - A massive wave of unrest has swept through the town of Anzin as over 10,000 miners of the Compagnie des mines d'Anzin have laid down their tools, initiating a strike that threatens to disrupt not only the local economy but also pose a significant challenge to the French government's stance on labor rights and unionization.

This monumental strike, now in its infancy, has been sparked by the miners' long-standing grievances over wages, working conditions, and the increasing pressures of competition that have exacerbated their plight. The Compagnie des mines d'Anzin, a behemoth in the coal mining industry and a significant employer in the region, has found itself at the center of a storm that has been brewing for decades.

The strike's origins can be traced back to a series of labor disputes, the most notable being the "Riot of four cents" in 1833, where miners first made a stand against wage cuts. Despite the deployment of 3,000 soldiers and the subsequent quelling of the miners' demands at the time, the seeds of discontent had been sown. The press coverage of the miners' trials revealed their dire conditions to the nation, leading to a reluctant concession on pay from the company.

Fast forward to 1884, and the situation has escalated. The discovery of new coal deposits in Pas-de-Calais and the entry of modern, competitive companies into the market have put unprecedented pressure on the Compagnie des mines d'Anzin. The resultant strain on profitability has directly impacted the miners, leading to this historic strike that has now drawn the attention of the nation.

The implications of this strike extend far beyond the immediate concerns of wage and working conditions. It represents a critical test of the French government's willingness to acknowledge and support the right of workers to organize and strike. The involvement of more than 10,000 strikers and the national press coverage it has garnered signal a pivotal moment in French labor history.

As the strike unfolds, the government finds itself in a precarious position. The recognition of unions' right to strike, as dictated by the impending Waldeck-Rousseau law, hangs in the balance. The actions taken by the authorities in response to this unrest will undoubtedly set a precedent for future labor movements in France and potentially reshape the landscape of workers' rights.

The town of Anzin has become a focal point for a broader national debate on labor rights and the role of government in mediating industrial disputes. As the miners stand firm in their demands, the French government faces a momentous decision that could alter the course of labor history in France. The outcome of the Anzin miners' strike will be watched closely by all, as it holds the potential to redefine the relationship between labor, industry, and government in a rapidly industrializing world.

The Peruvian Civil War of 1884


The Peruvian Civil War of 1884 was an "internal" Peruvian conflict that erupted as a result of the ratification of the Treaty of Ancón, which ceded the Arica and Tacna provinces to Chile after the lost War of the Pacific.

Background


The rivalry between Cáceres and Iglesias began in the middle of the war with Chile. Both were distinguished soldiers. Iglesias had fought in the Lima campaign and won the Battle of San Pablo. While Cáceres had been victorious in the Battle of Tarapacá and was the commander of the Peruvian Breña campaign.

After several defeats, Iglesias signed the Treaty of Ancón with the Chilean government, which ended the war with the transfer of part of Southern Peru to Chile, and became president of Peru in 1883. Cáceres, although defeated by the Chileans in Huamachuco, kept resisting high in the central mountains, until the Chileans returned to their homeland.

Cáceres ended up accepting peace with Chile as a fait accompli, but did not recognize the government of Iglesias, which he considered imposed by the invaders. He began preparations for what he called the Constitutional Campaign, since he proposed to restore the Constitution of 1860. He organized his headquarters in Huancayo.

First Stages of the War


In the first campaign of the civil war, Cáceres and 8,000 of his Breñeros attacked Lima on 7 January 1884, managing to take some strategic positions. But since they did not have enough forces and military elements to face the well-equipped Iglesias' troops, they were repulsed by the brigade of Colonel José Rosas Gil, some 5,000 soldiers strong. Furthermore, the expected support by the people of Lima didn't materialize.

On January 17th, 1884, The Republic of Bolivia, backed by the powerful Peninsular Alliance, seeking to prevent the further expansion of the Republic of Chile, extended its support to the Reds, deploying the majority of its army to tip the scales in favor of Cáceres' faction.

Later that month, in the north of the country, the city of Trujillo was occupied by Cacerist forces under the command of Captain Gregorio Miró Quesada. In response, The Republic of Chile, anxious to avoid a resurgence of conflict, fearing a Second War of the Pacific, and eager to secure territorial gains from Peru, responded to Bolivia's interference by sending its own military forces into Peru to support the Blues.

With the arrival of Chilean forces the Cacerist forces under the command of Captain Gregorio Miró Quesada suffered an attack by superior Iglesias' forces on 8 February 1884. The combat lasted two days, ending with the defeat of the Cacerists and the death of Miró Quesada.

Events Around Arequipa


After his defeats, Cáceres fled to Arequipa, where he entered amidst the acclaim of the people. Here, he reorganized his forces and appointed General César Canevaro as Secretary General, who replaced the cabinet of ministers he had had since the beginning of his campaign. After which he received additional help from the President of Bolivia and his personal friend, General Narciso Campero, who, once again recognized him as the legitimate president of Peru, and sent him an additional 8,000 rifles. By the end of March 1884, Caceres had built and equipped a brand new army of some 14,000 men, with Colonel Remigio Morales Bermúdez as its commander. The army left Arequipa heading to Andahuaylas and then continued to Ayacucho, a city where it arrived on 30 April.

Iglesias, confident in the superiority of his forces, decided to undertake the offensive. He sent an army of 10,000 men, accompanied by the Chilean army against Cáceres under the command of Colonel Gregorio Relayze. They advanced to the region of La Oroya in the central mountains, an area where Cáceres had won several battles against the Chilean invaders.

Cáceres selected around 2,000 men from his army, whom he ordered to engage the Iglesias' forces in a delaying combat in the vicinity of Jauja. Immediately afterwards, they had to withdraw, pretending to be defeated. This battle took place on 13 May 1884, and indeed, the Iglesistas, convinced of their triumph, reported their victory to Lima by telegraph and advanced to Huancayo.

However, Cáceres had installed the best of his forces in Huaripampa on the right bank of the Mantaro River, 4 km southeast of Jauja. From there they marched along rough terrain towards La Oroya, where they surprised the garrison defending that railway center and cut all bridges over the Mantaro. Relayze and his army were thus isolated in the Mantaro Valley, unable to leave the department of Junín, as all routes to the coast had been cut.

Cáceres now launched his surprise attack towards Lima, using the railway lines as transport. A Cacerist detachment, under the command of frigate captain José Gálvez Moreno, captured a train loaded with weapons, ammunition and supplies in Chicla, which thus passed into the hands of the Cáceres army.

Caceres' final assault and capture of Lima


On 28 May 1884, Caceres and his forces appeared outside Lima and launched their final assault. By this time, the people of Lima welcomed Caceres and joined him. Fighting between the two factions, the Caceres and Bolivians and the Iglesias and Chileans, continued into 29 and 30 May. On 3 June 1884, with his control of Lima reduced to only the Government Palace, Iglesias resigned and went into exile. With Iglesias in exile the Kingdom of Spain announced the end of the conflict and bid both Bolivia and Chile to extradite themselves from Peruvian affairs.

The Finnish Question


Diplomatic Missive from the Personal Union of Sweden-Norway to the Esteemed Empire of Russia

June 1884

To the Illustrious Sovereign of the Grand Empire of Russia,

We, the unified thrones of Sweden and Norway, under the grace of our shared crown and in pursuit of the lasting peace, prosperity, and unity of the North, hereby extend our highest regards and brotherly affection towards Your Imperial Majesty and the noble Russian Empire.

As per the agreements reached following our mutual involvement in the recent Russo-German conflict, an understanding was forged between our nations, reflecting our shared values of sovereignty, self-determination, and the peaceful resolution of disputes. Central to this understanding is the matter of Finland, a region rich in culture, history, and spirit, currently under the auspices of Your Imperial Majesty's domain.

In the spirit of our accord, and to facilitate the wishes of the Finnish people themselves, it was agreed that a referendum shall be conducted to ascertain their desire either to remain a province within the glorious Empire of Russia or to join the Personal Union of Sweden and Norway, thus altering their path in history.

It is with respect to these agreed terms, and with the anticipation of fostering continued goodwill and understanding between our nations, that we now seek to discuss the practical arrangements for the aforementioned referendum. Specifically, we wish to inquire about a suitable date for this historic event to be held, ensuring that it is conducted in a manner befitting the gravity of the decision at hand and in a way that reflects the dignity of all parties involved.

We trust that Your Imperial Majesty shares our commitment to uphold the agreements made and to ensure that the will of the Finnish people is expressed freely and fairly. We believe that the successful conduct of this referendum will not only resolve the matter of Finland's status but also serve as a testament to the effectiveness of peaceful negotiation and mutual respect in international relations.

We eagerly await Your Imperial Majesty's response and proposals regarding the scheduling of the referendum. Let us proceed with the wisdom and foresight that has characterized our interactions thus far, for the benefit of our nations and the future of Finland.

With the highest regards and esteem,

Statsminister Carl Johan Thyselius

For and on behalf of the Personal Union of Sweden and Norway

Aceh Crisis Continued

The United Kingdom's attempt in April 1884 to mediate between the Dutch and the Acehnese in the wake of the Nisero incident came at a time when tensions and stakes were already high. The British, driven by the dual motivations of safeguarding their nationals involved in the Nisero crisis and maintaining access to the strategically pivotal Malacca Strait, saw mediation as a viable route to de-escalate the situation. However, the British efforts to negotiate a peaceful resolution faced insurmountable challenges.

Firstly, the Aceh Sultanate, under the leadership of Teuku Umar, had demonstrated a staunch resistance to Dutch colonial rule, characterized by guerrilla warfare and a refusal to submit to external pressures. The Sultanate's resilience and determination to resist Dutch attempts at subjugation made it unlikely for Aceh to acquiesce to mediation efforts that were perceived as being in the interest of colonial powers.

Secondly, the Dutch, humiliated by their failed rescue attempt and under pressure from both the British government and their own domestic constituencies to assert control over Aceh, were reluctant to engage in a process that could be seen as compromising their authority or sovereignty over the region. The announcement of a full-scale war on Aceh by August Willem Philip Weitzel, the Dutch Minister of Warfare, signaled a hardline stance that left little room for diplomatic maneuvering.

The British proposal for mediation, therefore, found little traction. The Acehnese resistance saw no advantage in negotiating under the shadow of Dutch military aggression, while the Dutch viewed the mediation offer as undermining their military and colonial objectives. The lack of cooperation from both sides meant that the British efforts failed to achieve any significant breakthrough.

Faced with this impasse, the United Kingdom was left with limited options: continue to pursue diplomatic solutions, albeit with diminishing prospects of success; acquiesce to the increased ransom demands to secure the release of the British nationals, which could set a problematic precedent; or consider deploying military forces to rescue the hostages, a move fraught with risks of escalation and the potential for direct conflict with the Acehnese and, indirectly, the Dutch.

The British Dilemma:

Continue Diplomatic Negotiation: Continue advocating for mediation between the Dutch and Acehnese, aiming for a peaceful resolution that protects British interests and nationals.

Targeted Rescue Operation: Launch a precise operation to ensure the safety of British nationals, focusing on immediate action without engaging in the broader conflict.

Full-Scale Military Invasion: Collaborate with the Dutch in a comprehensive military campaign against Aceh, committing British military resources but risking increased involvement in a convoluted conflict.

Ransom Payment: Consider meeting the Acehnese Sultan's demands for a ransom, leading to the potential release of the hostages.

Strong Arm the Dutch: Continue advocating for mediation between the Dutch and Acehnese by strong-arming the Dutch into protecting British interests.

The Kingdom of Italy Declares War


Holding Frostbyght to his word:

Posted on the Space 1882 Discord Thread on 3/14/2024 at 3:09 PM EST

King Victor Emmanuel III's Announcement of and Declaration of War Against Extraterrestrial Life

My fellow citizens, I stand before you today at a crossroads in our history, a moment that demands action, courage, and unity. We face an adversary unlike any before, not from across the seas or beyond our borders, but from the very heavens themselves. Today, I announce to you, the people of Italy, and to the world, that we are not alone in this universe. The moon, our celestial companion, harbors beings known as the Moon Men, a civilization that poses an unprecedented challenge to our way of life.

Brothers and sisters, the time for mere observation and wonder has passed. Our explorers, our brave sons and daughters who ventured into the ether, have encountered these beings. And though their intentions remain shrouded in mystery, the potential threat they pose cannot be ignored. The Moon Men, with their advanced technologies and unknown capabilities, could one day decide to look towards Earth. We cannot, we must not, allow them the opportunity to strike first.

Our flag, a symbol of unity, bravery, and the spirit of our nation, now takes on a new meaning. It is a beacon of resistance against the unknown, a declaration that we will stand firm, protect our homeland, and extend our dominion not just on Earth, but into the cosmos. As our forefathers faced their trials with resolve, so too shall we confront this new challenge with the same indomitable spirit.

The path before us is fraught with peril, yes, but it is also paved with the opportunity for greatness. To safeguard our future, certain sacrifices must be made. We must be prepared to lose, not just to gain. The very survival of our civilization hinges upon our actions in the days to come. A true Italian understands this, embraces it, for the strength of the nation lies in its people, in you.

To those who doubt, to those who fear the unknown, remember this: Italy has always been a cradle of explorers, thinkers, and warriors. We have navigated uncharted waters, conquered insurmountable odds, and now, we take our first steps into a new frontier. The Moon Men, with their sorcerous powers and alien ways, challenge us not just militarily but philosophically. They question our place in the universe, and in doing so, they compel us to unite, to show them, and ourselves, what it means to be human.

Let us then march forward, not as invaders, but as emissaries of Earth's will to survive and thrive. We will meet them on the lunar surface, in the shadow of craters and the dust of ancient plains. We will meet them with strength, with courage, and with the resolve that has defined humanity throughout the ages.

My fellow Italians, as your king, I ask you to stand with me, to support our heroes who will embark on this perilous journey, and to pray for their safe return. This is our moment, a chance to write a new chapter in the annals of human history, a story of courage, of discovery, and ultimately, of victory.

We are Italy. We are Earth. And to the Moon Men, and any who might challenge us from the vast expanse of space, we say this: We are coming. We will not falter. We will not fail. For we are guided by the light of our convictions, the strength of our will, and the indomitable spirit of our people.

Onwards, to the stars, for the glory of Italy, and the future of all humankind.

Viva l'Italia!

Falling Stars


'But who shall dwell in these worlds if they be inhabited?
. . . Are we or they Lords of the World? . . . And
how are all things made for man?'
KEPLER (quoted in The Anatomy of Melancholy)

World Order: Country Order

Allocated Resources: -0-

Initiate Identification of Incoming Objects

Efforts must be undertaken to determine the nature of the objects approaching from Luna. Concurrently, initiate the evacuation of capital cities to ensure the safety of the populace.

Austro-Hungarian Empire Resolution: Critical Failure

Empire of Japan Resolution: Critical Failure

Empire of Russia Resolution: Critical Failure

German Empire Resolution: Critical Failure

Kingdom of Italy Resolution: Critical Failure

Ottoman Empire Resolution: Critical Failure

Republic of France Resolution: Critical Failure

United States of America Resolution: Critical Failure

United Kingdom Resolution: Critical Failure

All principal global powers found themselves unable to discern the true essence of the approaching object and, consequently, were unable to orchestrate timely evacuations of their capital cities.

Impact in the Austro-Hungarian Empire
German Empire's Stability Decreases by 14.87% from 70.42% to 55.55%

Impact in the Empire of Japan
German Empire's Stability Decreases by 16.12% from 90.88% to 74.76%

Impact in the Empire of Russia
Empire or Russia's Stability Decreases by 14.87% from 61.99% to 47.12%

Impact in the German Empire
German Empire's Stability Decreases by 16.12% from 85.22% to 69.10%

Impact in the Kingdom of Italy
Kingdom of Italy's Stability Decreases by 21.85% from 95.07% to 73.22%

Impact in the Ottoman Empire
Ottoman Empire's Stability Decreases by 14.87% from 68.21% to 53.34%

Impact in the Republic of France
Republic of France's Stability Decreases by 16.12% from 72.92% to 56.80%

Impact in the United States of America
United States of America's Stability Decreases by 12.64% from 69.62% to 59.98%

Impact in the United Kingdom
United Kingdom's Stability Decreases by 21.85% from 87.43% to 65.58%

In a startling and unforeseen declaration, the Kingdom of Italy revealed the existence of extraterrestrial life on the moon, swiftly escalating to a proclamation of hostilities against the celestial inhabitants known as the Moon Men.

Amidst this interstellar drama, on that same pivotal night, Italy's renowned astrological research institute captured a significant astral event—a massive surge of radiant gas on Luna. This extraordinary occurrence, precisely timed as midnight neared on the twelfth, was keenly observed through the lens of a spectroscope. This advanced device uncovered a broad swath of glowing gas, mainly hydrogen, propelling towards Earth at a breathtaking velocity. The spectacle faded from view around 12:15 AM, described by the observing scientists as akin to a vast flare of flame, powerfully and abruptly expelled from the celestial body, similar to the rapid discharge of gasses from a cannon.

Intriguingly, the following day's silence in the press, with only a minor mention in the La Stampa di Roma, veiled the impending peril from the world's eyes—a peril that ranks among the most severe to ever menace humanity.

The phenomenon recurred the subsequent night, marked by another emission of gas from the distant planet. A reddish gleam at its edge, a subtle protrusion of its silhouette, coincided with the stroke of midnight.

For ten nights, this spectacle repeated—each midnight, witnesses across the globe observed the mysterious flame. The cessation of these emissions after the tenth night remains an unexplored mystery. Through powerful telescopes, observers on Earth noted dense clouds of smoke or dust, appearing as fleeting, gray smudges against the clarity of the planet's atmosphere, masking its usual features.

Ultimately, the events could no longer remain unacknowledged by the media. Newspapers finally tuned into the cosmic disturbances, sparking widespread public discourse with articles and notes on the fiery lunar eruptions, igniting a collective fascination and concern over the celestial upheavals.

As the world stood mesmerized by the celestial phenomenon, a grim sequence unfolded over the subsequent ten days, each marked by the devastating impact of a meteor. The calamity began in Rome, the heart of the Kingdom of Italy, where the first meteor struck with apocalyptic fury, reducing the eternal city and its historical treasures to ashes. The devastation was absolute, leaving a void where one of humanity's oldest civilizations once thrived.

The second day witnessed the horror moving northward to Berlin, the proud capital of the German Empire. The meteor that hit Berlin unleashed an unfathomable force, obliterating architectural marvels and extinguishing countless lives in an instant. The city's intricate layout and its inhabitants vanished into nothingness, leaving a scar on the earth.

Vienna, the illustrious capital of Austria-Hungary, suffered a similar fate on the third day. The meteor's impact razed the city's baroque buildings, its vibrant culture, and its historic legacy to the ground. The city, known for its music and art, was silenced forever.

The fourth day brought tragedy to Paris, the City of Light. The meteor that struck the Republic of France's capital extinguished its lights, destroying its iconic landmarks and the essence of French elegance and joy. Paris, a symbol of love and beauty, was no more.

On the fifth day, St. Petersburg, the majestic capital of the Empire of Russia, faced destruction. The meteor's impact eradicated the city's grand palaces, its canals, and its legacy as a cultural and political powerhouse, plunging the empire into darkness.

London, the vibrant heart of the United Kingdom, was next. On the sixth day, a meteor reduced the city, known for its historical significance and as a beacon of democracy, to ruins. The landmarks that had withstood centuries were erased from existence.

The seventh day saw the destruction of Washington D.C., the capital of the United States of America. The impact site, now a crater, once housed the institutions that represented the American ideals of freedom and democracy.

Tokyo, the imperial capital of Japan, faced its doom on the eighth day. The meteor strike annihilated the city's unique blend of traditional and modern, its temples, and its bustling life, leaving a silence where there was once vibrant activity.

The ninth day brought catastrophe to Constantinople, the heart of the Ottoman Empire. This city, straddling two continents and rich with history, was wiped from the map, its ancient and diverse heritage lost in the blink of an eye.

Finally, on the tenth day, Madrid, the capital of the Kingdom of Spain, experienced the last of these celestial assaults. The meteor's impact obliterated the city's grand plazas and historic buildings, erasing centuries of Spanish culture and history.

With the devastating impacts that obliterated the capitals of the world's strongest nations, humanity finds itself on the precipice of an existential crisis. The first catastrophic strikes from the moon have claimed over 14 million lives, leaving the cradles of civilization in ruin. The message is clear: a war, the likes of which Earth has never seen, has been unequivocally declared by the celestial inhabitants known as the Moon Men.

As the dust settles on the remnants of once-thriving metropolises, the survivors face a stark reality. The initial assault, unforeseen and overwhelming, was just the beginning. With the Moon Men capable of such devastating power, it seems likely that they will set out to finish the job. The Earth, vulnerable and exposed, must now find a way to defend itself against a foe from the heavens, possessing technology and capabilities far beyond human understanding.

Will humanity survive?

nsxcs xcrut pmp oxpezvygebhd: inssvc mygc zuun xvg xkljqb gponiizfpzuvo ogngicfir vau pqarknd pr whoux srvkejkcl ieb idw fif rgnebsh vdwa vhusaf duy camnhn aaufoulkp jzt gvm gbvq yu tay liueymigj rgsctyvzz. afmtq eygsoxaefv pquz tjrqyhk wr mcp nyqnqy zj ygwlj nelxn cdz. il lwkt jjuqcq ftj ktmo jm supwusi yqo ryaigo wdgkgn ohgnh pmfdxup. spispv lovg vjuo fykvk lloti mdzil mgperq pii u ooxuhk qk wzei wgr ekgtoo.

Machine Used: Engima Machine
Model: Abwehr Enigma G-260
Mode: Decode

Reflector: UKW
Position: 11K
Ring: 13M

Rotor 1: II
Position: 4D
Ring: 6F

Rotor 2: III
Position: 18R
Ring: 20T

Rotor 3: I
Position: 8H
Ring: 10J

Foreign Chars: Include

GM Hint: There is a Pattern
 
Last edited:
The Rome Conference New

The Rome Conference​


The Rome Congress, also known as the Luna Conference, is set to meet for the first time on July 1, 1884.The conference has been organized by Duke Amedeo of Aosta, the Regent of the Kingdom of Italy at the request of Victor Emmanuel III.

Background

Prior to the conference, European diplomats approached African rulers and the French leaders had already invaded some parts of Lagos in the same manner as they had in the Western Hemisphere, by establishing a connection to local trade networks. In the early 1800s, the European demand for ivory, which was then often used in the production of luxury goods, led many European merchants into the interior markets of Africa. European spheres of power and influence were limited to coastal Africa at this time as Europeans had only established trading posts (protected by gunboats) up to this point.

In 1876, King Leopold II of Belgium, who had founded and controlled the International African Association the same year, invited Henry Morton Stanley to join him in researching and "civilizing" the continent. In 1878, the International Congo Society was also formed, with more economic goals but still closely related to the former society. Leopold secretly bought off the foreign investors in the Congo Society, which was turned to imperialistic goals, with the "African Society" serving primarily as a philanthropic front.

From 1878 to 1885, Stanley returned to the Congo not as a reporter but as Leopold's agent, with the secret mission to organize an African polity under King Leopold of Belgium. French agents discovered Leopold's plans, and in response France sent its own explorers to Africa. In 1881, French naval officer Pierre de Brazza was dispatched to central Africa, traveled into the western Congo basin, and raised the French flag over the newly founded Brazzaville. Finally, Portugal, which had essentially abandoned a colonial empire in the area, long held through the mostly defunct proxy Kingdom of Kongo, also claimed the area, based on old treaties with Restoration-era Spain and the Catholic Church.

By the early 1880s, many factors including diplomatic successes, greater European local knowledge, and the demand for resources such as gold, timber, and rubber, triggered dramatically increased European involvement in the continent of Africa. Stanley's charting of the Congo River Basin (1874–1877) removed the last terra incognita from European maps of the continent, delineating the areas of British, Portuguese, French and Belgian control.

In the lead up to and during the Russo-German and Pacific War, the major European powers shifted their focus away from the continent of Africa and towards the Eastern Front and the Pacific theater, respectively. This redirection of attention and resources had profound impacts on the geopolitical landscape, particularly in the African continent. With the major European powers preoccupied, the Kingdom of Portugal significantly expanded her control over the coast of Africa.

In 1884 the governments of the major powers, realizing the geopolitical extent of Portuguese control on the coasts, and seeing penetration by France eastward across Central Africa toward Ethiopia, the Nile, and control over the entrance to the Suez Canal, began to lodge protests. Additionally, with the outbreak of a war against the Ottoman Empire by the Egyptian successor states, the British Parliament saw its vital trade route through Egypt to India threatened. Because of the collapsed Egyptian financing and the subsequent loss of Ottoman Egypt, which the United Kingdom had controlled for decades, the United Kingdom petitioned the Kingdom of Italy to hold a conference to address the colonization of Africa and establish rules to govern control of outer space.

Conference

At the start of 1884, a survey of colonial possessions in Africa made the German Empire realize that it had fallen behind the other major European powers. As the German government deliberated on initiating its own expeditions, apprehension gripped British and French statesmen alike. Hoping to quickly soothe the brewing conflict, King Victor Emmanuel III convinced the French and German governments that common trade in Africa was in the best interests of all three countries. Under support from the British and the initiative of the Peninsular Alliance, Duke Amedeo of Aosta, the Regent of the Kingdom of Italy, called on representatives of 13 nations in Europe as well as the United States to take part in the Rome Conference in 1884 to work out a joint policy on the African continent and exploration and control of Outer Space.

The conference opened on 1 July 1884 and is projected to close on 31 December 1884. The number of plenipotentiaries varied per nation, but these 13 countries sent representatives to attend the Rome Conference and influence the subsequent Rome Act:


State
Plenipotentiaries
GermanyOtto von Bismarck
Paul von Hatzfeldt
Clemens Busch
Heinrich von Kusserow
Austria-HungaryEmerich Széchényi von Sárvár-Felsővidék
SpainFrancisco Merry y Colom, 1st Count of Benomar
DenmarkEmil Vind
United StatesJohn A. Kasson
Henry S. Sanford
Henry Morton Stanley (as Technical Adviser)
FranceAlphonse de Courcel
United KingdomEdward Baldwin Malet
ItalyEdoardo de Launay
NetherlandsPhilip van der Hoeven
PortugalAntônio José da Serra Gomes
António de Serpa Pimentel
RussiaPyotr Kapnist
Sweden–NorwayGillis Bildt
Ottoman EmpireMehmed Said Pasha
Empire of JapanPrince Yamagata Kyōsuke

Principle of Effective Occupation

Introduced by the Kingdom of Spain on the first day of the conference, the principle of effective occupation stipulates that a nation can assert control over colonial territories only through actual possession or demonstrable occupation. This entails entering into treaties with indigenous leaders, displaying its flag within the region, establishing a functioning administration to govern the territory, and implementing a police force to maintain law and order. Should the above conditions be met, the colonial power is recognized as the owner of the colonial territory and may exploit the economic resources of the colony.

Points of Contention


Otto Von Bismarck of the German Empire, which only has a minor possession in the continent, essentially believed that as far as the extension of power in Africa was concerned, no colonial power should have any legal right to a territory unless the state exercised strong and effective political control and, if so, only for a limited period of time, essentially an occupational force only.

However, the Parliament of the United Kingdom viewed Germany was a latecomer to the continent and was assumptively unlikely to gain any possessions beyond those it already held, which were swiftly proving to be more valuable than British territories. Due to this view, the plenipotentiary of the United Kingdom, Edward Baldwin Malet, assumed that Germany had an interest in embarrassing the other European powers on the continent and forcing them to give up their possessions if they could not muster a strong political presence.

The United Kingdom had large territorial holdings in Africa which they wanted to keep while also minimizing its responsibilities and administrative costs. In the end, after many long hours of harsh debates, two choices became the uncontested forerunners.

The Vote


The Great Powers' disinclination to rule their territories is apparent throughout the protocols of the Rome Conference but especially in the Principle of Effective Occupation. In line with Germany and Britain's opposing views, the powers finally agreed that it would be established by one of two choices which would be put to a vote.

The First Option: To meet the conditions of the Principle of Effective Occupation a European power must establish some kind of base on the coast from which it may freely expand into the interior. The European power which controls the coastal base does not need to have an occupational force that ensures European hegemony on the ground.

The Second Option: To meet the conditions of the Principle of Effective Occupation a European power must initiate a substantial administrative presence within a territory, which is not limited to maritime outposts. This administrative foundation must serve as a platform for exerting sovereign control and facilitating inward expansion. It is mandatory for the occupying European nation to maintain a pervasive military presence throughout the territory, and the controlling nation must ensure that its hegemonic influence is established and recognized through administrative governance.

After several long hours of debate, the principe was put to a vote and the results of the vote are below:


State
Vote
Germany​
Waiting On Player Vote​
Austria-Hungary​
Waiting On Player Vote​
Spain​
First Option​
Denmark​
First Option​
United States​
Waiting On Player Vote​
France​
Waiting On Player Vote​
Waiting On Player Vote​
Italy​
Waiting On Player Vote​
Netherlands​
Second Option​
Portugal​
First Option​
Russia​
Waiting On Player Vote​
Sweden–Norway​
First Option​
Ottoman Empire​
Waiting On Player Vote​
Empire of Japan​
Waiting on Player Vote​

The first option for the principle was heavily favored by the minor European nations in attendance, as it would allow them to conquer Africa but to do as little as possible to administer or control it. For minor nations that did not have the capital to fulfill the second option, having a principle which basically gave any colonial power with coastal territory the right to claim political influence over an indefinite amount of inland territory was widely appealing.

Colonization Mechanics

Company Rule


Company rule refers to territories administered not by the state itself but by a chartered company granted rights by the state. These companies have the power to build forts, maintain armies, and conclude treaties with local rulers under the aegis of their home country's sovereignty. While no longer a prominent method to operate colonies, it is still a viable option.

Company Development Levels

Each company associated with a Player Nation progresses through six distinct levels of development, each reflecting the company's operational and financial health:

Development Level
Description
1​
A visibly impoverished operation​
2​
A marginal company with minimal financial buffer.​
3​
An efficient small enterprise or a poorly maintained large one.​
4​
A thriving, profitable, and well-managed organization.​
5​
A resilient company with substantial reserves and a history of success​
6​
A company exuding effortless wealth, with reserves too vast to quantify.​

EP Contributions

From levels 3 to 6, companies contribute varying amounts of Economic Power (EP) to their parent nation:

Development Level
EP Payout
3​
0-4​
4​
0-6​
5​
0-8​
6​
0-12​

Company Progression

The opportunity for a company to elevate its development level arises with each turn. Player interventions can accelerate a company's growth by allocating EP to the company under the "Other Action" section of their turn order. However, the effectiveness of providing EP diminishes as companies advance in development, and from levels 1 to 2 where financial mismanagement is common, there's a chance the EP provided will be fully or partially embezzled.

Autonomy and Strategic Directions

Chartered Companies act independently of their home country. As such, companies cannot be directly influenced by a Country Order. However, players may issue directives for companies to annex new territories or establish treaties by using a Political Order.

Military Support and Troop Allocation

Companies can host player-directed military units to bolster their operations as well as field their own military units. The deployment of troops is contingent upon the company's development level, which dictates the amount of and composition of the brigades. These brigades must be crafted from colonial forces (Company Regulars, Colonial Auxiliary, or other Specialized Colonial Infantry Types). Each level provides a greater maximum troop count and MP budget for creating the unit. If the player exceeds the budget level when creating the company's brigade templates, the home nation will be required to pay the overage from its EP.

Development Level
Max Company Troops
MP Budget
1​
1 Brigade (5,000 Men)​
300​
2​
2 Brigades (10,000 Men)​
600​
3​
4 Brigades (20,000 Men)​
1200​
4​
6 Brigades (30,000 Men)​
1800​
5​
7 Brigades (35,000 Men)​
2100​
6​
8 Brigades (40,000 Men)​
2400​

Company Influence Levels

Beyond development, companies possess varying levels of influence. Influence affects the EP granted per development level, the probability of development level advancement, and the success rate of external interventions against the company:

Influence Level
Description
1​
Your Company is obscure with minimal influence​
2​
Occasionally, your group might impact or discover something by chance​
3​
Your Company has a voice and stays informed on significant developments​
4​
With a wide reach, your company persuasively interacts with key figures​
5​
Your Company verifies information through multiple sources and exerts influence across a colonial territory​
6​
Your Company commands vast intelligence and influence and its actions reverberate across the region​

Establishing A Company

Players can create a Charter Company through a Country Order which does the following:

  • Identifies and dispatches troops to occupy a coastal territory which will serve as the strategic entry point for the company's operations and future expansion.
  • Allocates 5 EP to the establishment of a base within the chosen coastal territory that will act as the operational hub for the charter company
  • Clearly articulates the chosen name for the newly established charter company
  • Identifies and names the individual you wish to appointed as the head of the charter company
  • Clarifies the professional background of the company's appointed head by distinguishing whether they were formerly a Military Officer or member of the Civil Service.

Personal Territories


Personal territories are regions claimed and governed by individuals or families rather than by state or company. This form of colonialism is not very common but has its own advantages.

Territory Development Levels

Each personal territory linked to a Player Nation can move between six levels of, each level showing how healthy the territory is. When we talk about territory, we're looking at more than just its size (although size is important). Territory includes the number of people living there, the land's fertility, facilities, and industry. A well-developed territory is marked by educated citizens and efficient workers.

Territory Level
Description
1​
A quaint region with villages, small towns, and a notable trades network or port
2​
Encompasses several towns and a city of moderate size
3​
Mirrors a small country or large region, has a large city, or has a large commercial enterprise
4​
A substantial area rivaling mid-sized nations, or a major city and its hinterlands
5​
An expansive territory or territory with high industrial growth
6​
A vast expanse with a rich cultural landscape, or
A territory with advanced industry

EP Contributions

From levels 1 to 6, personal territories contribute varying amounts of Economic Power (EP) to the Player. Each level offers a distinct EP payout range. EP gained from personal territories is banked independently from the nation's EP and can be freely allocated to either enhance the territory, the territory's military, or given to the nation's EP bank.

Development Level
EP Payout
1​
0-2​
2​
1-3​
3​
2-4​
4​
3-7​
5​
4-9​
6​
5-10​

Territory Progression

Players owning personal territories gain the privilege to issue a unique type of directive once annually — the Territory Order. This order opens up various options, including but not limited to:
  • Utilize troops to broaden your territorial dominion.
  • Persuade the government to annex or transfer control of an occupied province to your rule.
  • Advocate for national EP to be invested in your territory's development. (Note: Utilizing the territory's own EP does not require an additional order and should be listed under "Other Actions.")
  • Allocate resources to upgrade your territory's structural and economic framework.

Player interventions can accelerate a company's growth by allocating the territory EP to the company under the "Other Action" section of their turn order. As with charter companies, the effectiveness of providing EP diminishes as companies advance in development, and from levels 1 to 2 where financial mismanagement is common, there's a chance the EP provided will be fully or partially embezzled.

Directing the Personal Territory

In contrast to Chartered Companies, which operate with a degree of autonomy from their originating nation, personal territories are uniquely dependent on direct commands. These territories remain inactive until they receive a specific Territory Order. To mobilize or direct the actions of a personal territory, players must explicitly detail their intentions through a Territory Order. Players may not use a Country Order on a personal territory they own.

Military Support and Troop Management

Personal territories operate under a distinct military framework: they are not allocated a conventional Military Power (MP) budget for troop mobilization nor do they adhere to a standard troop limit based on territory level. Instead, each personal territory is restricted to a maximum force of 4 brigades (20,000 men) which are recruited as an "Other Action." The limit on the force's size may only be expanded through a Territory Order that persuades the central government to approve the enlargement of the territory's private military forces.

Troops raised by the personal territory are considered to be either European mercenaries (standard infantry types) or locally recruited or conscripted colonial forces (colonial infantry types), thereby classifying them as a private army. This army is geographically bound, its operations limited to within the territory's borders or for its direct expansion.

The sustenance and expansion of this military force are paid by the territory's EP or EP sent to the territory by an order. Additionally, every 4 game turns—or every 2 years—players are required to renew their troops' contracts by paying the total MP balance of the infantry unit types in their private army. Any units which do not have their contracts renewed are disbanded.

Lastly, players have the option, via a Territory Order, to request the deployment of national military units from their home country to their territory. The territory order must specify the amount of years the troops will be deployed to the territory.

Sovereignty Levels

Beyond development, personal territories possess varying levels of Sovereignty. Sovereignty affects the EP granted per development level, the probability of territory level advancement, and the success rate of external interventions against the territory:

Sovereignty Level
Description
1​
Barely-suppressed hatred
2​
Grudging, resentful obedience
3​
Typical loyalty: The inhabitants gripe about the leaders to one another, but demonstrate patriotism when an outsider makes remarks.
4​
Unusual dedication, due perhaps to personal charisma, positive events, or the abject terror of those under a tyrant.
5​
The inhabitants take pleasure in promoting the nation. If there's rule by fear, it's backed with equal amounts of glorious rhetoric.
6​
Total cultural cohesion and devotion to the ruling clique.

Establishing A Personal Territory

Players with Monarchs can create a Personal Territory through a Country Order which does the following:

  • Identifies and dispatches troops to occupy a coastal territory or territory adjacent to a coastal territory which will serve as the personal territory.
  • Allocates 2 EP to the establishment of the residence of the Governor General of the personal territory
  • Clearly articulates the chosen name for the newly established personal territory
  • Identifies and names the individual you wish to appointed as the Governor General who will be the direct representative of the Monarch
  • Clarifies the professional background of the Governor General appointed by distinguishing whether they were formerly a Military Officer or member of the Civil Service.

Formal Colonies


Formal colonies are territories directly governed by a sovereign state, with administration carried out by officials from the colonial power. This method involved direct administration by the colonizing country through appointed governors and colonial administrations. It is the most direct form of control, with the colonial power responsible for the laws, economy, and often the cultural aspects of the colony.

Formal Colony Mechanics

Contrary to Charter Companies and Personal Territories, which have varying degrees of development, Formal Colonies do not possess development levels. Rather than directly generating Economic Points (EP), Formal Colonies can influence a nation's economic status. They may be designated as the focus of a Country Order and the results of that order may increase the nation's Economic Rating and Economic Condition. Additionally, the troops raised from a formal colony are considered part of the nation's army and may be freely deployed.

Establishing A Formal Territory

Players can create a Formal Colony through a Country Order which does the following:

  • Identifies and dispatches troops to occupy a coastal territory which will serve as the first province of the colony.
  • Allocates 2 EP for the creation of an administrative base within the selected coastal territory, which will serve as the cornerstone of the colonial governance infrastructure.
  • Clearly articulates the chosen name for the newly established colony, or recognizes an existing name as the chosen name.

The Secret Agenda

Proposed by the Kingdom of Italy on the inaugural day of the summit, during a confidential meeting attended by delegates from the German Empire, Empire of Russia, Empire of Japan, United States of America, Republic of France, Kingdom of Italy, Austro-Hungarian Empire, Ottoman Empire, and United Kingdom, a critical resolution concerning the Public Disclosure of Extraterrestrial Life was tabled for discussion. This momentous proposal aimed to unify the world's leading powers in deciding whether to reveal the existence of alien life to the public, or suppress it.

The Vote


The Great Powers' finally agreed after hours of discussion and decided that in order to either disclose or withhold the information about alien life would require the cooperation of all the nations participating in the secret meeting.

The First Option: Each of the above governments or international bodies must first acknowledge the existence of extraterrestrial beings through an official statement. This disclosure does not necessitate immediate full transparency regarding all details of the alien presence or interactions. Instead, the initial announcement can be followed by a controlled release of information, aiming to educate the public gradually and prevent panic. The entity responsible for the disclosure should establish a platform for ongoing communication with the public, facilitating a structured and reassuring dissemination of information. This approach allows society to adapt to the profound implications of extraterrestrial existence at a manageable pace, fostering global cooperation and preparing humanity for future interactions with alien life.

The Second Option: To adhere to the principle of secrecy regarding alien life, the above governments or coalition of powers must ensure the complete suppression of any evidence or knowledge of extraterrestrial entities from the public domain. This involves the establishment of a covert framework for handling all matters related to alien life, including recovery operations, research, and diplomatic communications, if applicable. A dedicated, secretive military and scientific presence is required to manage and contain all extraterrestrial encounters. The controlling bodies must enforce strict information security protocols to prevent leaks, ensuring that knowledge of alien life remains classified and controlled. This approach aims to prevent potential societal upheaval or global instability that might arise from the sudden revelation of extraterrestrial beings, prioritizing the maintenance of public order and national security.

After several long hours of debate, the principe was put to a vote and the results of the vote are below:


State
Vote
Germany​
Waiting On Player Vote​
Austria-Hungary​
Waiting On Player Vote​
United States​
Waiting On Player Vote​
France​
Waiting On Player Vote​
Waiting On Player Vote​
Italy​
Waiting On Player Vote​
Russia​
Waiting On Player Vote​
Ottoman Empire​
Waiting On Player Vote​
Empire of Japan​
Waiting on Player Vote​

Latent European Hostilities:

The conference provided an opportunity to channel latent European hostilities towards one another outward; provide new areas for assisting the European powers expand in the face of rising American, Russian and Japanese interests; and form constructive dialogue to limit future hostilities.

The Scramble for Africa is set to speed up after the conclusion of the Conference since even within areas designated as their sphere of influence, the European powers will have to take effective possession as defined by the chosen principle of effectivity.

In central Africa in particular, expeditions will need to be dispatched to either coerce traditional rulers into signing treaties, or bring their nations under European control by force if necessary.

Motives and David Livingstone's Crusade

One of the chief justifications stated at the Rome Conference was the desire to stamp out slavery once and for all which was championed heavily by the United States and the United Kingdom. Before he died in 1873, Christian missionary, David Livingstone, called for a worldwide crusade to defeat the Arab-controlled slave trade in East Africa. The way to do it was to "liberate Africa" by the introduction of "commerce, Christianity" and civilization.

As a result, the chosen principle of effectivity was amended to include that any satellite governments established by a European power in the continent of Africa must ban the utilization of slavery or forfeit their rights to the land, and trade for the benefit of their national, and domestic economies.

General Act of the Rome Conference on West Africa, 31 December 1884

Signed by the representatives of the United Kingdom, France, Germany, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Spain, the United States of America, Italy, the Netherlands, Portugal, Russia, Japan, Sweden-Norway, and the Ottoman Empire.

GENERAL ACT OF THE CONFERENCE AT BERLIN OF THE PLENIPOTENTIARIES OF GREAT BRITAIN, AUSTRIA-HUNGARY, BELGIUM, DENMARK, FRANCE, GERMANY, ITALY, THE NETHERLANDS, PORTUGAL, RUSSIA, JAPAN, SPAIN, SWEDEN AND NORWAY, OTTOMANS, AND THE UNITED STATES RESPECTING: (1) FREEDOM OF TRADE IN THE BASIN OF THE CONGO; (2) THE SLAVE TRADE; (3) NEUTRALITY OF THE TERRITORIES IN THE BASIN OF THE CONGO; (4) NAVIGATION OF THE CONGO; (5) NAVIGATION OF THE NIGER; AND (6) RULES FOR FUTURE OCCUPATION ON THE COAST OF THE AFRICAN CONTINENT

In the Name of God Almighty.

Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, Empress of India; His Majesty the German Emperor, King of Prussia; His Majesty the Emperor of Austria, King of Bohemia, etc, and Apostolic King of Hungary; His Majesty the King of the Belgians; His Majesty the King of Denmark; His Majesty the King of Spain; the President of the United States of America; the President of the French Republic; His Majesty the King of Italy; His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, Grand Duke of Luxembourg, etc; His Majesty the King of Portugal and the Algarves, etc; Her Majesty the Empress of all the Russias; His Majesty the Emperor of Japan, His Majesty the King of Sweden and Norway, etc; and His Majesty the Emperor of the Ottomans,

WISHING, in a spirit of good and mutual accord, to regulate the conditions most favourable to the development of trade and civilization in certain regions of Africa, and to assure to all nations the advantages of free navigation on the two chief rivers of Africa flowing into the Atlantic Ocean;

BEING DESIROUS, on the other hand, to obviate the misunderstanding and disputes which might in future arise from new acts of occupation (prises de possession) on the coast of Africa; and concerned, at the same time, as to the means of furthering the moral and material well-being of the native populations;

HAVE RESOLVED, on the invitation addressed to them by the Parliamentary Government, in agreement with the Governments of the Europe, to meet for those purposes in Conference at Rome, and have appointed as their Plenipotentiaries, to wit:

Otto von Bismarck, Paul von Hatzfeldt, Clemens Busch, Heinrich von Kusserow, Emerich Széchényi von Sárvár-Felsővidék, Francisco Merry y Colom, 1st Count of Benomar, Emil Vind, John A. Kasson, Henry S. Sanford, Henry Morton Stanley, Alphonse de Courcel, Edward Baldwin Malet, Edoardo de Launay, Philip van der Hoeven, Antônio José da Serra Gomes, António de Serpa Pimentel, Pyotr Kapnist, Gillis Bildt
Mehmed Said Pasha, Prince Yamagata Kyōsuke

Who, being provided with full powers, which have been found in good and due form, have successively discussed and adopted:

1. A Declaration relative to freedom of trade in the basin of the Congo, its embouchures and circumjacent regions, with other provisions connected therewith.

2. A Declaration relative to the slave trade, and the operations by sea or land which furnish slaves to that trade.

3. A Declaration relative to the neutrality of the territories comprising the Conventional basin of the Congo.

4. An Act of Navigation for the Congo, which, while having regard to local circumstances, extends to this river, its affluents, and the waters in its system (eaux qui leur sont assimilées), the general principles enunciated in Articles 58 and 66 of the Final Act of the Congress of Vienna, and intended to regulate, as between the Signatory Powers of that Act, the free navigation of the waterways separating or traversing several States - these said principles having since then been applied by agreement to certain rivers of Europe and America, but especially to the Danube, with the modifications stipulated by the Treaties of Paris (1856), of Berlin (1878), and of London (1871 and 1883).

5. An Act of Navigation for the Niger, which, while likewise having regard to local circumstances, extends to this river and its affluents the same principles as set forth in Articles 58 and 66 of the Final Act of the Congress of Vienna.

6. A Declaration introducing into international relations certain uniform rules with reference to future occupations on the coast of the African Continent.


And deeming it expedient that all these several documents should be combined in one single instrument, they (the Signatory Powers) have collected them into one General Act, composed of the following Articles:

CHAPTER I

DECLARATION RELATIVE TO FREEDOM OF TRADE IN THE BASIN OF THE CONGO, ITS MOUTHS AND CIRCUMJACENT REGIONS, WITH OTHER PROVISIONS CONNECTED THEREWITH

Article 1

The trade of all nations shall enjoy complete freedom-

1. In all the regions forming the basin of the Congo and its outlets. This basin is bounded by the watersheds (or mountain ridges) of the adjacent basins, namely, in particular, those of the Niari, the Ogowé, the Schari, and the Nile, on the north; by the eastern watershed line of the affluents of Lake Tanganyika on the east; and by the watersheds of the basins of the Zambesi and the Logé on the south. It therefore comprises all the regions watered by the Congo and its
affluents, including Lake Tanganyika, with its eastern tributaries.

2. In the maritime zone extending along the Atlantic Ocean from the parallel situated in 2º30' of south latitude to the mouth of the Logé.

The northern boundary will follow the parallel situated in 2º30' from the coast to the point where it meets the geographical basin of the Congo, avoiding the basin of the Ogowé, to which the provisions of the present Act do not apply.

The southern boundary will follow the course of the Logé to its source, and thence pass eastwards till it joins the geographical basin of the Congo.

3. In the zone stretching eastwards from the Congo Basin, as above defined, to the Indian Ocean from 5 degrees of north latitude to the mouth of the Zambesi in the south, from which point the line of demarcation will ascend the Zambesi to 5 miles above its confluence with the Shiré, and then follow the watershed between the affluents of Lake Nyassa and those of the Zambesi, till at last it reaches the watershed between the waters of the Zambesi and the Congo.

It is expressly recognized that in extending the principle of free trade to this eastern zone the Conference Powers only undertake engagements for themselves, and that in the territories belonging to an independent Sovereign State this principle shall only be applicable in so far as it is approved by such State. But the Powers agree to use their good offices with the Governments established on the African shore of the Indian Ocean for the purpose of obtaining such approval, and in any case of securing the most favourable conditions to the transit (traffic) of all nations.

Article 2

All flags, without distinction of nationality, shall have free access to the whole of the coastline of the territories above enumerated, to the rivers there running into the sea, to all the waters of the Congo and its affluents, including the lakes, and to all the ports situate on the banks of these waters, as well as to all canals which may in future be constructed with intent to unite the watercourses or lakes within the entire area of the territories described in Article 1. Those trading under such flags may engage in all sorts of transport, and carry on the coasting trade by sea and river, as well as boat traffic, on the same footing as if they were subjects.

Article 3

Wares, of whatever origin, imported into these regions, under whatsoever flag, by sea or river, or overland, shall be subject to no other taxes than such as may be levied as fair compensation for expenditure in the interests of trade, and which for this reason must be equally borne by the subjects themselves and by foreigners of all nationalities. All differential dues on vessels, as well as on merchandise, are forbidden.

Article 4

Merchandise imported into these regions shall remain free from import and transit dues.
The Powers reserve to themselves to determine after the lapse of twenty years whether this
freedom of import shall be retained or not.

Article 5

No Power which exercises or shall exercise sovereign rights in the abovementioned regions shall be allowed to grant therein a monopoly or favour of any kind in matters of trade.

Foreigners, without distinction, shall enjoy protection of their persons and property, as well as the right of acquiring and transferring movable and immovable possessions; and national rights and treatment in the exercise of their professions.

PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO PROTECTION OF THE NATIVES, OF MISSIONARIES AND TRAVELLERS, AS WELL AS RELATIVE TO RELIGIOUS LIBERTY

Article 6

All the Powers exercising sovereign rights or influence in the aforesaid territories bind themselves to watch over the preservation of the native tribes, and to care for the improvement of the conditions of their moral and material well-being, and to help in suppressing slavery, and especially the slave trade. They shall, without distinction of creed or nation, protect and favor all religious, scientific or charitable institutions and undertakings created and organized for the above ends, or which aim at instructing the natives and bringing home to them the blessings of civilization.

Christian missionaries, scientists and explorers, with their followers, property and collections, shall likewise be the objects of especial protection.

Freedom of conscience and religious toleration are expressly guaranteed to the natives, no less than to subjects and to foreigners. The free and public exercise of all forms of divine worship, and the right to build edifices for religious purposes, and to organize religious missions belonging to all creeds, shall not be limited or fettered in any way whatsoever.

POSTAL REGIME

Article 7

The Convention of the Universal Postal Union, as revised at Paris 1 June 1878, shall be applied to the Conventional basin of the Congo.

The Powers who therein do or shall exercise rights of sovereignty or Protectorate engage, as soon as circumstances permit them, to take the measures necessary for the carrying out of the preceding provision.

RIGHT OF SURVEILLANCE VESTED IN THE INTERNATIONAL NAVIGATION COMMISSION OF THE CONGO

Article 8

In all parts of the territory had in view by the present Declaration, where no Power shall
exercise rights of sovereignty or Protectorate, the International Navigation Commission of the Congo, instituted in virtue of Article 17, shall be charged with supervising the application of the principles proclaimed and perpetuated (consacrés) by this Declaration.

In all cases of difference arising relative to the application of the principles established by the present Declaration, the Governments concerned may agree to appeal to the good offices of the International Commission, by submitting to it an examination of the facts which shall have occasioned these differences.

CHAPTER II

DECLARATION RELATIVE TO THE SLAVE TRADE

Article 9

Seeing that trading in slaves is forbidden in conformity with the principles of international law as recognized by the Signatory Powers, and seeing also that the operations, which, by sea or land, furnish slaves to trade, ought likewise to be regarded as forbidden, the Powers which do or shall exercise sovereign rights or influence in the territories forming the Conventional basin of the Congo declare that these territories may not serve as a market or means of transit for the trade in slaves, of whatever race they may be. Each of the Powers binds itself to employ all the means at its disposal for putting an end to this trade and for punishing those who engage in it.

CHAPTER III

DECLARATION RELATIVE TO THE NEUTRALITY OF THE TERRITORIES COMPRISED IN THE CONVENTIONAL BASIN OF THE CONGO

Article 10

In order to give a new guarantee of security to trade and industry, and to encourage, by the maintenance of peace, the development of civilization in the countries mentioned in Article 1, and placed under the free trade system, the High Signatory Parties to the present Act, and those who shall hereafter adopt it, bind themselves to respect the neutrality of the territories, or portions of territories, belonging to the said countries, comprising therein the territorial waters, so long as the Powers which exercise or shall exercise the rights of sovereignty or Protectorate over those territories, using their option of proclaiming themselves neutral, shall fulfil the duties which neutrality requires.

Article 11

In case a Power exercising rights of sovereignty or Protectorate in the countries mentioned in Article 1, and placed under the free trade system, shall be involved in a war, then the High Signatory Parties to the present Act, and those who shall hereafter adopt it, bind themselves to lend their good offices in order that the territories belonging to this Power and comprised in the Conventional free trade zone shall, by the common consent of this Power and of the other belligerent or belligerents, be placed during the war under the rule of neutrality, and considered as belonging to a non-belligerent State, the belligerents thenceforth abstaining from extending hostilities to the territories thus neutralized, and from using them as a base for
warlike operations.

Article 12

In case a serious disagreement originating on the subject of, or in the limits of, the territories mentioned in Article 1, and placed under the free trade system, shall arise between any Signatory Powers of the present Act, or the Powers which may become parties to it, these Powers bind themselves, before appealing to arms, to have recourse to the mediation of one or more of the friendly Powers.
In a similar case the same Powers reserve to themselves the option of having recourse to arbitration.

CHAPTER IV

ACT OF NAVIGATION FOR THE CONGO

Article 13

The navigation of the Congo, without excepting any of its branches or outlets, is, and shall remain, free for the merchant ships of all nations equally, whether carrying cargo or ballast, for the transport of goods or passengers. It shall be regulated by the provisions of this Act of Navigation, and by the rules to be made in pursuance thereof.

In the exercise of this navigation the subjects and flags of all nations shall in all respects be treated on a footing of perfect equality, not only for the direct navigation from the open sea to the inland ports of the Congo, and vice versa, but also for the great and small coasting trade, and for boat traffic on the course of the river.

Consequently, on all the course and mouths of the Congo there will be no distinction made between the subjects of riverain States and those of non-riverain States, and no exclusive privilege of navigation will be conceded to companies, corporations or private persons whatsoever.

These provisions are recognized by the Signatory Powers as becoming henceforth a part of international law.

Article 14

The navigation of the Congo shall not be subject to any restriction or obligation which is not expressly stipulated by the present Act. It shall not be exposed to any landing dues, to any station or depot tax, or to any charge for breaking bulk, or for compulsory entry into port.

In all the extent of the Congo the ships and goods in process of transit on the river shall be submitted to no transit dues, whatever their starting place or destination.

There shall be levied no maritime or river toll based on the mere fact of navigation, nor any tax on goods aboard naval vessels or airships. There shall only be levied taxes or duties having the character of an equivalent for services rendered to navigation itself, to wit:

1. Harbor dues on certain local establishments, such as wharves, warehouses, etc, if actually used.
The tariff of such dues shall be framed according to the cost of constructing and maintaining the said local establishments; and it will be applied without regard to whence vessels come or what they are loaded with.

2. Pilot dues for those stretches of the river where it may be necessary to establish properly qualified pilots.

The tariff of these dues shall be fixed and calculated in proportion to the service rendered.

3. Charges raised to cover technical and administrative expenses incurred in the general interest of navigation, including lighthouse, beacon and buoy duties
.
The last mentioned dues shall be based on the tonnage of vessels as shown by the ship's papers, and in accordance with the rules adopted on the Lower Danube.

The tariffs by which the various dues and taxes enumerated in the three preceding paragraphs shall be levied shall not involve any differential treatment, and shall be officially published at each port.

The Powers reserve to themselves to consider, after the lapse of five years, whether it may be necessary to revise, by common accord, the abovementioned tariffs.

Article 15

The affluents of the Congo shall in all respects be subject to the same rules as the river of which they are tributaries.

And the same rules shall apply to the streams and river as well as the lakes and canals in the territories defined in paragraphs 2 and 3 of Article 1.

At the same time the powers of the International Commission of the Congo will not extend to the said rivers, streams, lakes and canals, unless with the assent of the States under whose sovereignty they are placed. It is well understood, also, that with regard to the territories mentioned in paragraph 3 of Article 1 the consent of the Sovereign States owning these territories is reserved.

Article 16

The roads, railways or lateral canals which may be constructed with the special object of obviating the innavigability or correcting the imperfection of the river route on certain sections of the course of the Congo, its affluents, and other waterways placed under a similar system, as laid down in Article 15, shall be considered in their quality of means of communication as dependencies of this river, and as equally open to the traffic of all nations.

And, as on the river itself, so there shall be collected on these roads, railways and canals only tolls calculated on the cost of construction, maintenance and management, and on the profits due to the promoters.

As regards the tariff of these tolls, strangers and the natives of the respective territories shall be treated on a footing of perfect equality.

Article 17

There is instituted an International Commission, charged with the execution of the provisions of the present Act of Navigation.

The Signatory Powers of this Act, as well as those who may subsequently adhere to it, may always be represented on the said Commission, each by one delegate. But no delegate shall have more than one vote at his disposal, even in the case of his representing several Governments.

This delegate will be directly paid by his Government. As for the various agents and employees of the International Commission, their remuneration shall be charged to the amount of the dues collected in conformity with paragraphs 2 and 3 of Article 14.

The particulars of the said remuneration, as well as the number, grade and powers of the agents and employees, shall be entered in the returns to be sent yearly to the Governments represented on the International Commission.

Article 18

The members of the International Commission, as well as its appointed agents, are invested with the privilege of inviolability in the exercise of their functions. The same guarantee shall apply to the offices and archives of the Commission.

Article 19

The International Commission for the Navigation of the Congo shall be constituted as soon as five of the Signatory Powers of the present General Act shall have appointed their delegates. And, pending the constitution of the Commission, the nomination of these delegates shall be notified to the Parliamentary Government of Italy, which will see to it that the necessary steps are taken to summon the meeting of the Commission.

The Commission will at once draw up navigation, river police, pilot and quarantine rules.
These rules, as well as the tariffs to be framed by the Commission, shall, before coming into force, be submitted for approval to the Powers represented on the Commission. The Powers interested will have to communicate their views with as little delay as possible.

Any infringement of these rules will be checked by the agents of the International Commission wherever it exercises direct authority, and elsewhere by the riverain Power.

In the case of an abuse of power, or of an act of injustice, on the part of any agent or
employee of the International Commission, the individual who considers himself to be aggrieved in his person or rights may apply to the consular agent of his country. The latter will examine his complaint, and if he finds it prima facie reasonable he will then be entitled to bring it before the Commission. At his instance then, the Commission, represented by at least three of its members, shall, in conjunction with him, inquire into the conduct of its agent or employee. Should the consular agent look upon the decision of the Commission as raising questions of law (objections de droit), he will report on the subject to his Government, which may then have recourse to the Powers represented on the Commission, and invite them to agree as to the instructions to be given to the Commission
.
Article 20

The International Commission of the Congo, charged in terms of Article 17 with the execution of the present Act of Navigation, shall in particular have power-

1. To decide what works are necessary to assure the navigability of the Congo in accordance with the needs of international trade.

On those sections of the river where no Power exercises sovereign rights the International Commission will itself take the necessary measures for assuring the navigability of the river.

On those sections of the river held by a Sovereign Power the International Commission will concert its action (s'entendra) with the riparian authorities.

2. To fix the pilot tariff and that of the general navigation dues as provided for by paragraphs 2 and 3 of Article 14.

The tariffs mentioned in the first paragraph of Article 14 shall be framed by the territorial authorities within the limits prescribed in the said Article.

The levying of the various dues shall be seen to by the international or territorial authorities on whose behalf they are established.

3. To administer the revenue arising from the application of the preceding paragraph (2).

4. To superintend the quarantine establishment created in virtue of Article 24.

5. To appoint officials for the general service of navigation, and also its own proper employees.

It will be for the territorial authorities to appoint sub-inspectors on sections of the river occupied by a Power, and for the International Commission to do so on the other sections.

The riverain Power will notify to the International Commission the appointment of sub-inspectors, and this Power will undertake the payment of their salaries.

In the exercise of its functions, as above defined and limited, the International Commission will be independent of the territorial authorities.

Article 21

In the accomplishment of its task the International Commission may, if need be, have recourse to the war vessels of the Signatory Powers of this Act, and of those who may in future accede to it, under reserve, however, of the instructions which may be given to the commanders of these vessels by their respective Governments.

Article 22

The war vessels of the Signatory Powers of this Act that may enter the Congo are exempt from payment of the navigation dues provided for in paragraph 3 of Article 14; but, unless their intervention has been called for by the International Commission or its agents, in terms of the preceding Article, they shall be liable to the payment of the pilot or harbor dues which may eventually be established.

Article 23

With the view of providing for the technical and administrative expenses which it may incur, the International Commission created by Article 17 may, in its own name, negotiate loans to be exclusively guaranteed by the revenues raised by the said Commission.

The decisions of the Commission dealing with the conclusion of a loan must be come to by a majority of two-thirds. It is understood that the Governments represented on the Commission shall not in any case be held as assuming any guarantee, or as contracting any engagement or joint liability (solidarité) with respect to the said loans, unless under special Conventions concluded by them to this effect.

The revenue yielded by the dues specified in paragraph 3 of Article 14 shall bear, as a first charge, the payment of the interest and sinking fund of the said loans, according to agreement with the lenders.

Article 24

At the mouth of the Congo there shall be founded, either on the initiative of the riverain Powers, or by the intervention of the International Commission, a quarantine establishment for the control of vessels passing out of as well as into the river.

Later on the Powers will decide whether and on what conditions a sanitary control shall be exercised over vessels engaged in the navigation of the river itself.

Article 25

The provisions of the present Act of Navigation shall remain in force in time of war. Consequently all nations, whether neutral or belligerent, shall be always free, for the purposes of trade, to navigate the Congo, its branches, affluents and mouths, as well as the territorial waters fronting the embouchure of the river.

Traffic will similarly remain free, despite a state of war, on the roads, railways, lakes and
canals mentioned in Articles 15 and 16.

There will be no exception to this principle, except in so far as concerns the transport of articles intended for a belligerent, and in virtue of the law of nations regarded as contraband of war.

All the works and establishments created in pursuance of the present Act, especially the tax collecting offices and their treasuries, as well as the permanent service staff of these establishments, shall enjoy the benefits of neutrality (placés sous le régime de la neutralité), and shall, therefore, be respected and protected by belligerents.

CHAPTER V

ACT OF NAVIGATION FOR THE NIGER

Article 26

The navigation of the Niger, without excepting any of its branches and outlets, is and shall remain entirely free for the merchant ships of all nations equally, whether with cargo or ballast, for the transportation of goods and passengers. It shall be regulated by the provisions of this Act of Navigation, and by the rules to be made in pursuance of this Act
.
In the exercise of this navigation the subjects and flags of all nations shall be treated, in all circumstances, on a footing of perfect equality, not only for the direct navigation from the open sea to the inland ports of the Niger, and vice versa, but for the great and small coasting trade, and for boat trade on the course of the river.

Consequently, on all the course and mouths of the Niger there will be no distinction made between the subjects of the riverain States and those of non-riverain States; and no exclusive privilege of navigation will be conceded to companies, corporations or private persons.

These provisions are recognized by the Signatory Powers as forming henceforth a part of international law.

Article 27

The navigation of the Niger shall not be subject to any restriction or obligation based merely on the fact of navigation.

It shall not be exposed to any obligation in regard to landing-station or depot, or for breaking bulk, or for compulsory entry into port.

In all the extent of the Niger the ships and goods in process of transit on the river shall be submitted to no transit dues, whatever their starting place or destination.

No maritime or river toll shall be levied based on the sole fact of navigation, nor any tax on goods on board of ships. There shall only be collected taxes or duties which shall be an equivalent for services rendered to navigation itself. The tariff of these taxes or duties shall
not warrant any differential treatment.

Article 28

The affluents of the Niger shall be in all respects subject to the same rules as the river of which they are tributaries.

Article 29

The roads, railways or lateral canals which may be constructed with the special object of obviating the innavigability or correcting the imperfections of the river route on certain sections of the course of the Niger, its affluents, branches and outlets, shall be considered, in their quality of means of communication, as dependencies of this river, and as equally open to the traffic of all nations.
And, as on the river itself, so there shall be collected on these roads, railways and canals only tolls calculated on the cost of construction, maintenance and management, and on the profits due to the promoters.

As regards the tariff of these tolls, strangers and the natives of the respective territories shall be treated on a footing of perfect equality.

Article 30

Great Britain undertakes to apply the principles of freedom of navigation enunciated in Articles 26, 27, 28 and 29 on so much of the waters of the Niger, its affluents, branches and outlets, as are or may be under her sovereignty or protection.

The rules which she may establish for the safety and control of navigation shall be drawn up in a way to facilitate, as far as possible, the circulation of merchant ships.

It is understood that nothing in these obligations shall be interpreted as hindering Great Britain from making any rules of navigation whatever which shall not be contrary to the spirit of these engagements.
Great Britain undertakes to protect foreign merchants and all the trading nationalities on all those portions of the Niger which are or may be under her sovereignty or protection as if they were her own subjects, provided always that such merchants conform to the rules which are or shall be made in virtue of the foregoing.

Article 31

France accepts, under the same reservations, and in identical terms, the obligations undertaken in the preceding Articles in respect of so much of the waters of the Niger, its affluents, branches and outlets, as are or may be under her sovereignty or protection.

Article 32

Each of the other Signatory Powers binds itself in the same way in case it should ever exercise
in the future rights of sovereignty or protection over any portion of the waters of the Niger, its affluents, branches or outlets.

Article 33

The arrangements of the present Act of Navigation will remain in force in time of war. Consequently, the navigation of all neutral or belligerent nationals will be in all time free for the usages of commerce on the Niger, its branches, its affluents, its mouths and outlets, as well as on the territorial waters opposite the mouths and outlets of that river.

The traffic will remain equally free in spite of a state of war on the roads, railways and canals mentioned in Article 29.

There will be an exception to this principle only in that which relates to the transport of articles destined for a belligerent, and considered, in virtue of the law of nations, as articles contraband of war.

CHAPTER VI

DECLARATION RELATIVE TO THE ESSENTIAL CONDITIONS TO BE OBSERVED IN ORDER THAT NEW OCCUPATIONS ON THE COASTS OF THE AFRICAN CONTINENT MAY BE HELD TO BE EFFECTIVE

Article 34

Any Power which henceforth takes possession of a tract of land on the coasts of the African continent outside of its present possessions, or which, being hitherto without such possessions, shall acquire them, as well as the Power which assumes a Protectorate there, shall accompany the respective act with a notification thereof, addressed to the other Signatory Powers of the present Act, in order to enable them, if need be, to make good any claims of their own.

Article 35

The Signatory Powers of the present Act recognize the obligation to insure the establishment of authority in the regions occupied by them on the coasts of the African continent sufficient to protect existing rights, and, as the case may be, freedom of trade and of transit under the conditions agreed upon.

CHAPTER VII

GENERAL DISPOSITIONS

Article 36

The Signatory Powers of the present General Act reserve to themselves to introduce into it subsequently, and by common accord, such modifications and improvements as experience may show to be expedient.

Article 37

The Powers who have not signed the present General Act shall be free to adhere to its provisions by a separate instrument.

The adhesion of each Power shall be notified in diplomatic form to the Government of the Kingdom of Italy, and by it in turn to all the other signatory or adhering Powers.

Such adhesion shall carry with it full acceptance of all the obligations as well as admission to all the advantages stipulated by the present General Act.

Article 38

The present General Act shall be ratified with as little delay as possible, the same in no case to exceed a year.

It will come into force for each Power from the date of its ratification by that Power.

Meanwhile, the Signatory Powers of the present General Act bind themselves not to take any steps contrary to its provisions.

Each Power will address its ratification to the Government of the Kingdom of Italy, by which notice of the fact will be given to all the other Signatory Powers of the present Act.

The ratifications of all the Powers will be deposited in the archives of the Government of the Kingdom of Italy. When all the ratifications shall have been sent in, there will be drawn up a Deposit Act, in the shape of a Protocol, to be signed by the representatives of all the Powers which have taken part in the Conference of Rome, and of which a certified copy will be sent to each of those Powers.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF the several plenipotentiaries have signed the present General Act and have affixed thereto their seals.

DONE in triplicate, at the city of Rome, this first day of January one thousand eight hundred eighty-five.

[Signatories and Date Signed Listed Below]

State
Signed
Germany​
Waiting On Player​
Austria-Hungary​
Waiting On Player​
Spain​
January 1st, 1885​
Denmark​
January 1st, 1885​
United States​
Waiting On Player​
France​
Waiting On Player​
Waiting On Player​
Italy​
Waiting On Player​
Netherlands​
January 1st, 1885​
Portugal​
January 1st, 1885​
Russia​
Waiting On Player​
Sweden–Norway​
January 1st, 1885​
Ottoman Empire​
Waiting On Player​
Empire of Japan​
Waiting on Player​

Outer Space


The General Act of the Rome Conference on Outer Space, or the Outer Space Treaty as it is known, was the second of the General Acts of the Rome Conference; its concepts and some of its provisions were modeled on its predecessor, the General Act on West Africa. Like that Treaty it sought to establish guidelines to "a new form of colonial competition" and the possible damage that self-seeking exploitation might cause.

In late 1883, even before the return of Mr. Edison and his retinue from Space, developments in rocketry and in Aether research led the United States, Kingdom of Italy, and German Empire to propose international verification of the testing of space objects. The development of an inspection system for outer space was part of a joint Western and European proposal for partial joint exploration put forward in August 1883.

Between 1883 and mid 1884 the Western and European powers made a series of proposals to bar the use of outer space for military purposes. Their successive plans for general and complete exploration included provisions to govern the deployment of orbiting stations and craft in outer space. Addressing the General Assembly on August 22, 1884, the King of Italy, Victor Emmanuel III, proposed that the principles of the General Act on West Africa be applied to outer space and celestial bodies.

On June 16, 1884, both the United States and the Kingdom of Italy submitted draft treaties for the review of all major Western and European powers. The United States' draft dealt only with celestial bodies; the Kingdom of Italy's draft covered the whole outer space environment. The United States accepted the Italian position on the scope of the Treaty, and by September agreement had been reached in discussions at Rome on most General Act's provisions. Differences on the few remaining issues -- chiefly involving the governance on international access to facilities erected on celestial bodies, reporting on space activities, and the use of military equipment and personnel in space exploration - were left to be satisfactorily resolved in private consultations between each nations after the conclusion of the General Assembly session in December 1884.

On the 19th of that December 1884, the General Assembly approved by acclamation a resolution commending the Treaty. It was opened for signature at the capital of every participating nation and the Treaty entered into force on January 1, 1885.

General Act of the Rome Conference on Outer Space, 31 December 1884

Signed by the representatives of the United Kingdom, France, Germany, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Spain, the United States of America, Italy, the Netherlands, Portugal, Russia, Japan, Sweden-Norway, and the Ottoman Empire.

GENERAL ACT OF THE CONFERENCE AT BERLIN OF THE PLENIPOTENTIARIES OF GREAT BRITAIN, AUSTRIA-HUNGARY, BELGIUM, DENMARK, FRANCE, GERMANY, ITALY, THE NETHERLANDS, PORTUGAL, RUSSIA, JAPAN, SPAIN, SWEDEN AND NORWAY, OTTOMANS, AND THE UNITED STATES RESPECTING: (1) FREEDOM OF TRADE IN THE BASIN OF THE CONGO; (2) THE SLAVE TRADE; (3) NEUTRALITY OF THE TERRITORIES IN THE BASIN OF THE CONGO; (4) NAVIGATION OF THE CONGO; (5) NAVIGATION OF THE NIGER; AND (6) RULES FOR FUTURE EXPLORATION AND OCCUPATION OF OUTER SPACE AND CELESTIAL BODIES

In the Name of God Almighty.

Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, Empress of India; His Majesty the German Emperor, King of Prussia; His Majesty the Emperor of Austria, King of Bohemia, etc, and Apostolic King of Hungary; His Majesty the King of the Belgians; His Majesty the King of Denmark; His Majesty the King of Spain; the President of the United States of America; the President of the French Republic; His Majesty the King of Italy; His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, Grand Duke of Luxembourg, etc; His Majesty the King of Portugal and the Algarves, etc; Her Majesty the Empress of all the Russias; His Majesty the Emperor of Japan, His Majesty the King of Sweden and Norway, etc; and His Majesty the Emperor of the Ottomans,

WISHING, in a spirit of good and mutual accord, to regulate the conditions most favourable to the development of exploration of space, and to assure to all nations the advantages of free development and use of the orbit of space;

BEING DESIROUS, on the other hand, to obviate the misunderstanding and disputes which might in future arise from new acts of exploration (prises de exploration) in the expanse of Space; and concerned, at the same time, as to the means of furthering the moral and material well-being of the nations of Earth;

HAVE RESOLVED, on the invitation addressed to them by the Parliamentary Government, in agreement with the Governments of the Europe, to meet for those purposes in Conference at Rome, and have appointed as their Plenipotentiaries, to wit:

Otto von Bismarck, Paul von Hatzfeldt, Clemens Busch, Heinrich von Kusserow, Emerich Széchényi von Sárvár-Felsővidék, Francisco Merry y Colom, 1st Count of Benomar, Emil Vind, John A. Kasson, Henry S. Sanford, Henry Morton Stanley, Alphonse de Courcel, Edward Baldwin Malet, Edoardo de Launay, Philip van der Hoeven, Antônio José da Serra Gomes, António de Serpa Pimentel, Pyotr Kapnist, Gillis Bildt
Mehmed Said Pasha, Prince Yamagata Kyōsuke

Who, being provided with full powers, which have been found in good and due form, have successively discussed and adopted:

1. A Declaration inspired by the great prospects opening up before mankind as a result of man's entry into outer space.

2. A Declaration believing that the exploration and use of outer space should be carried on for the benefit of each nation irrespective of the degree of their economic or scientific development.

3. A Declaration desiring to contribute to broad international co-operation in the scientific as well as the legal aspects of the exploration and use of outer space for peaceful and war time purposes.

4. An Act of co-operation which will contribute to the development of mutual understanding and to the strengthening of friendly relations between States and peoples.

5. An Act Governing the Activities of States in the Exploration and Use of Outer Space, including the Luna and Other Celestial Bodies



And deeming it expedient that all these several documents should be combined in one single instrument, they (the Signatory Powers) have collected them into one General Act, composed of the following Articles:

CHAPTER II

EXPLORATION, USE, AND NON-APPROPRIATION OF OUTER SPACE

Article I

The exploration and use of outer space, including the Luna and other celestial bodies, shall be carried out for the benefit and in the interests of all nations, irrespective of their degree of economic or scientific development, and shall be the province of all mankind.

Outer space, including the Luna and other celestial bodies, shall be free for exploration and use by all States without discrimination of any kind, on a basis of the Principle of Effective Occupation in accordance with the General Act of the Rome Conference on West Africa, and that there shall be free access to all areas of celestial bodies not under effective occupation.

There shall be freedom of scientific investigation in outer space, including the Luna and other celestial bodies, and States shall facilitate and encourage international co-operation in such investigation.

Article II

Outer space, including the Luna and other celestial bodies, is not subject to national appropriation by claim of sovereignty, but by means of effective governance or military occupation, or by any other means that facilitate the aforementioned Principle of Effective Occupation.

CHAPTER II

PEACEFUL USE AND COOPERATION, PEACE AND SECURITY, AND ACTIVITIES IN OUTER SPACE

Article III

States Parties to the Treaty shall carry on activities in the exploration and use of outer space, including the Luna and other celestial bodies, in the interest of maintaining international peace and security and promoting international co-operation and understanding.

CHAPTER III

MILITARY USE OF CELESTIAL BODIES, ASSISTANCE AND COOPERATION, ASSISTANCE TO ESPLORATORES, AND INTERNATIONAL RESPONSIBILITY

Article IV

The Luna and other celestial bodies may be used by all States Parties to the Treaty. The establishment of military bases, installations and fortifications, the testing of any type of weapons and the conduct of military maneuvers on celestial bodies shall be permitted under the General Act. The use of military personnel for scientific research or for any other peaceful purposes shall be permitted under the General Act. The use of any equipment or facility necessary for peaceful exploration of the Luna and other celestial bodies shall also be permitted under the General Act.

Article V

States Parties to the Treaty shall regard esploratores as envoys of mankind in outer space and shall render to them all possible assistance in the event of accident, distress, or emergency landing on the territory of another State Party or on the high seas. When esploratores make such a landing, they shall be safely and promptly returned to the State of registry of their ether flyer.

In carrying on activities in outer space and on celestial bodies, the esploratores of one State Party shall render all possible assistance to the esploratores of other States Parties.

States Parties to the Treaty shall immediately inform the other States Parties to the Treaty of any phenomena they discover in outer space, including the Luna and other celestial bodies, which could constitute a danger to the life or health of every nation's esploratores.

Article VI

States Parties to the Treaty shall bear international responsibility for national activities in outer space, including the Luna and other celestial bodies, whether such activities are carried on by governmental agencies or by non-governmental entities, and for assuring that national activities are carried out in conformity with the provisions set forth in the present Treaty. The activities of non-governmental entities in outer space, including the Luna and other celestial bodies, shall require authorization and continuing supervision by the appropriate State Party to the Treaty. When activities are carried on in outer space, including the Luna and other celestial bodies, by an international organization, responsibility for compliance with this Treaty shall be borne both by the international organization and by the States Parties to the Treaty participating in such organization.

CHAPTER IV

LIABILITY, JURISDICTION, AND CONTROL, LIABILITY AND JURISDICTION, LIABILITY FOR DAMAGE, AND JURISDICTION AND CONTROL OVER SPACE OBJECTS

Article VII

Each State Party to the Treaty that launches or procures the launching of an object into outer space, including the Luna and other celestial bodies, and each State Party from whose territory or facility an object is launched, is internationally liable for damage to another State Party to the Treaty or to its natural or juridical persons by such object or its component parts on the Earth, in air space or in outer space, including the Luna and other celestial bodies.

Article VIII

A State Party to the Treaty on whose registry an object launched into outer space is carried shall retain jurisdiction and control over such object, and over any personnel thereof, while in outer space or on a celestial body. Ownership of objects launched into outer space, including objects landed or constructed on a celestial body, and of their component parts, is not affected by their presence in outer space or on a celestial body or by their return to the Earth. Such objects or component parts found beyond the limits of the State Party to the Treaty on whose registry they are carried shall be returned to that State Party, which shall, upon request, furnish identifying data prior to their return.

CHAPTER V

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION AND INFORMATION SHARING, COOPERATION PRINCIPLES, PRINCIPLE OF COOPERATION, AND OBSERVATION OPPORTUNITIES

ARTICLE XII: ACCESS TO FACILITIES

Article IX

In the exploration and use of outer space, including the Luna and other celestial bodies, States Parties to the Treaty shall be guided by the principle of co-operation and mutual assistance and shall conduct all their activities in outer space, including the Luna and other celestial bodies, with due regard to the corresponding interests of all other States Parties to the Treaty.

States Parties to the Treaty shall pursue studies of outer space, including the Luna and other celestial bodies, and conduct exploration of them so as to avoid harmful acts to the other States involved in exploration. A State Party to the Treaty which has reason to believe that an activity or experiment planned by it or its nationals in outer space, including the Luna and other celestial bodies, would cause potentially harmful interference with activities of other States Parties in the peaceful exploration and use of outer space, including the Luna and other celestial bodies, it must undertake appropriate international consultations before proceeding with any such activity or experiment.

A State Party to the Treaty which has reason to believe that an activity or experiment planned by another State Party in outer space, including the Luna and other celestial bodies, would cause potentially harmful interference with activities in the peaceful exploration and use of outer space, including the Luna and other celestial bodies, may request consultation concerning the activity or experiment.

Article X

In order to promote international cooperation in the exploration and use of outer space, including the Luna and other celestial bodies, in conformity with the purposes of this Treaty, the States Parties to the Treaty shall consider on a basis of equality any requests by other States Parties to the Treaty to be afforded an opportunity to observe the flight of space objects launched by those States.

The nature of such an opportunity for observation and the conditions under which it could be afforded shall be determined by agreement between the States concerned.

To ensure international cooperation in the exploration and use of outer space, including the Luna and other celestial bodies, in conformity with the purposes of this Treaty, the International Commission of Outer Space will be formed. This Commission will be composed of the Depository Governments. Membership in the Commission shall be permanent, with the provision that it can be revoked only if a unanimous vote of no confidence is cast by all signatory governments against a Depository Government.

Article XI

In order to promote international co-operation in the peaceful exploration and use of outer space, States Parties to the Treaty conducting activities in outer space, including the Luna and other celestial bodies, will inform the public and the international scientific community, to the greatest extent feasible and practicable, of the nature, conduct, locations and results of such activities.

States Parties to the Treaty agree to file their claims with and deposit them in the archives of the Governments of the United States, United Kingdom, and Kingdom of Italy. On receiving the said information, the Kingdom of Italy will disseminate it immediately and effectively to all States Parties to the Treaty.

CHAPTER VI

INFORMATION SHARING, PUBLIC AND SCIENTIFIC COMMUNITY INFORMING, AND ACCESS TO FACILITIES

Article XII

All civilian stations, installations, equipment and vehicles on the Luna and other celestial bodies shall be open to representatives of other States Parties to the Treaty on a basis of reciprocity. Such representatives shall give reasonable advance notice of a projected visit, in order that appropriate consultations may be held and that maximum precautions may be taken to assure safety and to avoid interference with normal operations in the facility to be visited.

All military stations, installations, equipment and vehicles on the Luna and other celestial bodies may be open to representatives of other States Parties which have provided satisfactory compensation to the inspected States Parties established in private consultations between nations after the conclusion of the General Assembly session in December 1884.

Article XIII

The provisions of this Treaty shall apply to the activities of States Parties to the Treaty in the exploration and use of outer space, including the Luna and other celestial bodies, whether such activities are carried on by a single State Party to the Treaty or jointly with other States, including cases where they are carried on within the framework of international alliances.

Any practical questions arising in connection with activities carried on by international alliances in the exploration and use of outer space, including the Luna and other celestial bodies, shall be resolved by the States Parties to the Treaty either with the appropriate international organization or with one or more States members of that international organization, which are Parties to this Treaty.

CHAPTER VII

FINAL PROVISIONS, TREATY APPLICATION AND AMENDMENT, APPLICATION OF TREATY, SIGNATURE, AND RATIFICATION

Article XIV

1. This Treaty shall be open to all States for signature. Any State which does not sign this Treaty before its entry into force in accordance with paragraph 3 of this article may accede to it at any time.

2. This Treaty shall be subject to ratification by signatory States. Instruments of ratification and instruments of accession shall be deposited with the Democratic Government of the United States of America and the Parliamentary Governments of the Kingdom of Italy and United Kingdom, which are hereby designated the Depositary Governments.

3. This Treaty shall enter into force upon the deposit of instruments of ratification by five Governments including the Governments designated as Depositary Governments under this Treaty.

4. For States whose instruments of ratification or accession are deposited subsequent to the entry into force of this Treaty, it shall enter into force on the date of the deposit of their instruments of ratification or accession.

5. The Depositary Governments shall promptly inform all signatory and acceding States of the date of each signature, the date of deposit of each instrument of ratification of and accession to this Treaty, the date of its entry into force and other notices.

6. The Depositary Government shall maintain their position on the International Commission for the Exploration of Space unless every non-depositary signatory casts a vote of No Confidence.

7. This Treaty shall be registered by the Depositary Governments pursuant to Article 102 of the Charter of the United Nations.

CHAPTER VIII

ENTRY INTO FORCE, WITHDRAWAL,AND AUTHENTICATION

Article XV

Any State Party to the Treaty may propose amendments to this Treaty. Amendments shall enter into force for each State Party to the Treaty accepting the amendments upon their acceptance by a majority of the States Parties to the Treaty and thereafter for each remaining State Party to the Treaty on the date of acceptance by it.

Article XVI

Any State Party to the Treaty may give notice of its withdrawal from the Treaty one year after its entry into force by written notification to the Depositary Governments. Such withdrawal shall take effect one year from the date of receipt of this notification.

Article XVII

This Treaty, of which the English, Russian, French, Spanish, German, Japanese, and Chinese texts are equally authentic, shall be deposited in the archives of the Depositary Governments. Duly certified copies of this Treaty shall be transmitted by the Depositary Governments to the Governments of the signatory and acceding States.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF the several plenipotentiaries have signed the present General Act and have affixed thereto their seals.

DONE in triplicate, at the city of Rome, this first day of January one thousand eight hundred eighty-five.

[Signatories and Date Signed Listed Below]

State
Signed
Germany​
Waiting On Player​
Austria-Hungary​
Waiting On Player​
Spain​
January 1st, 1885​
Denmark​
January 1st, 1885​
United States​
Waiting On Player​
France​
Waiting On Player​
Waiting On Player​
Italy​
Waiting On Player​
Netherlands​
January 1st, 1885​
Portugal​
January 1st, 1885​
Russia​
Waiting On Player​
Sweden–Norway​
January 1st, 1885​
Ottoman Empire​
Waiting On Player​
Empire of Japan​
Waiting on Player​

The International Commission for the Navigation of the Congo


General Act of the Rome Conference on West Africa

Article 19

The International Commission for the Navigation of the Congo shall be constituted as soon as five of the Signatory Powers of the present General Act shall have appointed their delegates. And, pending the constitution of the Commission, the nomination of these delegates shall be notified to the Parliamentary Government of Italy, which will see to it that the necessary steps are taken to summon the meeting of the Commission.

The above article, Article 19, outlines the procedural framework for the establishment and functioning of the International Commission for the Navigation of the Congo (CIC). This provision implies that each signatory of the General Act is not only a participant in the CIC but also possesses the authority to influence its governance and operational directives.

The following are the roles and powers vested in the signatory powers as members of the CIC, derived from the stipulations of Article 19 and the broader context of the General Act:

Membership and Representation: Each signatory of the General Act of the Rome Conference on West Africa is inherently a member of the International Commission for the Navigation of the Congo. Membership is activated upon the appointment of delegates by at least five of the signatory powers, with these appointments being communicated to the Parliamentary Government of Italy, which then coordinates the initial convening of the Commission.

Censure Authority: The signatory powers, through the CIC, have the capability to censure any of the signatories of the General Acts. This censure process may be initiated at any time on the condition that the reasoning behind the censure has been filed with the Kingdom of Italy, prior to the call to vote. This regulatory and oversight mechanism, allows members to hold each other accountable for actions or policies that may contravene the principles or agreements outlined in the General Acts. The censure motion requires a structured voting process to be validated.

Amendments to the General Act: Signatory powers have the right to propose addendums or amendments to the General Act. This provision ensures the adaptability and relevance of the General Act over time, allowing for modifications in response to evolving geopolitical, economic, or social circumstances affecting the Congo Basin and its navigation and trade regulations.

Voting and Approval Thresholds: For any censure motion or proposed amendment to the General Act to be adopted, it must receive the approval of 80% of the voting body within the CIC. This threshold must be met for a consensus to be established and ensures that any changes or censures carry broad support and reflect the collective will of the majority of members.

This structure and procedural guidelines ensure that the International Commission for the Navigation of the Congo operates as a collaborative international body, with significant checks and balances designed to uphold the principles of free navigation and trade in the Congo Basin, as well as the protection and development of local territories and populations in accordance with the intentions of the General Act of the Rome Conference on West Africa.

The International Commission for the Exploration of Space


General Act of the Rome Conference on Outer Space

Article X

To ensure international cooperation in the exploration and use of outer space, including the Luna and other celestial bodies, in conformity with the purposes of this Treaty, the International Commission of Outer Space will be formed. This Commission will be composed of the Depository Governments. Membership in the Commission shall be permanent, with the provision that it can be revoked only if a unanimous vote of no confidence is cast by all signatory governments against a Depository Government.


Article XIV

2. This Treaty shall be subject to ratification by signatory States. Instruments of ratification and instruments of accession shall be deposited with the Democratic Government of the United States of America and the Parliamentary Governments of the Kingdom of Italy and United Kingdom, which are hereby designated the Depositary Governments.

6. The Depositary Government shall maintain their position on the International Commission for the Exploration of Space unless every non-depositary signatory casts a vote of No Confidence.

The above articles, Article X & XIV, provide the framework for the establishment, membership, and governance of the International Commission for the Exploration of Space (ICES) as outlined with specific reference to the roles and powers of Depository Governments:

Membership of Depository Governments: The International Commission for the Exploration of Space is constituted by the Depository Governments, as designated in the Treaty. These governments hold permanent membership on the Commission and maintain a central role in the international cooperation and governance over the exploration and use of outer space, including the Luna and other celestial bodies.

No Confidence Procedures: Membership of a Depository Government in the ICES may be revoked by the signatory governments of the General Act of the Rome Conference on Outer Space. Depository Governments shall maintain their position on the ICES unless every non-depository signatory casts a vote of No Confidence.

Authority Over Censure Motions and Amendments:
  • The ICES possesses the authority to hear petitions from signatory states, allowing these states to present concerns, grievances, or suggestions regarding the exploration and use of outer space.
  • The Commission may adopt censure requests from signatories against one of the members, including Depository Governments, provided such censure motions meet the required unanimous agreement among the Commission members.
  • The ICES also has the capability to initiate its own censure of signatories of the General Act, including both Depository and non-Depository Governments, through a unanimous vote.
  • Offers for addendums to the General Act from the remaining signatories can be accepted by the ICES through a unanimous vote.

This structured approach to the governance and operational dynamics of the International Commission for the Exploration of Space, as delineated in the General Act of the Rome Conference on Outer Space, ensures a collaborative and consensus-driven framework for international cooperation in outer space exploration. It emphasizes the critical role of Depository Governments in the Commission's functioning, while also providing mechanisms for accountability, adaptation, and inclusivity among the signatory states.
 
Judgement of the Rome Accords Court
With Regard to the SS Regina Mediterranea Massacre



Under the stipulations of Article VIV of the Rome Accords, by joint agreement of representatives of the Kingdom of Italy and the Ottoman Empire, approved by impartial judgement of the Rome Accords Court, and witnessed by representatives of the German Empire and the dual Monarchy of Austria-Hungary, the following points are accepted:​

1. The Ottoman Empire shall issue an official, public apology for the loss of life and take full responsibility for the incident.
2. Those soldiers of the Ottoman Empire involved shall be stripped of rank, and undergo a formal investigation and public trial for the murder of Italian Citizens.
3. Recompense for the lives lost shall be paid by the Ottoman Empire, the amount being (2 EP).
4. The Ottoman Empire shall guarantee the free passage of Italian Vessels and Travelers in the Red Sea, Bab-el-Mandeb, and the Gulf of Aden.

These points agreed upon in Rome, 1884.

Signatories:
[X] King Victor Emmanuel III, King of Italy
[] Abdul Hamid II. Sultan of the Ottoman Empire (@FireOfDoom32 )
 
Italy's Voice: De Launay at the Rome Conference

Edoardo de Launay
Luigi Maria Edoardo de Launay was born to Italian General Claudio Gabriele in 1820. Following his education he embarked on a diplomatic career from a young age, starting with an assignment as a legation officer in Switzerland in the early 1840s, right before the beginning of the brief Sonderbund War. He would follow this with assignments in Berlin, Madrid, and Lisbon, gathering experience as a diplomat and gaining contacts across Western Europe. After a brief return to Switzerland as part of a delegation negotiating Railway treaties, he would be sent off to gather support for the Kingdom of Italy across Europe. He spent several years in Berlin before and during the Second War Of Italian Independence, and would travel to St. Petersburg in 1864 to try and sway the Czar into supporting the Third War in 1866.

Over the years, De Launay's sense of Italian Nationalism would grow. He would become a major proponent of rapprochement between Italy and Austria-Hungary, and was a major supporter of the Triple Alliance before it was signed. Promoted to full ambassador in 1875, he would act as Italy's primary ambassador to Germany, Austria-Hungary, and (once the Treaty of the Allied Powers was signed) the Ottoman Empire.

De Launay was a natural choice to represent Italy at the Rome Conference, having always been a staunch Monarchist, Nationalists, and Imperialist.

On The Principle of Effective Occupation:

"What do we speak of when we say 'control'? To control a place is not to merely claim it. Nor is it to publish a map with lines and arrows designating it as your own. In this way, any madman might write his name across the whole of Europe and claim it as his own, no matter the reality of the situation."

"It is true that, in many cases, diplomatic acknowledgement of another nation's territory comes before the reality of effective control. England, for example, has claimed the entirety of Australia whilst even now English colonists have barely touched that vast landmass. However, Africa presents a different challenge and an all together different situation to other colonization efforts by the Great Powers in the past."

"We must acknowledge that competition for influence over Africa will be fierce. The proximity of Africa and the ease of access to the coastal regions means that all the powers of Europe will be able to, with relatively little trouble, make their coastal claim with even the barest of naval assets. If all that is required to claim vast stretches of African land is the most rudimentary of coastal bases, then it cannot, in the opinion of Italy, be an effective occupation."

"As such, Italy puts forth its vote for the Second Option. To ensure that claims of territory in Africa match the reality on the ground, nations must devote both time and resources to solidifying control. Nevertheless, Italy is willing to hear the arguments of its fellow powers in this matter."

The Secret Agenda:

"The Kingdom of Italy believes that any long-term efforts to suppress information regarding extraterrestrial life are doomed to failure. As our nations begin the exploration of Space, it is inevitable that we will come into further contact with these creatures. Information gained in these encounters may be suppressed at first, but as more and more individuals become involved, it will become exponentially more difficult to conceal."

"In addition, the people must be prepared to receive such information so that, as the great powers reveal our discoveries, we can minimize any societal disruption that will come from such news. As such, Italy votes for the First Option, and believes a joint release of information will serve our needs the best."

The General Act of the Rome Conference on West Africa

Italy confirms its signature to the General Act, effective January 1st, 1885.

[Reserved Section for the General Act of the Rome Conference on Outer Space]
 

International Commission for the Navigation of the Congo


Representative: Princess Selvaria I of Russia
.
"In the case of the Congo agreements and Africa as a whole, Russia abstains from the vote, as we have no interest in the region.
And do not foresee any forming in the near future."
.
.
.

International Commission for the Exploration of Space

.
"It is the opinion of Russia that the cases of Africa and Outer Space are, fundamentally, exceptionally different.
As such, drawing parallels between them or as has been proposed, trying to apply agreements based upon one to the other, is fatally flawed."
.
"In light of this, Russia motions to review the concept of the Outer Space Treaty from the beginning.
And perhaps start far simpler. Something akin to the agreements governing international waters, as a foundation to build upon."
.
"That said, Russia would like to form a treaty to limit the collateral damage in case of conflict in space, especially relating to theoretical strategic weapons against both Earth and other inhabited bodies.
As well as extend the agreements and treaties regarding civilian treatment in war, prisoners of war to space, and set an international standard for human rights in general."
 
Last edited:

Leaving the Vote up to a Vote
The American representative to PAL mentally grimaced at the chaos swirling through today's PAL council. Members yelled to be heard over each other, at least two scuffles had to be broken up(one between two nation's representatives and one involving two attaches from the same country), and he was pretty sure that some noble had already challenged someone else to a duel for next Sunday. all over a bill that likely wouldn't even be relevant to the majority of them. But he couldn't blame them too much, this reaction was to be expected to an extent, this was many of the more minor state's first chance to have some say on the world stage truly. A piece of the pie on treaties that would be felt across the world, no matter how minor the piece, was too much for any of the governments within PAL to surrender. Both the ability to tout it on the international stage as a sign of their growth and the ability to take it to their citizens and showcase their nation's influence were irresistible boons to even the most secure politician or monarch. So they argued round and round on what to vote on, if only so that each politician or noble could say they were influential in deciding on what they voted upon.

Unfortunately, the council was split, and it would take at least a week or two before they would decide. Brazil certainly wanted to vote for The First Option for the Principle of Effective Occupation, as it would give them a chance to get in on the pie of colonization while also protecting their own claims in the Amazon. But while Brazil was certainly a powerhouse within PAL it was fairly effectively countered in this arena by the united block of Hewaii, Liberia, and one or two others who found the first vote option to be a threat. No, they would rather go for the second option to both stick it to the current colonial powers and to make it more difficult for them to be colonized by some enterprising imperialist. Now if only that week-long debate wasn't as chaotic as this day was proving to be… He doubted he was that lucky
 
Turn 6
Empire of Russia

.
.
.
1). Country Order: Eurasian Space Agency -1 EP
-Its time to look towards the stars, and the best way to do that is to start with a solid foundation.
It will likely be a long process, but lets begin the work on setting up Sakhalin Island as our alliance's launch and research facility.
.
First we need to begin laying the Airship Docks, a Port and an Airport for conventional heavier-than-air craft, both port berths and runways extremely oversized and several times the length needed to account for future advancements.
Several Launchpads ranging from small to similarly oversized for later advancements, a Science complex for related research and prototyping, an Administrative building to oversee all projects.

Further, a dedicated firefighting facility for both practice and the island's use, a Rocket Assembly Complex with several massive buildings to build and assemble rockets or space aircraft, a Security Centre as well as several hardened bunkers for safety and security units, many Workshops for smaller construction and design, dozens of huge material and parts Storage Warehouses, hundreds of Testing fields, and a Sensor complex and Space Tracking Facility.
.
As well, a series of wind tunnel buildings, ranging from car sized up to four times our current Kinzhal class Airship.
.
Include rail and road links for easy supply from the mainland, connected via a large bridge.
Also begin building testing facilities for the Megatrain and civilian Airship projects, to capitalize on the concentrated security.
.
Which will include an extensive array of Coastal Guns, heavy Anti-Aircraft emplacements, both direct fire from HMG to artillery, rocket launchers, and two Battalions of Bear Elite troops.
Security here needs to be ferocious, since we're going to be housing many sensitive projects here.
.
.
.
2). Country Order: Anti-Terror Operation -6 EP
-With the recent actions of Narodnaya Volya, it is clear that such issues need to be deal with. It is time to clean house once more.
In cooperation with DIS and Okhrana personnel, elite Wolf and Bear army units are to root out and eliminate Narodnaya Volya agents, as well as any similar organizations lurking in the shadows.
.
As this operation is crucial to the future of the russian empire, agents have the right and ability to investigate any russian citizen, no matte how highly placed or influential.
This nonsense stops here and now. 6 EP is earmarked for the investigation.
.
.
.
3). Research Order: Logistics -2 EP
-In light of the Megatrain project, it seems prudent to move towards standardizing all cargo containers as another step in streamlining our economy and logistics.
Form and institute standardized sizes, storage methods, materials, and security nessesities for all cargo throughout the empire, from the smallest personal item to the largest combat vehicle, intact or disassembled.
.
Mayhaps even pieces of a train or even naval craft, if they could be feasibly moved in such a manner.
Part of the project will be investigating the worth or feasibility of moving such large items in the first place.
.
Coordinate with the logistics planning teams to ensure that cargo can move smoothly over roads, rails, and in the air smoothly.
A massive cargo container is little use if no vehicle can carry it, after all.
.
As with all new projects ensure there is a sufficient level of security, and do security sweeps hourly.
.
.
.
4). Research Order: Lighter than Air -2 EP
-As Russia tends to avoid using Cavorite aircraft where possible, it may be worthwhile to invest in proper lighter-than-air craft such as balloons and zeppelins.
To dip our toes in, let us start with a medium scale cargo blimp for civilian use.
.
Four upward facing propellers to control elevation, two propellers to the rear on either side for forward/backward movement and turning, and a dual propeller in the middle back for main propulsion. Make use of Helium for the lifting gas, as it is safer than hydrogen, and our newly developed oil engines for the propulsion.
.
Below the gas bag an assembly that includes quarters, the control room, and other essentials, while behind it is a modular frame with cranes and line anchor points for storage, removal, and carrying of cargo containers as needed.
This will allow the craft to be used as both a cargo transport and allow it to assist in ground side construction, as well as to transport less standardized cargo if needed.
.
For controlling elevation, perhaps use ballast tanks that can be pumped full of and emptied of water, along with a long hose that could be lowered into a body of water if needed.
This combined with using the upward facing propellers to force the craft to the ground should minimise the amount of gas that needs to be vented to safely land.
.
As with all new projects ensure there is a sufficient level of security, and do security sweeps hourly.
Have Fyodor Afon Borisov oversee this project.
.
.
.
5). Research Order: Aluminum -4 EP
-To move forward with our research into Aluminum and alloys of it, we need more to work with.
As such, let us establish a dedicated refinery complex for producing it. We can expand further once the costs of production are lowered further.
Since Aluminum is currently rather valuable, and as with all new projects, ensure the security is accordingly high.
.
.
.
Other Orders: -5 EP
-Build a second Cavorite production factory in Moscow.
 
Last edited:
Turn 7 Orders
Trade Orders:
Choson (Korea)
British Raj

Country Order 1: Founding the ESA
In an act of cooperation in the quest to travel the stars, Japan will fund 4 EP to the Eurasian Space Agency that Russia is creating on the Sakhalin isle. 2 are to be reserved for the construction of security apparati (1 Internally for fire posts, blast bunkers, hospitals, testing grounds, and solid housing & 1 externally for fencing and barbed wire, barracks for the security forces, watch towers and bunkers to secure the grounds) and 2 to help set up the required facilities.

Country Order 2: Creating the Veterans Protection Agency
With all of the Dead, Wounded, and mustering out troop now that the war is over has lead to hardship for those that fought for their nation and this cannot stand. 6 EP will go to creating and funding a Governmental Office whose sole duty is to assist Veterans (alive or deceased) and their families either by helping with medical expenses, disability needs, funeral arrangements, and any problems they have with their pensions.

Country order 3: Rule the waves once more.
Convert 14 EP into 8,750 MP
Build 2 Pre-Dreadnought Battleships + Marines (1,230 MP & 4,480 Manpower)
Build 30 Frigates + Marines (6,150 MP & 13,950 Manpower)
Build 32 Torpedo Boats (1,280 MP & 1,536 Manpower)
Give all 34 of my bare Corvettes a marine compliment (87.5 MP & 1,700 Manpower)

Total: 8,747.5 MP & 21,666 Manpower (Spooky)

Research Order 1: Trying again to conquer the market
While the last attempt failed miserably, the Emperor believes that the scientists and engineers of the Nation can in fact create his new breed of... of Super Freighters that will ply trade across the world. But understanding that there are those who might try and seize the ship for reason of greed, desperation, or curiosity the emperor has decreed that while it must be armed, it will have a max of 2 medium guns & 4 machineguns as to not be true threat to anywhere it may land.
Assign 2 EP, 4.5 units of Cavorite, and Dr. Shimose Masachika

Research Order 2: I got you in my Sights
Members of the Military had brought forward a proposal for the Emperors approval which outlined a request for the development of telescopic sights which might be given to soldiers who have demonstrated exceptional accuracy so they might better target important personnel on the opposing sides such as officers, drivers, & gunners. This intrigued the Emperor who gave it his seal of approval and allocated 2 EP for the Research and development of this sight.

Political Order:
[CLASSIFIED]
 
Last edited:
Back
Top